Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 96

Inglês – EEAr

Sérgio Gama

SUMÁRIO

Capítulo 1
Verbal Tenses ........................................................................................................................ 03

Capítulo 2
Pronouns ............................................................................................................................... 22

Capítulo 3
Prepositions .......................................................................................................................... 29

Capítulo 4
Passive Voice ......................................................................................................................... 36

Capítulo 5
Multiple-Meaning Words ................................................................................................... 41

Capítulo 6
Expressions: Make, Do, Take & Get .................................................................................. 49

Capítulo 7
Expressions - Idioms ............................................................................................................ 52

Capítulo 8
Words of Connection .......................................................................................................... 58

Capítulo 9
Nouns ..................................................................................................................................... 62

Capítulo 10
Indefinite Articles ................................................................................................................. 66

Capítulo 11
The – Definite Article ........................................................................................................... 68

Capítulo 12
Quantifier Adverbs .............................................................................................................. 71
Inglês – EEAr
Sérgio Gama
Capítulo 13
Indefinite Pronouns ............................................................................................................. 74

Capítulo 14
Relative Pronouns ............................................................................................................... 76

Capítulo 15
Comparatives of Superiority ............................................................................................. 78

Capítulo 16
Modal Verbs .......................................................................................................................... 79

Capítulo 17
Question Tags ...................................................................................................................... 85

Capítulo 18
Conditional Cases ................................................................................................................ 86

Capítulo 19
Direct and Indirect Speech ................................................................................................ 88

Capítulo 20
Provas de Concursos Similares ......................................................................................... 90
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

Capítulo 1 ⇒⇒ Atenção!
O mesmo NÃO acontece com os verbos terminados em “y”
antecedido de vogal.
TEMPOS VERBAIS PRINCIPAIS (SÃO DEZ !!)
Exemplos
FÓRMULAS / SINTAXES John playS the piano very well
Mary stayS at school in the morning
1) SIMPLE PRESENT = Presente do indicativo.
My wife payS the phone bill at the bank
a) Afirmativo:
e- o verbo “to have” tem a forma “HAS” para as 3as pessoas
I / You / We / They + BASE-FORM
I/YOU/WE/THEY HAVE
He / She / It + BASE-FORM + “S” HE/SHE/IT HAS
(BASE-FORM = BF)

b) Interrogativo: EXERCÍCIOS
DO + I / You / We / They + BF
DOES + He / She / It + BF 1 - Fill in the blanks with the verbs given in the present tense:

c) Negativo: a) The bank __________


opens (open) at 11:00 and _________
closes (close)
at 4 P.M.
I / You / We / They + DON’T + BF
b) We always _____________
study (study) biology but sometimes
He / She / It + DOESN’T + BF Peter _____________
studies (study) mathematics too.
c) My brother _____________
finishes (finish) work at 5 P.M. but my
d) Palavras que o amarram: (QUALQUER expressão de
husband _____________
finishes (finish) his at 6 P.M.
frequência
d) Joe _____________
does (do) his homework by himself but Mary
lately, frequently, usually, generally, sometimes, never, and Ann _____________
need (need) some help.
always, rarely, seldom, on sundays, twice a year, once a e) My niece _____________
teaches (teach) science at a private school
week, five times a month ... and the children.
brings
f) Success _____________ (bring) money and sometimes a
⇒⇒ BIZU PARA O ACRÉSCIMO DO "-S" na 3ª pessoa do singular lot of problems too.
(HE / SHE / IT): g) The words “bookstore” and “bookshop” _____________ have
a- Sujeito + infinitivo (sem “to”) (have) the same meaning.
b- nas 3as pessoas do singular (“he”, “she”, “it”) acrescentamos h) The baby _____________
has (have) blue eyes and blond hair.
He _____________
has (have) a pretty face.
“S” ao verbo. - Regra geral
c- se o verbo terminar em : o, ch, s, ss, sh, x ou z acrescen-
2 - Fill in the blanks using the verbs given:
tamos ES ao verbo, quando o sujeito for “he”, “she” ou “if’.
Observo o quadro: i) The world ____________
needs (need) peace and love.
j) It ____________
doesn't need (not-need) war and hate.
SUJEITO SUJEITO k) The earth ________
goes (go) around the sun. Itdoesn't
________(not-go)
go
Verbos terminados em:
I/you/we/they he/she/it around the moon.
o do, go does, goes l) Mexicans ____________
speak (speak) Spanish.
ss dress, cross dresses, crosses m) They ____________
dont speak (not-speak) Italian.
sh finish, wash finishes, washes n) July ____________
comes (come) between June and August. It
ch watch, teach watches, teaches ____________
doesn't comes (not-come) between May and September.
x fix, relax fixes, relaxes
z buzz buzzes o) My aunt Lucy _______ (not-drink) but she smokes
doesn't drink _____ (smoke) a lot.
p) I ______
have (have) a bicycle but I ______
dont use(not-use) it very often.
q) We ____________
brush (brush) our teeth after meals but Sandra
d- se o verbo terminar em “Y” precedido de consoante,
_________
brushes (brush) hers when she _______ wakes (wake) up and
trocamos o “Y” por “I” acrescentamos “ES”. Veja o quadro: before she ________
goes (go) to bed.
Verbos terminados SUJEITO SUJEITO
em: I/you/we/they he/she/it 3 - Fill in the blanks using the auxiliary verb (do / does), the subject
and the main verb according to the answer.
try tries
study studies Example:
consoante + y
cry cries When does Alice go to school?
dry dries She goes to school in the morning.
a) When ___________________________
do they play basketball?

3
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

b) They play basketball in the evening. e) We __________


have many friends in New York.
c) What types
___________________________?
of cancer does radiation causes f) Helen __________
has a headache.
d) Radiation causes many types of skin cancer. g) Grace __________
has a date with George tonight.
e) What ___________________________?
does insecticides cause to plants h) Mr. Gonzalez __________
has a strong foreign accent.
f) Insecticides damage plants. i) Both brothers __________
have red hair.
g) What ___________________________
do people have to protect? j) Harry’s dog __________
has a long tail.
h) People have to protect sea life. k) Mr. Smith’s office __________
has three large windows.
i) How often __________________________
do children play the piano? l) I __________
have a charge account in Gimbel’s Department Store.
j) The children play the piano frequently. m) Both children __________
have bad colds.
k) What time ___________________________?
does our cass begins n) Dr. Smith __________
has many patients.
l) Our class begins at 8 o’clock. o) Mr. Jones, the lawyer, __________
has many clients.
m) Who _______________________
does she see through the window? p) We __________
have a large library at school.
n) She sees her boyfriend through it. q) The secretary __________
has a new typewriter.
o) ______________________
does Helen go to the hairdresser every Friday? r) The building __________
has two entrances.
p) No, Helen goes to the hairdresser every Saturday. s) I __________
have brown eyes.
t) You __________
have green eyes.

4 - Read these texts and fill in the blanks with the verbs given using
the affirmative, negative and interrogative forms when necessary: 6 - Give the correct present tense form of the verb in parentheses.

Text 1: a) We (read) the newspaper in class every day. read

THE BROWNS - A STRANGE FAMILY b) He (come) to school by bus. comes

c) I always (walk) to school. walk


Mrs. Brown (01) doesn't
______ talk (not-talk) to her husband, Mr. Brown, be-

cause he (02) ______ is (to be) rude to her. Mr. Brown (03) ______ dont d) The children (play) in the park every afternoon. play
(not-talk) to his daughter, Norma, because she (04) ______ smokes e) I (eat) lunch in the cafeteria every day. eat
(smoke) cigars. Norma (05) ______ doesnt talk(not-talk) to her brother, Ro- f) Helen (work) very hard. works
ger, because he (06) ______ bites (bite) his nails. Roger (07) ______
doesnt talk g) I (like) to sit in the sun. like

(not-talk) to his other sister, Gladys, because she (08) ______ eats
(eat) h) The dog (chase) the cat all around the house. chases
meat. Gladys (09) ______doesnt talk (not-talk) to her other brother, David, i) Mr. Smith (work) for Eastern Airlines. works
because he (10) ______ plays (play) loud pop music. David (11) ______ doesnt talk
j) Helen generally (sit) at this desk. sit
(not-talk) to his mother because she (12) doesnt ______like (not-like) his
k) We always (play) tennis on Saturdays. play
girlfriend. Mrs. Brown will not talk to Gladys and Norma because
l) He always (prepare) his homework carefully. prepare
they (13) ______
have (have) strange boyfriends. Roger and David
m) They (eat) lunch together every day. eat
(14) ______
dont talk (not-talk) to their father because he (15) ______ doesnt lend
(not-lend) them the car. n) Some girls (use) too much make-up. use
o) They (take) a lot of trips together. take
⇒⇒ Para ampliar seu vocabulário, consulte o dicionário! Ar-
ranje um COLLINS e faça o seu vocabulário !!! p) We always (travel) by car. travel

q) They (attend) church every Sunday. attend


Text 2:
r) He (speak) several foreign languages. speaks
THE ROLE OF THE FATHER
The modem father (01) ______ looks (look) after his children and (02)
______
helps (help) in the house, even if his wife (03) ______
doesnt go (not-go) 7 - Give the correct present tense form of the verb in parentheses.
out to work. The division between the roles of the mother and a) John (go) there twice a week. goes
the father (04) ______
is (be) no longer very clear, and dad (05) b) Helen (do) the work of two people. does
______ (do) his share of child care: he (06) ______
does can (can) change c) I always (try) to arrive everywhere on time. try
the baby, (07)______
dress (dress) the children or (08) ______ make (make)
d) George always (try) to do the same thing. try
the dinner. The new image of the father (09) ______ is (be), of
e) The teacher (wish) to speak with you. wishes
course, completely different from the still dominant, traditional,
dad, who (10) ______
represents (represent) authority, (11) ______
be (be) the f) Mr. Walker (teach) English and mathematics. teaches
head of the household and (12) ______ makes (make) all the “important” g) They (go) to the movies twice a week. go
decisions.. His wife (13) ______
is (be) responsible for the domestic h) We (watch) television every night. watch
side of family life while he (14) ______ is (be) the one who (15) i) Mary (play) the piano very well. plays
______ (advise) or (16) ______ (punish) as necessary.
advises punishes j) He (study) in the same class as I. studies
k) The nurse (watch) the child in the park. watches
5 - Complete the following sentences with the correct form of have. l) The mother (kiss) both boys-bye every morning. kisses
m) I (catch) cold very often. catch
a) They __________
have a new car.
n) Helen also (catch) cold very often. catches
b) She __________
has one sister and two brothers.
o) He (do) everything that she asks. does
c) He and I __________have many things in common.
p) He (carry) the books in a briefcase. carries
d) John __________has a new wristwatch.

4
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

8 - Change the following sentences so that they begin with He 11 - Supply the correct form of the present tense of TO BE.
instead of I.
a) He ................
is
a good student.
a) I like to study. (He likes to study.) b) They ................are old friends.

b) I work hard. he works hard c) I ................


am a student.

c) I’m a good student. he is a good student


d) John ................
is absent.
d) I own a car. he owns a car e) We ................
are both students.

e) I’m an American. he is an American f) The weather today ................ is


good.
f) I enjoy each English class. he enjoys each english class g) The sky ................ clear.
is

g) I want to learn English. he wants to lear english h) Henry and John ................ are brothers.

h) I have a new wristwatch. he has a new wristwatch i) She and I ................ cousins.
are

i) I speak English. he speaks english


j) Mr. Smith ................ is sick today.
j) I wish to learn English. he wishes to learn english k) He ................ a businessman.
is

k) I watch television every night. he watches televison every night l) Mr. Jones ................is
a lawyer.
is
l) I pass Mr. Smith on the street every day.he passes mr smith on the street every daym) Today ................ Wednesday.
m) I always go to school by bus. he always goes to school by bus n) She and John ................ are both good students.
n) I try to learn tem new words every day. he tries to learn tem new words every day o) The policeman on the corner ................ is busy with the traffic.
o) I do a lot of favors for John. he does a lot of favors for john p) He and I ................
are
old friends.
p) I play the violin very well. he plays the violin very well

q) I have two brothers and two sisters. he has two brothers and two sisters 12 - Change the following sentences from affirmative to negative.
r) I always sit at this desk. he always sits at this desk a) They are in Europe now. are not
s) I write the new words on the blackboard.he writes the new worsds on the blackboard
b) John is angry with you. isnt
t) I study English three times a week. c) Hen and she are cousins. arent
he studies english three time a week
d) He is very studious. isnt
9 - Change the subject of each sentence in b. to They. e) Both sisters are tall. arent
a) They like b) They work f) She is a clever girl. isnt

c) They are d) They own g) They are members of the country club. arent

e) They are f) They enjoy h) He is a good tennis player. isnt

g) They want h) They have i) Mr. Smith is a pilot with American Airlines. isnt

i) They speak j) He wish j) The sky is very cloudy today. isnt


k) They watch l) They pass k) The office of the principal is on the first floor. isnt
m) They always go n) They try l) It is cold today. isnt

m) She is a tall, blonde girl. isnt


o) They do p) They play
n) It is a good movie. isnt
q) They have r) They always sit
o) The stamps are in my desk. arent
s) They write t) They study
p) He is in his office. isnt

10 - Change the subject of each sentence in b. to She. 13 - Change all the sentences ABOVE to questions.
Obs.: VERB TO BE

THERE IS / THERE ARE (EXISTE / EXISTEM / HÁ)


TO BE (Present Tense) Utilizamos there is no singular e there are no plural. (Observar
que aqui o tempo usado é o PRESENTE)
AFIRMATIVA INTERROGATIVA NEGATIVA
There is a book on the table.
I am Am I? I am not
There are books on the table.
You are Are you? You are
There is one man in the room.
He is Is he? He is not There are several men in the room.
She is Is she? She is not
It is Is it? It is not 14 - Complete the following sentences with There is or There are.
We are Are we? We are not a) _________
there is a new moon tonight.
You are Are You? You are not b) _________
there is someone at the door.
They are Are they? They are not c) _________
there are a lot of students absent today.
d) _________
there is a mailbox on the corner.
e) _________
there are three lamps in the room.

5
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

f) _________
there are two large windows in the room. Verbos Regulares Pode ser QUALQUER verbo que NÃO
g) But _________
there is only one door. FAÇA PARTE DA TABELA CITADA. Levam o sufixo -ED tanto
h) _________
there are a lot of English classes in our school. para fazerem o passado (simple past) quanto para o particípio.
i) _________
there is nobody in the room now. Logo, para se saber se um verbo é irregular ou não, tem que
j) _________
there is a letter on the table for you. ver se ele faz parte da tabela de verbos irregulares. Se não
k) _________
there are several beautiful parks in this city. fizer parte dela, ganhará o sufixo -ED. (Sentiu que vai ter que
l) _________
there are twelve months in a year. decorar a tabela !!)
m) _________ only one cloud in the sky.
there is
a) Afirmativo: Sujeito + TABELA (irregulares) OU SUFIXO
n) _________
there are no one at home. -ED (regulares)
o) _________
there are dishes but no silverware on the table.
b) Interrogativo: DID + Sujeito + BF
p) _________
there are no stores in this section of town.
c) Negativo: Sujeito + DIDN’T + BF
THERE IS / THERE ARE d) Palavras que o amarram:
(Negative and Questions Forms)
QUALQUER expressão de tempo que dê a ideia de que A
Formamos a negativa com there is e there are acrescentando- AÇÃO JÁ ACABOU TOTALMENTE:
-se not após o verbo.
yesterday, the day before yesterday, five years ago, last week
There is a man in the room. / night / month / year ..., in 1979, ...
There is NOT man in the room. (There isn’t)
Base Form PAST Particípio Português
There are two students absent today. arise arose arisen surgir
awake awoke awakened acordar
There are NOT two students absent today. be was / were been ser, estar
bear bore born tolerar, suportar
As formas contratas isn’t and aren’t são geralmente utilizadas. beat beat beaten bater, derrotar
become became become tornar-se
Formamos a interrogativa com there is e there are colocando- befall befell befallen amaldiçoar
-se o verbo TO BE antes da partícula THERE. begin began begun começar
behold beheld beheld contemplar
There is a window in the room. bend bent bent dobrar, curvar
beset beset beset atormentar
Is there a window in the room? bet bet bet apostar
bid bid / bade bid / bidden oferecer
There are some magazines on the table. bind bound bound amarrar, fixar
Are there magazines on the table? bite bit bitten morder, roer
bleed bled bled sangrar
blow blew blown soprar
break broke broken quebrar
15 - Change the following sentences from affirmative to negative. Use breed bred bred procriar
the contracted forms. bring brought brought trazer
build built built construir
a) There is a flag at the top of the building. there isnt burn burnt/ed burnt/ed queimar
there arent burst burst burst explodir
b) There are two lamps in the room. buy bought bought comprar
c) There is a pillow on each bed. there isnt cast cast cast atirar, lançar
catch caught caught alcançar, pegar
d) There are two policemen on each corner. there arent choose chose chosen escolher
cling clung clung aderir a (ideia)
e) There is a big parade today. there isnt come came come vir
f) There are several doctors in this area. there arent cost cost cost custar
creep crept crept arrastar-se
g) There are tem new words in this lesson. there arent
cut cut cut cortar
h) There is a message for you on the hall table. there isnt deal dealt dealt negociar, tratar
dig dug dug cavar
i) There are enough chairs for everyone. there arent do did done fazer
draw drew drawn desenhar
j) There are plenty of good seats available. there arent dream dreamed/t dreamed/t sonhar
k) There is a comfortable chair in each room. there isnt drink drank drunk beber
drive drove driven dirigir
l) There is a good restaurant near here. there isnt dwell dwelt dwelt habitar / morar
m) There are telephones in every room. there arent eat ate eaten comer
fall fell fallen cair
n) There are four seasons in a year. there arent feed fed fed alimentar
o) There are three syllables in each of the words. there arent feel felt felt sentir (-se)
fight fought fought lutar
find found found achar
flee fled fled fugir
fling flung flung arremessar
2) SIMPLE PAST = Pretérito Perfeito ou Pretérito fly flew flown voar
Imperfeito. forbid forbade forbidden proibir
forecast forecast forecast predizer
forget forgot forgotten esquecer
Verbos Irregulares Fazem parte de uma tabela de 155 verbos forgive forgave forgiven perdoar
(esse número pode variar de uma tabela para a outra !!) que forsake forsook forsaken abandonar
freeze froze frozen congelar
devem ser MEMORIZADOS !!! get got gotten / got conseguir

6
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

give gave given dar think thought thought pensar, achar


go went gone ir throw threw thrown jogar / lançar
grind ground ground moer thrust thrust thrust empurrar
grow grew grown crescer, cultivar tread trod trodden pisar
hang hung hung pendurar wake woke woken acordar
have had had ter wear wore worn vestir, usar
hear heard heard ouvir weave wove woven tecer
hide hid hidden esconder (-se) wed wed wed casar (-se)
hit hit hit bater, atingir weep wept wept chorar
hold held held segurar, abraçar wet wet wet molhar
hurt hurt hurt ferir (-se) win won won vencer, ganhar
keep kept kept guardar, manter wind wound wound ventar
know knew known saber wring wrung wrung torcer / apertar
lay laid laid pôr write wrote written escrever
lead led led conduzir, guiar
lean leant/ed leant/ed encostar
leave left left partir, deixar ⇒⇒ BIZU PARA O ACRÉSCIMO DO -ED aos verbos irregulares:
lend lent lent emprestar
let let let permitir, deixar a - Infinitivo (sem “to”) – BF + ED, para todas as pessoas
lie lay lain deitar, jazer do verbo.
light lit lit iluminar
lose lost lost perder b - se o verbo já terminar em “e”, por exemplo, o verbo “to
make made made fazer
mean meant meant significar dance”, só acrescentamos “d”.
meet met met encontrar
mistake mistook mistaken enganar verbo “to dance” - we danced
mow mowed mown/ed moer
pay paid paid pagar
verbo “to prepare - They prepared
quit quit quit deixar de verbo “te believe” - She believed
read read read ler
ride rode ridden montar, andar a
ring rang rung tocar, soar
c - se o verbo terminar em “y” antecedido por uma conso-
rise rose risen subir, aumentar ante, tiramos o “y” e acrescentamos “ied”.
run ran run correr
saw sawed sawn serrar to study - I studied
say said said dizer
see saw seen ver d - se o verbo for um monossílabo terminado em consoante
seek sought sought procurar
sell sold sold vender - vogal - consoante (C.V.C.), dobramos a consoante final antes
send sent sent enviar de acrescentar “ed”.
set set set pôr, estabelecer
shake shook shaken balançar, agitar to stop - she stopped
shear sheared shorn/ed tosquiar / tosar
shed shed shed descamar to drop - we dropped
shine shone shone brilhar
shoot shot shot atirar, disparar e - se o verbo terminar em consoante - vogal - consoante
show showed shown mostrar
shrink shrank shrunk encolher (C.V.C.), TIVER DUAS OU MAIS SÍLABAS E O ACENTO TÔNICO
shut shut shut fechar RECAIR NA ÚLTIMA SÍLABA, dobramos a consoante final antes
sing sang sung cantar
sink sank sunk afundar de acrescentar “ed”.
sit sat sat sentar (-se)
slay slew slain matar (literário) to occur - it occurred
sleep slept slept dormir to prefer - he preferred
slide slid slid escorregar
sling slung slung atirar/arremes.
slit slit slit rachar, cortar
smell smelt(ed) smelt(ed) c h e i r a r/p e r f u m a r 16 - Fill in the blanks using the past tense of the verbs given:
sow sowed sown/ed semear
speak spoke spoken falar a) They _________
droped (drop) an atomic bomb on Hiroshima in 1945.
speed sped sped acelerar
spend spent spent gastar
b) The bus __________
stopped (stop) here five minutes ago.
spill spilt/ed spilt/ed derramar c) We __________
openned (open) the window because it was very hot
spin spun spun girar
spit spat / spit spat / spit cuspir
in the bedroom.
split split split rachar, dividir d) Arriving at the factory 90 minutes late, a worker __________ apologised
spoil spoilt/ed spoilt/ed estragar
spread spread spread espalhar
(apologise) for the delay with the excuse that his alarm clock
spring sprang sprung pular, saltar was 30 minutes slow. But “what __________ happened (happen) to the
stand stood stood ficar de pé other 60 minutes?” __________ asked (ask) the man’s boss...
steal stole stolen roubar
stick stuck stuck colar, tolerar e) The child’s father was so grateful that he __________ offered (offer)
sting stung stung picar, furar to teach Bill to be a telegraph operator. Bill __________ accepted
stink stank stunk feder
stride strode stridden andar rápido (accept) the offer.
strike struck struck bater, atingir f) The boys _______
dint want (not-want) to go shopping with us because
string strung strung esticar
strive strove striven esforçar-se por they _______
prefered (prefer) to watch the football on television.
swear swore sworn jurar, xingar g) Martin __________
looked (look) forward to a peaceful weekend
sweep swept swept varrer
swim swam swum nadar but his daughter __________ arrived (arrive) with all her friends from
swing swung swung balançar the aerobic class.
take took taken pegar, tomar
teach taught taught ensinar h) When Molly __________
injured (injure) her ankle she __________
tried
tear tore torn rasgar (try) to explain the situation to her parents.
tell told told dizer, contar

7
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

17 - Read this text and fill in the blanks with the past tense of the mee (noodles) and (05) sell it to workers in the town. It (06) is hard
following verbs: life. I (07) don’t go to school until I (08) am 10. I 09 study very hard
and (10) get a job in a shop when I (11) am 16. On March 1966 I (12)
(01) to have (12) to see get married to Harry. We (13) get a flat in town. Harry (14) is a sailor
(02) to be (13) to know (negative) at that time. His parents (15) come from Beijing in 1967. In April 9th,
(03) to be (14) to ask
1970 we (16) have a son Kelvin. Last year we (17) travel to Australia
(04) to be (15) to begin
(05) to speak (negative) (16) to answer
and New Zealand. We (18) like it very much.”
(06) can (17) to be
(07) to make (18) to come
Now, correct her mistakes.
(08) to have (19) to become
“I (01) ___________
was born in 1947 in Shangai. In 1950 my parents (02)
(09) to know (20) to ask
(10) to use (21) to answer
___________ me and my three brothers to Taiwan to live. We (03)
brought

(11) to question ___________


lived in kaohsiung, near the sea. My mother and father, now
dead, (04) ___________ made praw mee (noodles) and (05) _________ selled
King Frederick, The Great of Prussia, (01) __________
had a very fine
it to workers in the town. It (06) _________
was hard life. I (07) ________
i dint go
army, and none of the soldiers in it were finer than his Giant Guards,
to school until I (08) _______was 10. I (09) _________
studied very hard and
who (02) __________
was all extremely tall men. It (03) __________
was
(10) ___________
got a job in a shop when I (11) ___________
was 16. On
difficult to find enough soldiers for these Guards, as there were
March 1966 I (12) _________ got married to Harry. We (13) ________ got
not many men who (04) __________ were tall enough.
a flat in town. Harry (14) _________
was a sailor at that time. His parents
Frederick had made it a rule that no soldier who (05) __________
not spoke/ dint speak
(15) ___________ came from Beijing in 1967. In April 9th, 1970 we (16)
German (06) __________
could be admitted to the Giant Guards, and ___________
had a son Kelvin. Last year we (17) _________travelled to Australia
this (07) __________
made the work of the officers who had to find and New Zealand. We (18) ___________ liked it very much.”
men for them even more difficult. When they (08) __________ had
to choose between accepting or refusing a really tall man who
(09) __________
knew no German, the officers (10) __________ used to 19 - Choose the best alternative to complete these sentences:
accept him, and then teach him enough German to be able to 1. The Genovese sailors ___________ the first to spread the use
answer if the King (11) __________
quote him. of heavy cotton pants.
Frederick sometimes used to visit the men who were on guard a) was b) were c) isn’t d) to be
around his castle at night to see if they were doing their job properly,
and it was his habit to ask each new one that he (12) ______ saw three 2. Last afternoon, the old woman ___________ upstairs,
questions: “How old are you?”, “How long have you been in my ___________ a bath and ___________ on her bathrobe.
army?” and “Are you satisfied with your food and your conditions?” a) go - take – put b) went - took – put
The officers of the Giant Guards therefore used to teach new c) goes - takes - puts d) gone - taken - put
soldiers who (13) __________ knew . German the answers to these
3. They _________ for a walk in the park but I ________ because
three questions.
I get tired easily.
One day, however, the King (14) __________a asked new soldier the
a) went - didn’t b) go – do
questions in a different order. He (15) __________ began with “How
long have you been in my army?”, The young soldier immediately c) left – did d) got - went not
(16) __________,
answered “Twenty-two years, Your Majesty”. Frederick 4. When he became ill his uncle _______ him a violin. He ______
(17) __________
was very surprised. “How old are you then?”, (18) playing and _______ at his school every day after lessons.
__________
came the answer. At this Frederick (19) __________
became very
a) given - enjoys – practice b) gave - enjoy - practised
angry. “Am I a fool or are you one?” he (20) __________. asked “Both,
Your Majesty”, the soldier (21) __________answered politely. c) gives - enjoys – practices d) gave - enjoyed - practised
5. We ___________ a great time last weekend. It ___________
Reproduzido do vestibular da Fundação Carlos Chagas, RS, 1974.)
a lovely day, so in the evening we ___________ into town.
both: ambos, um e outro
properly: corretamente, adequadamente a) had - was – cycled b) were - is – cycle
army: exército c) have - is - cycle d) has - are - cycles
therefore: portanto 6. We _________ to go for a pizza last Sunday. We were looking
rule: regra, regulamento at the menu when a waiter _________ food all over me. While
however: entretanto, contudo the manager was apologising, another waiter dropped a pile
even: até (mesmo) of pizzas on to my friend. Of dropped a pile of pizzas on to my
angry: zangado, bravo friend. Of course, we _________ to pay the meal.
to refuse(ed): recusar a) decide - drops - don’t have
politely: educadamente b) decided - dropped - didn’t have
c) decided - droped - had not
18 - Read this text. Sai Song has problems with the simple past of the d) decided - dropped - not had
verbs. Correct her mistakes.
7. I remember the day you got engaged. We were having tea in
“I (01) am born in 1947 in Shangai. In 1950 my parents (02) bring me the garden when you _____ out of the house and ______ us.
and my three brothers to Taiwan to live. We (03) live in kaohsiung,
near the sea. My mother and father, now dead, (04) make prawn
a) go – say b) come – tell
c) came – told d) went - said

8
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

8. Martin ________ the result of the election as he ________ 22 - Supply the past tense of the verbs in parentheses.
driving to work, so he ________ me when he ________ there.
a) Mr. and Mrs. Price (come) to visit us last night. came
a) heard - was - phone - gotten b) hears - is - phoned - gets
b) They (tell) us about their plans for their new home. told
c) hear - is - phone - get d) heard - was - phoned - got c) The weather was warm so we (sit) on our front porch. sat
9. Ms Grant nearly _______ when her parachute failed to open d) I (put) your hat and coat in the next room. putted
during a sky-dive yesterday. She was lucky. She ________ a e) The meeting last night (begin) at eight and ended at ten. began
soft landing in some trees. She ________ her left hip and both f) I stayed home last night and (write) several letters. writted
arms, but she is happy to be alive. “I _______ believe it when I g) I (see) Helen on the street yesterday. saw
_________ I was still alive!” she _______ the reporters yesterday.
h) This book (cost) two dollars. cost
a) dies - has - breaks - can’t - find - tells i) I (have) my lunch in the cafeteria at noon. had
b) died - have - break - am not able to - find - tell j) The man (drink) a lot of wine at the party last night. drank
c) die - had - broken - wasn’t able to - found - told k) I (give) John your message and also (tell) him my ideas on
d) died - had - broke - couldn’t - found - told the subject. gave
l) Mr. Reese finally (sell) his house. selled
20 - Supply the correct past tense form to be in the following sentences. m) I (hear) the President speak on television last night. heard
n) My father (know) Mr. Evans well even before he (come) to live
a) Helen ___________
was absent from school yesterday. in this town. knew
b) I ___________
was in the same class as William last year. o) Helen (feel) very well yesterday but today she feels sick again. felt
c) We ___________
were good friends for many years. p) We (go) to the park yesterday and (get) wet when it rained. went
d) The door of the office ___________
was open. q) I (read) that novel several years ago. read
e) But both windows ___________ closed.
was

f) John ___________
was not in school yesterday.
23 - Change the following sentences from affirmative to negative. Use
g) He and his brother ___________
were sick.
the contracted form.
h) I ___________ busy all day yesterday.
was

i) We ___________
were tired after our long walk. a) He prepared his lesson well. (He didn’t prepare his lesson well.)
j) I ___________
was hungry after so much exercise. b) They told us about it. they didn't tell us about
k) There ___________
were a lot of students absent from class c) He put the books on the table. he didn't put the books on the table
yesterday. d) They stayed in Mexico City for two weeks. they didn't stay in Mexico city for 2
weeks
l) John ___________
was
present, but I ___________
was not. e) I saw Helen yesterday. i didn't see helen yesterday
m) The weather yesterday ___________ very warm.
was f) He planned his work well. he didn't plan his work well
n) We ___________
were pleased to receive your letter. g) The meeting lasted a long time. the meeting didn't last a long time
o) The teacher ___________
was not satisfied with my composition. h) The book cost two dollars. the book didn't cost two dollars
p) The exercises in the last lesson ___________
was easy. i) The woman fainted in the street. the woman didn't faint in the street

q) We ___________ not able to get in touch with Mr. Reese


were j) I knew him very well. i didn't know him very well
yesterday. k) They sold their home. they didn't sell their home

r) The wind last night ___________


was very strong. l) I spoke with George about that matter. i didn't speak with George about that matter
m) She came to the meeting alone. she didn't come to the meeting alone
21 - Supply the past tense form of the verbs in parentheses. n) We sat together at the concert last night. we didn't sit together at the concert last
night
o) They went to Caracas by boat. the didn't go to caracas by boat
a) We (work) in our garden all day yesterday. worked
p) I gave her your message. i didn't give her your message
b) I (listen) to the radio until twelve o’clock last night. listened
c) Helen and I (talk) on the telephone yesterday. talked
24 - Change the following sentences to questions.
d) He always (want) to learn English. wanted

e) They (live) in France for many years. lived a) He prepared his lesson well. (Did he prepare his lesson well?)
f) We (expect) to go to Europe in June. expected b) He gave her a lot of presents. did he give her a lot of presents?
g) The meeting (last) about two hours. lasted c) They stayed in Europe all summer. did they stay in Europa all summer?
h) We (change) trains in Philadelphia. changed d) She told them all about her trip. Did she tell them all about her trip?
i) We both (like) the movie last night very much. liked e) He entered this class in February. Did he enter this class in february?
j) I (wait) almost two hours for Helen. waited f) They went by plane. Did they go by plane?
k) They (paint) their house white. painted g) He arrived home very late. Did he arrive home very late?
l) She (arrive) late for class. arrived h) They came to the party together.Did they COME to the party together?
m) We (watch) television until eleven o’clock last night. watched i) They knew each other as children. Did they know each other as children?
n) She (study) in our class last semester. studied j) He worked in that firm for many years. Did he work in that firm fort many fuckin
years?

o) I (mail) your letter on my way to work. mailed


k) She felt much better after her operation. Did she fell much better after her
operation?
p) We both (learn) how to swim many years ago. learned l) The meeting began on time. did the meeting begin on time?
m) He passed all his examinations. did he pass all his examinations?

9
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

n) They put him in the advanced class. did thet put him in he advanced class? b) Interrogativo:
o) He gave us his new telephone number. did he give us his new telephone WILL + Sujeito + BF
p) The crowd waited a long time to see the President. c) Negativo:
did the crowd wait a long time to see the president?
Sujeito + WON’T + BF
25 - Change the following sentences to questions beginning with the
d) Palavras que o amarram: QUALQUER expressão de tempo
question word in parentheses.
que dê a ideia de FUTURO:
a) He arrived at ten o’clock. (What time) tomorrow, next week / month / year, within<in 2 weeks,
(What time did he arrive?) at soon ...
b) They sold their home last week. (When) when did they sell their home?
c) The meeting began at eight-thirty. (What time) what time did the meeting begin
27 - Write questions for these answers, using future tense (pay atten-
d) The tickets cost three dollars. (How much)how much did the trick tion to the underlined words):
e) He paid for the car by check. (How) how did he pay for the car will he come tonight?
f) He invested ten thousand dollars in the stock market. (How much) a) ____________________________________________
g) They sat in the first row. (In which now) in which row did they sit He won’t come tonight because he will be working.
h) He spoke to them in French. (In what language)in what leangue did he speak .. b) ____________________________________________
When will she be at home?

i) The meeting lasted two hours. (How long) how long did the meeting last? She’ll be at home tomorrow morning.
c) ____________________________________________
when will the plane take off?
j) It began at eight o’clock. (What time) what time did it begin
what time did he telephone her The plane will take off in 15 minutes.
k) He telephoned her at two o’clock. (What time)
d) ____________________________________________
when will your relatives arrive?
l) He went to New York to see some friends. (Why) why did he go to NY
My relatives will arrive from the farm tomorrow.
m) They mentioned it to him three or four times. (How many times)
e) ____________________________________________
where will you meet the new neighbors
n) They ate lunch in the school cafeteria. (Where)
We will meet the new neighbors at the station.
o) He worked there for five years. (How many years) did he work?
p) He put the mail on Mr. Smith’s desk. (Where) did he put the mail
q) She waited for them for an hour. (How long) did she wait? 28 - Read the text below and fill in the blanks using the Simple Future
of the verbs given:
r) They got home around midnight. (What time) did they get

s) He walked to school with Mary. (With whom) did he walk to school 1) to be 2) to do 3) to be


t) They went to the park after the lesson. (Where) 4) to have 5) there to be 6) to be
did they go after the lesson? 7) there to be 8) there to be (negative) 9) to blow
26 - Supply the correct past tense form of the verbs in parentheses. 10) to end 11) to have 12) to be
13) to have 14) to have 15) to have
a) The plane (leave) Buenos Aires last night at midnight. leaved
THE FUTURE
b) Helen (bring) her cousin to the party last night. brought
There are people who say that the future (01) ______wonderful: will be
c) I (forget) to bring my notebook to class this morning. forgot machines (02) ______all of our work; we (03) ______able
will do will be to travel
d) He (become) president of the company five years ago. became from New York to Paris in one hour; the world (04) ______one will have
made e) We (make) good time on our trip from Texas to Mexico City. government, and (05) there ______no
will be war.
f) I (lose) my English book yesterday but (find) it later. lost Others say that the future (06) ______terrible; will be (07) there
______too
will

fought g) The two men (fight) bitterly over the division of the money. many people; (08) _ _ _ _
there_ _ _
wont_ _
be _ enough food; we (09)
rang h) The telephone (ring) twice three children to Mexico with them.
__________
will to blow up the world with our weapons. And there are
took i) The Smiths (take) their three children to Mexico with them.
people who say that soon the world (10) __________
will end because
we (11) __________
will have so many cars that no one (12) __________ will be
j) George (think) about his troubles continuously. tought able to move on the highways. They say we will all starve to death
k) Last year Professor Jones (teach) us both English and mathe- in our cars.
matics. taught
People worry about the future because of the problems that
bought l) They (buy) the property in 1966 and (sell) it in 1972. sold we (13) __________
will have to solve: population, urbanization, energy,
m) John (keep) part of the money and (give) the rest to his two pollution. We (14) __________ will have to decide what is essential to life
brothers. kept gave on earth and what is essential to our survival. If we can make these
n) The police (do) their best but never (catch) the real bank decisions now, at least we (15) __________ will have a future.
robbers. did
caught
(Adapted from “Challenge”)
o) The woman (sing) in French; consequently, we (understand)
none of the words. sang understood
29 - Complete the following sentences with the will future form of the
p) We (stand) on the corner and waited for John for two hours. verbs in parentheses. Use the contracted forms only.
stood
a) He__________
will call (call) you tomorrow. (He’ll call you tomorrow.)
3) WILL - FUTURE = Futuro do Presente b) They __________
will see (see) us in the morning.
a) Afirmativo: c) I __________
will gaive (give) you that money tomorrow.
d) She __________
will hep (help) you with that work.
Sujeito + WILL + BF
e) Mary __________
will clean (clean) off the table right away.

10
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

f) The stores __________


will close (close) early today. 33 - Change the following sentences to questions.
g) I __________
will leave (Ieave) the tip.
a) They’ll arrive on Wednesday.
h) Helen __________
will find (find) the book which you need.
(Will they arrive on Wednesday?)
i) You __________
will spen (spend) a lot of money there.
b) He’ll be back at three o’clock. will he be back at three o'clock?
j) John __________
will do (do) well in that job.
c) The stores will be open until six o’clock. will the stores be open until six o'clok?
k) The wind __________ will blow (blow) that sign down.
d) lt’ll cost two dollars to fix the lamp. will it cost two dollars to fix the lamp?
l) We __________
will meet (meet) you in Grand Central Station.
e) The plant will die because oi lack of sunshine. will the plant die cause oi lack of ..
m) I __________
will pay (pay) the bill.
f) They’ll spend two months in France. will they spend two months in france?
n) You __________
will learn (Iearn) a great deal in that course.
g) She’ll meet us in Macy’s. will she meet us in Macy's?
o) We __________
will remain (remain) in Mexico about a month.
h) They’ll pay their bill next week. will they pay their bill next week?
i) The meeting will begin at eight o’clock. will the meeting begin at eight o'clock?
30 - Change the following sentences to the past tense.
j) lt’ll last an hour. will i last an hour?
a) He is in the elementary class. k) She’ll leave a message on the table for him. will she leave a message on the...
(He was in the elementary class.) l) They’ll return in October. will they return in october?
b) She is our new teacher. she was our new teacher m) Them will be three new students in the class. will them be three new students..
c) Mr. Smith is in Chicago. mr smith was in chicago n) The lesson will be over at three o’clock. wil the lesson be over at three o'clock?
d) They are both good students. they were both good students o) They’ll write to us on Wednesday. will they write to us on wednesay?
e) This is your seat. this was your seat
p) He’ll take the children to the park. will he take the children to the park?
f) There are two tables in the room. there was two tables in the room q) I’ll park the car near the hotel. will i park the car near the hotel
g) We are very tired after the long drive. we were very tired
r) They’ll stay in the Hotel Americana. will they stay in the hotel americana
h) I am glad to be here. i was glad to be here

i) He is angry with us. he was angry

j) The dog is happy to see you. the dog was happy 34 - Change the sentences above to questions beginning wíth ques-
tion words.
k) Mr. Jones is out of town. mr jones was out town
l) Business is very good. businesswas very good a) They’ll arrive on Wednesday. (When will they arrive?)
m) The exercises are easy for you. the exercises was easy for you
n) There is no one in the office. there was no one

o) The cafeteria is on this floor. the cafeteria was on 4) WOULD - CONDITIONAL = Futuro do Pretérito
p) We are interested in his progress. we were interested
a) Afirmativo:
q) He is a bright student. he was a bright student
r) The highway is very slippery. the highwat was very Sujeito + WOULD + BF
b) Interrogativo:
31 - Change the sentences above to the future with will. WOULD + Sujeito + BF
a) He is in the elementary class. c) Negativo:
(He’ll be in the elementary class.) Sujeito + WOULDN’T + BF
d) Palavras que o amarram:
32 - Change the following sentences from affirmative to negative. Use Este tempo verbal é diferente! Como ele denota a ideia
the contracted form.
de CONDIÇÃO, em geral virá com a palavra IF = SE:
a) They will arrive at three o’clock. Se eu tivesse dinheiro, viajaria - IF I had money, I WOULD
(They won’t arrive at three o’clock.) TRAVEL.
b) We will tell John about it. we won't tell John about it
c) I will be back in an hour. i won't be back in an hour
5) PRESENT CONTINUOUS =
d) The weather will be cool tomorrow. the weather won't be cool tomorrow
e) He will be able to meet us later. he won't be able to meet us later Presente Contínuo (Estou falando, Estão escrevendo ...)
f) These exercises will be easy for you. these exercises won't be easy for u a) Afirmativo: I AM ⇔ You / We / They ARE ⇔ He / She / It
g) We will cat in the same restaurant again. We won't caat in the.... IS + ING - FORM
h) You will get tired of that work. you won't get tired of that work

i) We will be there before Wednesday. we won't be there before wednesday b) Interrogativo: AM / IS / ARE + Sujeito + ING - FORM
j) He will do well in that job. he won't do well in that job c) Negativo: I’M NOT ⇔ You / We / They AREN’T ⇔ He /
k) They will sign the contract tomorrow. they won't sign the contract tomorrow She / It ISN’T + ING - FORM
l) They will finish the work in April. they won't finish the work in april
d) Palavras que o amarram: QUALQUER expressão de tempo
m) The meeting will last an hour. the meeting won't last an hour
que dê a ideia de “AGORA”:
n) The stores will close at noon today. the stores won't close at noon today
o) lt will cost a lot of money to remodel that house. it won't cost a lot of ... now, at the present, right now, on the spot, at once
p) We will be ready to leave in an hour. we won't be ready to leave in an hour

11
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

UM IMPERATIVO TAMBÉM PODE AMARRAR ESTE 36 - Supply the simple present tense or the present continuous tense
TEMPO VERBAL : Run! (Corra!), Look! (Olhe), Don’t smoke! form of the verbs in parentheses.
(Não fume) ... a) Mr. Jones often _________ goes (go) out of town on business trips.
LOOK! That boy IS RUNNING fast ! b) Our class ___________
meet (meet) three times every week.
c) Mr. Smith _________teaches (teach) us at present. He __________ is substituting
⇒⇒ BIZU PARA O ACRÉSCIMO DO "-ING": Veja os bizus do (substitute) for Mr. Reese, who is our regular teacher.
acréscimo de -ED. Apenas, ATENÇÃO: d) At nine-thirty every morning our school bell __________ rings
To arrive - arrivING (O -E sai !!) (ring). Listen! I believe it ___________is ringing (ring) now.
To be - beING (Para o TO BE, não !!) e) John ___________takes (take) his English lesson now. 1 believe
that he always ___________
takes (take) it at this hour.
PROBLEMA COM O ING: Nem todos os verbos podem ir
para o gerùndio EM INGLÊS. E para piorar, o ING tem outras f) Listen! Someone ___________ is knocking (knock) at the door.
funções na língua inglesa, além de gerúndio. Então, vamos ver g) John never ___________
comes (come) to class on time.
uma coisa de cada vez: h) At present they ___________ build (build) many new highways
in New York State.
a) VERBOS PARA OS QUAIS O ING NÃO PODE SER USADO i) The wind always ________ blow (blow) hard in this section of town.
COMO GERÚNDIO: j) For the time being, while My. Jones is away, Mr. Smith
⇒⇒ Verbos sensitivos (= relacionam-se com os 5 sentidos): ___________
is acting (act) as manager of our department.
SEE (VER) / FEEL (= SENTIR com a ideia de tato) / TASTE k) They ___________
are having (have) a big sale on shoes at Macy’s today.
(DEGUSTAR) / HEAR (OUVIR) / SMELL (CHEIRAR) l) John seems to be very busy. I guess he __________ is preparing (prepare)
⇒⇒ Verbos de Preferência (denotam a ideia de preferência his English lesson.
/ gosto pessoal): LIKE (gostar), DISLIKE (detestar), LOVE m) I __________
get up (get) up at seven o’clock every morning.
(com o sentido de adorar), HATE (odiar), PREFER (preferir) ... n) John usually ________ stays (stay) in a hotel when he __________
(come) to town, but tonight he _________ is staying (stay) with us.
⇒⇒ Verbos Intelectuais (= denotam a ideia de ação intelectual o) The sun always ________ rises (rise) in the cast. Look! It _________ is riseing
intensa): CONCLUDE (concluir - com o sentido de racio- (rise) now.
cínio), DEDUCE (deduzir), REALIZE (perceber), THINK + p) Mr. and Mrs. Smith ______ are building(build) a new home on First Avenue.
oração (pensar / achar).
Quando esses verbos são usados com sentidos diferentes 37 - Change the following sentences from affirmative to negative.
desses apresentados, PODEM IR PARA O GERÚNDIO:
a) The telephone is ringing.
Exemplo: I am concluding my work (estou TERMINANDO b) lt is beginning to rain.
meu trabalho). c) The sky is getting very dark.
Quando não podemos usar um tempo CONTINUOUS, d) He is working on the fourth floor at present.
usamos um SIMPLE: e) The maid is cleaning the room now.
Exemplo: I am seeing birds now <= I SEE birds now !! (Putz, f) They are taking a walk in the park.
é mole??!!) g) They are having lunch outside.
h) John is doing well in his studies at present.
35 - Complete the following sentences with the present continuous i) They are laughing at what you said.
form of the verbs in parentheses. j) They are traveling in Europe at present.
k) Helen is taking dancing lessons at the Country Club.
a) They _________
are waiting (wait) for us on the corner now.
l) The leaves are beginning to fall from the trees.
b) The bus _________
is stopping (stop) for us now.
m) All the birds are flying south.
c) Listen! I think the telephone _________ is ringing (ring).
n) Mr. Evans is writing a series of articles on the economic situation.
d) I see that you _________ (wear) your new suit today.
are wearing
o) They are planning to leave, for Mexico soon.
e) Look! lt _________
is beging (begin) to rain.
p) He is looking for the book which he lost.
f) Listen! Someone _________ is knocking (knock) at the door.
g) Please be quiet! The baby _________ is sleeping , (sleep).
Contractions (Affirmative Forms)
h) Look! The cat _________ (try) to climb that tall tree.
is trying

i) Helen _________
is making (make) good progress in her studies at In spoken English, we usually use the following affirmative
present. contractions.
j) The leaves _________ is beging (begin) to fall from the trees.
I am - I’m I will - I’ll
k) John _________
has (have) lunch in the cafeteria now. you are - you’re you will - you’ll
l) Listen! That’s Mary who _________ is playing (play) the piano. he is - he’s he will - he’ll
m) At present they _________ travel (travel) in South America. she is - she’s she will - she’ll
n) For the time being, Mr. Smith _________ acts (act) as manager it is - it’s it will - it’ll
of this department. we are - we’re we will - we’ll
o) Be careful! The teacher _________ is watching (watch) you. they are - they’re they will - they’ll
p) They _________
have (have) sales in all the big stores now.

12
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

38 - Give the following in contracted form 39 - Supply the correct past continuous tense form of the verbs in
parentheses.
a) He is a good student.
b) They are waiting for us on the tenth floor. a) They ............
were (eat) in the restaurant on the corner when saw them.

c) I will be back before noon. b) lt ................


was rainning (rain) when I left home.
d) I have no time to see him now. c) When you telephoned, Iwas ................
having(have) dinner.

e) lt is raining hard. d) They................ (travel) in Europe when the war broke out. were traveling
f) She will surely finish the work today. e) The baby............... (sleep) soundly when I went to wake him. was sleeping
g) We are old friends. f) He............... just ............... (order) breakfast when I went to his
was ordeing
h) They are planning to leave next week. hotel room.
i) lt is almost three o’clock. g) I got sick while we ................ (drive) to Mexico. were driving

j) The telephone is ringing. h) He............... (work) in California when his father died. was working
k) They have very little money with them. i) I ............... just ............... (take) a nap when you called. was taking
l) The train is just leaving the station now. j) She................ (talk) with Mr. Smith when I saw her in the hall. was talking
m) There is someone at the door. k) The accident happened while they................ (travel) in Mexico. were traveling
n) They will remain in Europe all summer. l) She fell as she ................ (get) into a taxi. was getting
o) He is a big boy for his age. m) The car ................. (travel) at high speed when it approached
p) You are very kind to say that. the corner. was traveling

q) I am glad that you were able to come. n) When I got up this morning, the sun................ (shine) brightly. was shining
r) There is nothing we can do about it now. o) They ............. (live) in Japan when the war started. were living

40 - In the following sentences give either the past tense or the past
6) PAST CONTINUOUS = Passado Contínuo
continuous tense form of the verb indicated.
a) Afirmativo:
(study)
You / We / They WERE ⇔ I / He / She / It WAS + ING - FORM 1) I ................
studied very hard last night.
b) Interrogativo: 2) I................ last night when you called me on the phone. was studying

WAS / WERE + Sujeito + ING - FORM (go)


c) Negativo: 3) While I ......... .... home last night, I saw a dreadful accident. was going
You / We / They WEREN’T ⇔ I /He / She / It WASN’T + 4) I..............
went home last night by bus.
ING - FORM
(drive)
d) Este tempo verbal é usado nas provas sempre quando
5) We................
drove to Philadelphia last Sunday.
temos 2 ORAÇÕES dispostas da seguinte maneira :
6) We ............... at about forty miles an hour when the accident
ORAÇÃO 1 happened. were driving
ORAÇÃO 2 Oração no
WHEN + oração no SIMPLE
PAST CONTINUOUS (have)
PAST
WHILE + oração no PAST CON- Oração no PAST CONTI- 7) We ............... our dinner when you phoned. were having
TINUOUS NUOUS 8) We ............... our dinner in Child’s restaurant last night.
had
Esta ordem pode ser invertida nas questões de prova.
(come) was comming
Ex.:
9) While I ................ to work this morning, I met an old friend.
I __________ while Shirley __________.
10) I ................
came to work on the bus this morning.
a) was study / was rest
(blow) was blowing
b) were sleeping / were resting
11) The wind ............... hard when I came to work this morning.
c) was sleeping / was resting 12) The wind .....blew
....... ..hard this morning.
d) study / rest
(rain) rained
Observar que, nesta questão, a frase que contém o WHILE 13) lt ............... hard last night.
agora é a segunda e não a primeira. Porém, de qualquer forma, 14) lt ............... hard when I left the office at five o’clock.
havendo esta palavra, todo o período ficará no PAST CONTI- was raining

NUOUS. Letra C. Observar na tabelinha que a única situação (shine) was shining

para que as duas frases estejam no “past continuous” é tendo 15) The sun ................ brightly when I got up this morning.
WHILE numa delas. As fórmulas / sintaxes da letra A não existem. 16) The sun ...............
shone brightly this morning.

A letra B lembra bem jogador de futebol quando é entrevistado e (read) was reading
diz: “A gente fomos bem ...”, ou seja, mistura plural com singular. 17) At seven o’clock, when you telephoned, I......... the newspaper.
Para a letra D, ela não se adapta ao modelo de Simple Present !! 18) I................
read two books last week.

13
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

(sleep) was sleeping


7) GOING TO - FUTURE = Eu vou, Você vai, Ele /
19) I............... soundly when the phone rang. Ela vai, Nós vamos, Vocês / Eles vão
20) I .......... soundly last night. slept
a) Afirmativo:
(play)
Suj. + AM/IS/ARE + GOING TO + BF
21) Mary................ the piano when I arrived. was playing
b) Interrogativo:
22) Mary ................ the piano for her guests. played
AM/IS/ARE + Suj. + GOING TO + BF
(take)
c) Negativo:
23) While John................ his English lesson, his friend arrived. was taking
Suj. + ‘M NOT / ISN’T / AREN’T + GOING TO + BF
24) John ...............
took his English lesson yesterday.
d) Palavras que o amarram: QUALQUER expressão de tempo
(get) que dê a ideia de FUTURO:
25) I................
got up this morning at six o’clock.
tomorrow, next week / month / year, within<in 2 weeks,
26) Helen fell just as she ............... off the bus.
was getting
at soon ...

41 - ln the following sentences give either the past tense or the past ⇒⇒ Going to future e os substitutos do Tempo Futuro
continuous form of the verbs in parentheses.
was walking Além do uso de “will” e “shall” (auxiliares do futuro simples),
a) As I ............. (walk) home yesterday, I................. met (meet) a beggar temos outras formas verbais para expressar futuro. São elas:
who ................ (ask) me for some money.
asked
1. “Be going to”
b) lt was
................
raining(rain) hard when I............... left (leave) home this morning.
2. Present Continuous
c) John ................
fell (fall) and ...............
hurt (hurt) himself when he .................
was riding

(ride) his bicycle yesterday. 3. Future Continuous


d) At five o’clock, when I ................ called (call) at the Smith’s home, they 4. Simple Present
................. (have) dinner.
was having

e) When World War II .................... broke (break) out, John was .................
living (live) “Be going to” é conjugado assim:
in Switzerland. VERBO TO BE (NO PRESENTE) + GOING TO + VERBO PRINCIPAL
f) We were ...............
sitting(sit) on our front porch when Mr. Smith ................. drove

(drive) up in his new car. Memorize:


g) As Mary was ..............
getting (get) off the bus, she.............
slipped (slip) and ................
broke
I - AM
(break) ber leg.
You / we / they - ARE + GOING TO + leave / travel / work ...
h) Mr. Smith................ drove (drive) at about forty míles an hour when the
he / she / it - IS (base-form)
accident .............. . (happen).was happeningwas leaving
Formas:
i) Your telegram ............. came (come) just as I ................ (Ieave) my home.

j) Last night, just as we................. (Ieave) for the movies, some friends
were leaving a) afirmativa:
................
called (call) on us. We are going to travel next weekend.
k) John...............
was talking .(talk) with his boss when I last ..............
saw (see) him. b) negativa:
l) At noon, when you .......... (telephone), I.......... (work) in my garden. They are not going to travel with us tomorrow.
was working
´telephoned
c) interrogativa:
42 - Change each of the following sentences from the past tense to
Are you going to travel alone next Tuesday?
the past continuous tense. Add an explanatory clause to complete
the sentence. Indica:
⇒⇒ certeza de que uma ação vai acontecer num futuro
a) I studied my English lesson last night.
imediato.
(I was studying my English lesson last night when he telephoned.)
b) I talked with Mr. Smith this morning. Exemplo:
c) I walked home from work last night. There are black clouds in the sky. It’s going to rain.
d) I ate my dinner. ⇒⇒ intenção de realizar uma certa ação.
e) John finished his work. Exemplo:
f) Mary spoke to Mr. Smith about a raise.
Give me your report. I’m going to read it.
g) I wrote several letters last night.
h) He lived in Switzerland.
⇒⇒ Present Continuous Tense - é conjugado:
i) I got off the bus at 23rd Street.
j) I had lunch with Mr. Smith. To be (no presente) + verbo principal no gerúndio (ING)

14
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

Memorize: l) I believe it ________


is goin to rain (rain).

m) It ________
is goin to be (be) another warm day.
I - AM
You / we / they - ARE working / singing ...
he / she / it - IS 8) GOING TO - PAST = Eu ia, Você ia, Ele / Ela ia,
Formas: Nós íamos, Vocês / Eles iam
a) afirmativa: She is having a party next Saturday. a) Afirmativo:
b) negativa: They are not travelling to São Paulo next Suj. + WAS/WERE + GOING TO + BF
Monday. b) Interrogativo:
c) interrogativa: Are you going to the beach next summer? WAS/WERE + Suj. + GOING TO + BF
Indica: c) Negativo:
⇒⇒ compromisso / ação no futuro, principalmente quando Suj.+ WASN’T/WEREN’T + GOING TO + BF
com verbos de movimento; d) Palavras que o amarram: QUALQUER expressão de tempo
⇒⇒ algo que se pretende fazer no futuro (após marcar ou que dê a ideia de ADVERSIDADE / CONTRARIEDADE:
programar uma atividade) BUT / NEVERTHELESS / HOWEVER / ON THE OTHER HAND ...
Observação:
É sempre acompanhado de uma expressão de tempo: 44 - Complete the sentences with was / were going to + one of
these verbs:
next Sunday / morning / weekend, etc:
tomorrow, etc. READ / GET / OPEN / SEND / COOK / BUY / FORGET
a) Sheila ________________
was going to read that big geography book, but she
Future Continuous Tense - é conjugado: was invited for a birthday party and she didn’t take it.
b) Andrew ____________________
was going to forget his keys once more, but
Will ('II) + be + verbo principal no gerúndio (com -ING) his mother shouted at him: “my son, don’t forget the keys !”.
Memorize: ‘ll (will) be + working c) That fat man ____________________
was going to cook
to him a great lunch
but, suddenly, his pants began catching fire and he looked for
a) afirmativa: She’ll be arriving in 10 minutes. a swimming pool to jump into it.
b) negativa: They won’t (will not) be sleeping at midnight. d) Charles __________________
was going to buy a pair of shoes but, when the
store hadn’t accepted his credit card.
c) interrogativa: Will you be working next July?
e) Vera wanted to write a letter. Then, she wrote it and
Indica: _____________,
was going to send but it began raining very much and she
⇒⇒ intenção ou planos de realizar uma ação futura; stayed at home.
f) Wilma ____________________
was going to open those doors, but she noticed
⇒⇒ que a ação estará sendo realizada ou estará em desen-
that a strong wind was blowing and then she changed her idea.
volvimento em determinada ocasião futura.
g) Paul __________________
was going to get a very good grade in his examina-
tion, but his teacher, Mr. Gama, found out that he was cheating !
Simple Present (a nível informal !!!)
Formas:
9) PAST PERFECT = Eu TINHA falADO, Eles TI-
a) afirmativa: The plane leaves for Maceió at noon.
NHAM partIDO ...
b) negativa: The plane doesn’t leave for Maceió at midnight.
a) Afirmativo:
c) interrogativa: Does the bus leave for São Paulo at midday?
Sujeito + HAD + PARTICÍPIO

43 - Complete the following sentences with the going to future form


b) Interrogativo:
of the verbs in parentheses. HAD + Sujeito + PARTICÍPIO

a) They 're ________


going to visit (visit) us next weekend. c) Negativo:
b) We ________
're goin to eat (eat) out tonight. Sujeito + HADN’T + PARTICÍPIO
c) I'm________
going to leave(leave) for Europe on Tuesday.
d) QUALQUER situação que denote relação de anteriorida-
d) They ________
are going to (wait) for us after the show. de, ou seja, DUAS AÇÕES NO PASSADO, UMA OCORRENDO
e) We ________
're going to get(get) up early tomorrow morning and go fishing. NA FRENTE DA OUTRA, pode amarrar este tempo. A PRI-
f) They're________
goin to drive (drive) to California. MEIRA, A MAIS PASSADA, FICA NO PAST PERFECT !!!. Uma
g) We ________
are going (go) to Canada on our vacation. palavra-chave é BEFORE (antes):
h) Were________
going to have(have) an examination in mathematics.
BEFORE I finished my assignment, my father HAD GOT-
i) They ________
are going (go) to Europe by plane. TEN out. (Antes que eu terminasse o relatório, meu pai
j) John ________ (take) Helen to the dance tonight.
is going to tinha saído)
k) It ________
is going to be (be) difficult to reach him at this late hour.

15
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

45 - Supply the past perfect of the verbs in parentheses: • He has gone to New York lately.
a) He said that _____________
had looked (look) everywhere for the book. • It hasn’t rained this week.
b) Helen ________________
had left (leave) by the time we arrived. • Have you seen Ann recently?
c) The police reported that they finally ______________
has caught (catch) • Have you ever traveled to China?
the thief. • We’ve waited for an hour.
d) I met them before I ______________
had walk (walk) a hundred miles.
e) I saw that we __________________
had taken (take) the wrong road. ⇒⇒ Sentences using the present perfect tense never mention
f) He knew that he _______________
had made (make) a serious mistake. an exact time of action. If we wish to mention or imply
g) I felt that I __________________
had made (make) a serious mistake. an exact time for an action, we use the simple past tense,
h) He asked me why I _____________
had left (leave) the party so early. using 'words' such as:
i) Andy wanted to know what ________had happened(happen) to his briefcase. • Yesterday, last week, in 1867, when I was a child, last
night, last winter, two weeks ago, ...
10) PRESENT PERFECT • It didn’t rain last week.
• He went to New York yesterday.
a) Afirmativo:
• I called you last night.
He/She/It + HAS + PARTICÍPIO
• Did you see Ann last week?
I/YOU/WE/THEY+HAVE+PARTICÍPIO
• Ian has lived in London since five years ago.
b) Interrogativo:
• I have never played golf.
HAS + He/She/It + PARTICÍPIO • Have they won a lot of games?
HAVE+I/YOU/WE/THEY+PARTICÍPIO c) Negativo: • No, they have never won a game.
He/She/It + HASN’T + PARTICÍPIO • Has she ridden your new bike?
I/YOU/WE/THEY + HAVEN’T + PARTICÍPIO • No, she hasn’t ridden it yet.
d) Palavras que o amarram: • Have you already met my brother?
O PRESENT PERFECT tense descreve uma ação que aconte- • Yes, I’ve just met him.
ceu em um tempo indefinido passado, SEM O MOMENTO • She’s just received a Christmas card from Andrew, hasn’t she?
DA AÇÃO:
• We waited for you from 6 to 8 o’clock a. m.
I have read that book several times. They have moved to
• Ian lived in London for five years.
Los Angeles.
• That old man stole five cars one year ago.
Este tempo verbal também descreve uma ação que pode
• Did they win the game last Sunday?
se repetir; observe as situações abaixo:
• No, they didn’t. It was a very difficult game.
I have read that big book.
• Did she ride that old horse yesterday afternoon?
(pode ser lido novamente!!)
• No, she didn’t. She’s afraid of horses.
I have gone to the beach.
• Didn’t you meet Mr. Johnson at the party last night?
(Eu posso ir lá de novo !!)
• Yes, I did. He was very polite.
⇒⇒ Present Perfect Tense (Never /Always / Yet / Just / For / • Have you already seen “Superman”?
Since ...) • Yes, I’ve seen it twice.
Frases que usam o PRESENT PERFECT tense NUNCA • I have had lunch at McDonald’s lately.
mencionam o o momento exato da ação. SE DESEJARMOS • I have watched cartoons since I was a child.
MENCIONAR O MOMENTO CERTO DA AÇÃO, USAMOS O • Mark has never told her a friend word.
SIMPLE PAST! • Did she receive a love letter from Mark last month?
The weather WAS nice yesterday. • Yes, I received it.
They ARRIVED ten minutes ago.
⇒⇒ Use a PAST TENSE to ask When ...? or What time ...? When
I ate a lot of goods when I was a child. did they arrive?
A: DID YOU SEE the news on television last night?
What time did you finish your work?
B: No, I WENT to bed early.

Também usamos o PRESENT PERFECT tense para descrever 46 - Supply the present perfect tense form of the verbs in parentheses:
uma ação que começou no passado e CONTINUA ATÉ AGORA !! a) I __________________
have spoken (speak) to him about it several times.
Podemos às vezes usar expressões tais como: today, this week, b) We ___________________
have finished (finish) all our homework.
never, always, since, ever, for, already, just, this summer, this c) He ____________________
has visited
(visit) us many times.
month, lately, yet, ...:(dá ideia de Dt < intervalo de tempo!!!) d) She ___________________
has returned (return) my book at last.
• I've done a lot of work today. e) I am afraid that I _________________
have lost (lose) my car keys.

16
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

f) We _________________
have been
(be) to Mexico many times. g) Carlos ______________
fell (fall) when he was crossing the street.
g) I __________________
have studied (study) this same exercise before. h) Mariah _____________
has saw (see) Edgar a few days ago.
h) We ________________
have learned (learn) many words in this course. i) When the bell rang, Herald _____________ has jumped (jump) from his
i) I ____________________
have told (tell) Mark what you said to me. seat and _____________
ran (run) from the room.
j) This magazine was terrific ! I ________________
have read (read) it. j) I _____________
have tried (try) that restaurant again but I don’t like
k) Mr. Columbus ______________ (go) to South America to work.
has gone the food there.
l) He __________
has made (make) many mistakes. He ought to study more. k) When I was a boy, I often ______________ gone (go) fishing with
m) She ____________________
has watched (watch) that film twice. my father,
n) We need to help that poor man ! He _______________has lost (lose) l) Tod ________________
started (start) to study English last winter.
all his money gambling. m) The day before yesterday, we ________________ had (have) a
o) Andrew __________________
has become (become) a famous swimmer. bad storm.
p) That giant dog _____________
has run after (run after) Mike for two hours. n) I hear that you ________________gave up
(give up) the idea of
studying Russian.
47 - Make sentences from the words in brackets. Use the present o) Thomas ____________
had never _____________
been (be) in Miami.
perfect or simple past: p) The First World War _______________
began (begin) in 1914 and
______________
finished (finish) in 1918.
a) it / not / rain / this week
q) She is saying that she ________________
lost (lose) her pocket
b) the weather / be / cold / recently book yesterday.
c) it / be / cold / last week
d) I / not / read / a newspaper yesterday
EXPRESSÕES PARA DECORAR 1
e) I / not / read / a newspaper today
f) Ann / earn / a lot of money / this year by the way (propósito); at the present (agora); come in (entrar);
g) she / not / earn / so much / last year a lot of (muito, muitos); have dinner (jantar); me too (eu também);
h) you / have / a holiday recently? take a look (dar uma olhada); look at (olhar para); What time is it?
(Que horas?); that’s a shame (Que vergonha); To be in a hurry (Estar
com pressa); go shopping (Fazer compras); have lunch (almoçar);
48 - Write sentences about yourself using the ideas in parentheses:
be thirsty (Estar com sede); all day (o dia todo); Don’t worry ! (Não
a) (Something you haven’t done today.) se preocupe); make room (Arrumar espaço); end up + ING (Termi-
b) (Something you have done today.) nar / Acabar POR INSISTÊNCIA) - Ex.: Não entendo esta matéria,
c) (Something you didn’t do yesterday.) vou acabar me ferrando!! < I don’t understand this subject, I am
d) (Something you did yesterday evening.) going to end up failING !!; go ahead (Seguir adiante); quite often
e) (Something you haven’t done recently.) (Muitas vezes); a few (Pouco, poucos); all the time (O tempo todo);
f) (Something you’ve done a lot recently.) put on (Vestir); take a day off (Tirar um dia de folga) on the way
g) (Where have you been lately?) (A caminho); shut off (Fechar na saída); dry up (Evaporar); be in
h) (When did you go swimming?) trouble; by the time (Quando) feel at home (Sentir-se em casa); sit
around (Sentar-se por aí); be supposed to (Ter que = MUST ou Ser
49 - Supply the correct PRESENT PERFECT : provável) - Exs.: a) É possível que chova - It’s supposed to rain < b)
I am supposed to work ! - Tenho que trabalhar!; take to (Levar para)
a) I ________________
have spoken (speak) to him about it several times.
b) We ________________ (finish) all our homework.
RESUMINDO: OS DEZ TEMPOS VERBAIS
have finished

c) He ________________
has visited (visit) us many times.
d) She _______________
has returned (return) my book at last. SINTAXES
PALAVRAS QUE AMARRAM =
have learned ADVÉRBIOS
e) We ______________ (learned) many new words in this course.
Afirmativo:
f) Sheila ________________
has traveled
(travel) many times to Japan lately. HE/SHE/IT + Base-
g) I ______________
have told (tell) her what happened to you yesterday. -form com S LATELY - ULTIMAMENTE
I/YOU/WE/ THEY + EVERY DAY - DIARIAMENTE
h) They _____________
have lended (lend) him money several times.
Base-from SOMETIMES/ NOW AND THEN DE

i) Charles _____________
has made (make) the same mistake several times. Interrogativo: VEZ EM QUANDO

j) My mother ______________
has saw (see) that movie twice. SIMPLE DO + I/YOU/THEY + ONCE – UMA VEZ
PRESENT Base-form TWICE – DUAS VEZES
(PRESNTE SIMPLES) DOES + HE/SHE/IT + On Sundays/Mondays/Tuesday...
50 - SIMPLE PAST OR THE PRESENT PERFECT??!! Base-form USUAL /USUALLY GERALMENTE OU FRE-
Negativo: QUENTEMENTE

a) I ________________
have visited (visit) Manaus many times. HE/SHE/IT + DOESN’T ALWAYS/NEVER
b) Mrs. Sobral _______________
has gone (go) to Sweden last week. + Base-form SEMPRE NUNCA
I/YOU/WE/ THEY +
c) Isis ________________
did read (read) several books. DON’T + Base-form
d) We _________
have read (read) it while I was on my vacation last summer.

e) She ________________
has been (be) in Philadelphia many times.
f) Marina _______
had (have) little experience in teaching that subject.

17
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

Afirmativo:
Afirmativo:
SUJ E I TO + WA S /
SUJEITO + VERBO
WERE + GOING TO
com ED OU TABELA BUT
SIMPLE YESTERDAY - ONTEM + BF
(regulares) (irregulares) (OU QUALQUER OUTRA
PAST LAST WEEK – SEMANA PASSADA Interrogativo:
(PASSADO SIMPLES) Interrogativo: LAST MONTH – MÊS PASSADO GOING TO – CONJUNÇÃO ADVERSATIVA)
WAS / WERE + SUJEI-
(A AÇÃO É TOTALMENTE DID + SUJEITO + IN 1990 - EM 1990 PAST Obs :
TO + GOING TO + BF
FINALIZADA) Base-form 2 HOURS AGO... 2 HORAS ATRÁS WAS GOING TO = ia
Negativo:
Negativo: WERE GOING TO = iamos / iam
SUJEITO + WASN’T
SUSJEITO +DIDN’T + / WEREN’T + GOING
Base-form + BF
Afirmativo:
Afirmativo: tido/tinha/tiamos
SUJEITO + WILL +
SUJEITO + HAD + PAR-
Base-form TOMORROW - amanhã ALREADY = Já
TÍCIPIO
WILL Interrogativo: NEXT WEEK – semana que vem BEFORE = Antes
WILL + SUJEITO + Interrogativo:
FUTURE NEXT MONTH – mês que vem PAST AFTER = EVER = Depois
Base-form HAD + SUJEITO + PAR-
(FUTURO DO PRESENT)
WITHIN <= IN 3 WEEKS... EM 3 SEMANAS. . . PERFECT
Negativo: TICÍPIO
“ DENTRO DE” Obs : Também usado para passado
SUJEITO + WON’T + Negativo: distante
Base-form SUJEITO + HADN’T +
Afirmativo: PARTICÍPIO
SUJEITO + WOULD + Afirmativo:
Base-from SUJEITO + HAS / HAVE AS MESMAS DO SIMPLE PREENTE
WOULD Interrogativo: IF = SE (CONDIÇÃO) + PARTICÍPIO OU
CONDITIONAL WOULD + SUJEITO + ANY = QUALQUER (frases afirma- PRESENT
Interrogativo: IMPERATIVO
(FUTURO DO PRETERITO) Base-form tivas) PERFECT
HAS + HAVE + SUJEI- OU
Negativo: (AÇÃO TOTALMENTE FI- TO + PARTICÍPIO NENHUMA EXPRESSÃO
SUJEITO + WOULDN’T
+ Base-form
NALIZADA OU CONSEQU-
Negativo: OU
Afirmativo:
ÊNCIAS QUE CONTINUAM))
SUJEITO + HASN’ T SINCE / FOR / DURING / JUST / YET
SUJEITO + AM / IS / / HAVEN’T + PARTI- DESDE / POR / DURANTE / ACABOU DE / AINDA (não)

ARE + ING CÍPIO


PRESENT NOW = AT THIS MOMENT = ON THE
Interrogativo:
CONTINUOUS SPOT = AT (THE) PRESENT = RIGHT
AM/ IS / ARE + SUJEI-
OU
TO + ING
NOW = AGORA Gabarito:
PROGRESSIVE OU IMPERATIVO
Negativo:
SUJEITO + ‘m not / 1. a) opens / closes b) study / studies
ISN’T /AREN’T + ING c) finishes / finishes d) does / need
e) teaches f) brings
PALAVRAS QUE AMARRAM = g) have h) has / has
SINTAXES
ADVÉRBIOS
2. a) needs / doesn’t need b) goes / doesn’t go
Afirmativo: WHILE NO
SUJ E I TO + WA S / PAST CONTI- c) speak / don’t speak d) comes / doesn’t come
WHEN no SIM-
WERE + ING
PL E PA S T a
NUOUS e) doesn’t drink / smokes f) have / don’t use
Interrogativo: +
PAST outra(oração g) brush / brushes / wakes / goes
WAS / WERE + SUJEI- A OUTRA
CONTINUOUS principal) OU 3. a) do they play b) does radiation cause
TO + ING TAMBÉM NO
OU PAST CONTI -
PAST CONTI- c) do insecticides damage d) do people have
PROGRESSIVE NUOUS OU PAST
Negativo: NUOUS OU
PERFECT OU e) do the children play f) does your / our class begin
SUJEITO + WASN’T / SIMPLE PAST
SIMPLE PAST
WEREN’T + ING AS = WHILE = g) does she see h) Does Helen go
AT THE
4. text 1
Afirmativo:
SUJEITO + AM/ IS / doesn’t talk is doesn’t talk smokes
ARE GOING TO + BF
IDEM WILL – FUTURE doesn’t talk bites doesn’t talk eats
Interrogativo:
GOING TO – AM/ IS / ARE + Sujeito
Obs.: doesn’t talk plays doesn’t talk doesn’t like
Am going to = vou
FUTURE + GOING TO + BF
Is going to = vai
don’t have don’t talk doesn’t lend
Negativo: Are going to = vão / vamos 5. a) have b) has c) have d) has e) have
SUJEITO + ‘m / isn’t
/ aren’t +GOING TO f) has g) has h) has i) have j) has
+ BF k) has l) have m) have n) has o) has
p) have q) has r) has s) have t) have
6. a) read b) comes c) walk d) play e) eat
f) works g) like h) chases i) works j) sits
k) play l) prepares m) eat n) use o) take
p) travel q) attend r) speaks
7. a) goes b) does c) try d) tries e)wishes
f) teaches g) go h) watch i) plays

18
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

j) studies k) watches l) kisses m) catch 16. a) dropped b) stopped c) opened


n) catches o) does p) carries d) apologised / happened / asked
8. b) He works c) He is d) He owns e) offered / accepted f) didn’t want / preferred
e) He is f) He enjoys g) He wants g) looked / arrived h) injured / tried
h) He has i) He speaks j) He wishes 17. 01) had 02) were 03) was 04) were
k) He watches l) He passes m) He always goes 05) didn’t speak 06) could 07) made
n) He tries o) He does p) He plays 08) had 09) knew 10) used
q) He has r) He always sits s) He writes 11) questioned 12) saw 13) didn’t know
t) He studies 14) asked 15) began 16) answered
9. a) They like b) They work c) They are
17) was 18) came 19) became
d) They own e) They are f) They enjoy 20) asked 21) answered
g) They want h) They have i) They speak 18. 1) was 2) brought 3) lived 4) made
j) He wish k) They watch l) They pass
5) sold 6) was 7) didn’t go 8) was
m) They always go n) They try o) They do
9) studied 10) got 11) was 12) got
p) They play q) They have r) They always sit
13) got 14) was 15) came 16) had
s) They write t) They study
17) traveled 18) liked
10. a) She works b) She is c) She owns
19. 1) b 2) b 3) b 4) a 5) d
d) She is e) She enjoys f) She wants
g) She has h) She speaks i) She wishes 6) a 7) b 8) c 9) d
j) She watches k) She passes l) She always goes 20. a) was b) was c) were d) was e) were
m) She tries n) She does o) She plays f) was g) were h) was i) were j) was
p) She has q) She always sits r) She writes k) were l) was / was m) was n) were o) was
s) She studies p) were q) were r) was
11. a) is b) are c) am d) is e) are 21. a) worked b) listened c) talked d) wanted
f) is g) is h) are i) are j) is e) lived f) expected g) lasted h) changed
k) is l) is m) is n) are o) is i) liked j) waited k) painted l) arrived
p) are m) watched n) studied o) mailed p) learned
12. a) aren’t b) isn’t c) aren’t d) isn’t e)aren’t 22. a) came b) told c) sat d) put e)began
f) isn’t g) aren’t h) isn’t i) isn’t j) isn’t f) wrote g) saw h) cost i) had j) drank
k) isn’t l) isn’t m) isn’t n) isn’t o)aren’t k) gave / told l) sold m) heard n) knew o) felt
p) isn’t p) went / got q) read
13. a) Are they ... ? b) Is John (he) ... ? 23. a) They didn’t tell b) He didn’t put
c) Are Hen and she ... ? d) Is he ... ? c) They didn’t stay d) I didn’t see
e) Are both sisters ... ? f) Is she ... ? e) He didn’t plan f) The meeting didn’t last
g) Are they ... ? h) Is he ... ? g) The book didn’t cost h) The woman didn’t faint
i) Is Mr. Smith (he) ... ? j) Isn’t the sky (it) ... ? i) I didn’t know j) They didn’t sell
k) Is the office of the principal (it) ... ? k) I didn’t speak l) She didn’t come
l) Is it ... ? m) Is she ... ? m) We didn’t sit n) They didn’t go
n) Is it ... ? o) Are the stamps (they)... ?
o) I didn’t give
p) Is he ... ?
24. b) Did he give ...? c) Did they stay ... ?
14. a) There is b) There is c) There are
d) Did she tell ... ? e) Did he enter ... ?
d) There is e) There are f) There are
f) Did they go ... ? g) Did he arrive ... ?
g) There is h) There are i) There is
h) Did they come ... ? i) Did they know ... ?
j) There is k) There are l) There are
j) Did he work ... ? k) Did she fell ... ?
m) There is n) There is o) There are
l) Did the meeting begin ...?
p) There are
m) Did he pass ... ? n) Did they put ...?
15. a) There isn’t b) There aren’t c) There isn’t
o) Did he give ... ? p) Did the crowd wait ... ?
d) There aren’t e) There isn’t f) There aren’t
25. b) When did they sell ... ?
g) There aren’t h) There isn’t i) There aren’t
j) There aren’t k) There isn’t l) There isn’t c) What time did the meeting begin ... ?
m) There aren’t n) There aren’t o) There aren’t d) How much did the tickets cost ?

19
CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES INGLÊS – EEAr

e) How did he pay ... ? c) Will the stores be .. ?


f) How much did he invest ... ? .
g) In which row did they sit ... / .
h) In what language did he speak ...? .
i) How long did the meeting last ? 34. b) What time / When will he be back ?
j) What time did it begin ? c) How long will the stores be open ?
k) What time did he telephone her ? d) How much will it cost to fix the lamp ?
l) Why did he go ... ? e) Why will the plant die ?
m) How many times did they mention ... ? f) How long will they spend in france ?
n) Where did they eat lunch ? g) Where will she meet you ?
o) How many years did he work there ? h) When will they pay their bill ?
p) Where did he put the mail ? i) What time / When will the meeting begin ?
q) How long did she wait ... ? j) How long will it last ?
r) What time did they get home ? k) What will she leave on the table for him ? / Where will
she leave a message for him ? Who will she leave for a
s) With whom did he walk to school ?
message on the table?
t) Where did they go after the lesson ?
l) When will they return ?
26. a) left b) brought c) forgot d) became
m) How many new students will there be in the class ?
e) made f) lost / found g) fought h) rang n) What time / When will the lesson be over ?
i) took j) thought k) taught o) When will they write to us ? / Whom ó Who will they
l) bought / sold m) kept / gave write to on Wednesday ?
n) did / caught o) sang / understood p) Where will they take the children ? / Who ó Whom
p) stood will they take to the park ?
27. a) Why won’t he come tonight ? q) Where will you park the car ? / What will you park
b) When will she be at home ? near the hotel ?
c) How soon will the plane take off ? r) Where will they stay ?
d) Where will your relatives arrive from tomorrow ? 35 a) are waiting b) is stopping c) is ringing
e) Who will you meet at the station ? d) are wearing e) is beginning f) is knocking
28. 1) will be 2) will do 3) will be 4) will have g) is sleeping h) is trying i) is making
5) there will be 6) will be 7) there will be j) are beginning k) is having l) is playing
8) there won’t be 9) will blow 10) will end m) are traveling n) is acting o) is watching
11) will have 12) will be 13) will have p) are having
14) will have 15) will have 36. a) goes b) meets
29. a) ‘ll call b) ‘ll see c) ‘ll give d) ‘ll help c) is teaching / is substituting
e) ‘ll clean f) ‘ll close g) ‘ll leave h) ‘ll find d) rings / is ringing e) is taking / takes
i) ‘ll spend j) ‘ll doing k) ‘ll blowing l) ‘ll meeting f) is knocking g) comes
m) ‘ll paying n) ‘ll learning o) ‘ll remaining h) are building i) blows
j) is acting k) are having
30. b) She was ... c) Mr. Smith was ...
l) is preparing m) get
d) They were ...
n) stays / comes / stays o) rises / is rising
.
p) are building
.
. 37. a) isn’t ringing b) isn’t beginning
31. b) She will be c) Mr. Smith will be c) isn’t getting d) isn’t working
. e) isn’t cleaning f) aren’t taking
. g) aren’t having h) isn’t doing
. i) aren’t laughing j) aren’t traveling
32. 2) We won’t tell ... 3) I won’t be back ... k) isn’t taking l) aren’t beginning
. m) aren’t flying n) isn’t writing
. o) aren’t planning p) isn’t looking
. 38. a) He’s b) They’re c) I’ll
33. b) Will he be back at three o’clock ? d) I’ve e) It’s f) She’ll

20
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 1 – VERBAL TENSES

g) We’re h) They’re i) It’s g) are going to h) are going to have


j) The telephone’s k) They’ve l) The train’s i) are going to j) is going to take
m) There’s n) They’ll o) He’s k) is going to be l) is going to rain
p) You’re q) I’m r) There’s m) is going to be
39. a) were eating b) was raining 44. a) was going to read b) was going to forget
c) was having d) were traveling c) was going to cook d) was going to buy
e) was sleeping f) was / ordering e) was going to send f) was going to open
g) were driving h) was working g) was going to get
i) was / taking j) was talking 45. a) he had looked b) had left
k) were traveling l) was getting c) had caught d) had walked
m) was traveling n) was shining e) had took f) had made
o) were living g) had made h) had left
40. i) had happened
STUDY 46. a) have spoken b) have finished
1) studied 2) was studying c) has visited d) has returned
GO e) have lost f) have been
3) was going 4) went g) have studied h) have learnt
DRIVE
i) have told j) have read
5) drove 6) were driving
k) has gone l) has made
HAVE
m) has watched n) has lost
7) had 8) were having
o) has become p) has run after
COME
47. a) It hasn’t rained this week.
9) was coming 10) came
b) The weather has been cold recently.
BLOW
c) It was cold last week.
11) was blowing 12) blew
d) I didn’t read a newspaper yesterday.
RAIN
e) I havn’t read a newspaper today.
13) rained 14) was raining
f) Ann has earned a lot of money this year.
SHINE
g) She didn’t earn so much last year.
15) was shining 16) shone
h) Have you have a holiday recently?
READ
48. PESSOAL
17) was reading 18) read
SLEEP 49. a) have spoken b) have finished c) has visited
19) was sleeping 20) slept d) has returned e) have learned f) has traveled
PLAY g) I have told h) have lent i) has made
21) was playing 22) played j) has seen
TAKE 50. a) have visited b) went c) has read
23) was taking 24) took d) read e) has been f) has have
GET g) fell h) saw i) jumped / ran
25) got 26) was getting j) have tried k) went l) started
41. a) was walking / met / asked b) was raining / left m)had n) have given up o) has never been
c) fell / hurt / rode d) called / were having p) began / finished q) lost
e) broke / was living f) were sitting / drove
g) was getting / slipped / broke
ANOTAÇÕES
h) was driving / happened i) came / was leaving
j) was leaving / called k) was talking / saw
l) telephoned / was working
42: PESSOAL
43: a) are going to visit b) are going to eat
c) am going to leave d) are going to wait
e) are going to get f) are going to drive

21
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 2 Exemplos:

David and his mother arrived.


PRONOMES
He (possuidor)
A B C D
Subject Object Posses. Adjective Posses. Pronoun
The girls and their brothers sing well.
I ME MY MINE
YOU YOU YOUR YOURS They (possuidor)
HE HIM HIS HIS
SHE HER HER HERS
b) se o possuidor for INDEFINIDO, o seu respectivo posses-
IT IT ITS ITS sivo será “his”.
WE US OUR OURS Exemplo:
YOU YOU YOUR YOURS
THEY THEM THEIR THEIRS Everybody
Someone
Observações:
Nobody wants his own happiness.
A. Anotar, E COM ATENÇÃO, que na tabelinha acima po- No one
demos observar funções gramaticais diferentes com
(etc.)
algumas coincidências ortográficas (Legenda):
Exemplos: c) se o possuidor for o pronome “ONE”, o correspondente
será “ONE’S”.
You gave me this present.
Exemplo:
sujeito Aqui, YOU inicia a frase !!
One must respect one’s own religion.
I gave you that one. (possuidor)
objeto Aqui, vem depois do verbo!! “Cada um deve respeitar SUA própria religião”
O AGT para o pronome sujeito / subject é:
⇒⇒ PRONOME + ORAÇÃO, pois sempre vem antes de oração. D. Possessive Pronouns:
O AGT para um pronome objeto / object (também chamado Função: SUBSTITUEM um substantivo já citado.
de oblíquo) é: Exemplo:
His family is poor but hers is rich.
B. VERBO + PRONOME OBJETO ⇔ PREPOSIÇÃO + PRONOME
(a dela)
OBJETO
"a dela" o quê??!! família. A palavra já foi citada antes.
Exemplos: SEMPRE VAI SER ASSIM. SEMPRE haverá uma palavra que
We saw them at the movies. já foi repetida antes e o pronome fará a vez dessa palavra
Vindo após uma preposição (“about”, “of”, “to”, “for”, etc.): para evitar o pleonasmo.
My parents are worrying ABOUT me. O AGT pode ficar:
Some OF them are hurt. POSSE + SUBSTANTIVO ,
Exemplo:
C. Possessive Adjectives
Helen went to her house and I went to mine. (my house)
⇒⇒ Posição: sempre antecedem um substantivo. Logo, o
AGT será:
⇒⇒ POSSE + SUBSTANTIVO. Observar no exemplo acima que depois do “mine” não
vem substantivo. Logo, não pode ser MY, tem que ser MINE.
Muito importante quando temos essas sintaxes, pois as
Ou seja, não pode ser um adjetivo possessivo, tem que ser
questões gramaticais dos concursos são, em geral, de forma
um PRONOME POSSESSIVO.
lacunada. Então observe:
“Tenha sempre um DICIONÁRIO por perto!!, SE NÃO...
____ house is very expensive.
TENHO PENA!
a) Yours b) Mine c) My d) Hers
1 passo: Olhar com que matéria a questão está lidando. Ao
o

observarmos as opções, veremos que todas elas tem relação 1 - Substitute the pronouns (personal and objective case) for the
underlined words:
com posse.
2o passo: Olhar a própria lacuna. Como após a mesma vem a a) Jane (01) _____
she met Mary and Peter (02) _______
them last night.
palavra “house” (casa) que é substantivo, a única opção é a “C”, b) Bill (03) _____
he wasn’t happy with the present (04) _______.
it

pois trata-se de um ADJETIVO POSSESSIVO (posse + substantivo !!!) c) Thousands of people (05) _____ go to the beaches (06)
they

_______it every year.


a) ele concorda com o possuidor (sujeito):

22
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS

d) My brother-in-law and my sister (07) __________


they are talking ⇒⇒ ATENÇÃO:
about John and me (08) __________.
us
1) my (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
e) Everyone likes my sister (09) __________.
her
2) her (Verbo + Object Pronoun)
f) My brother is sometimes horrible, but I like my brother (10)
_________.
him
3) Our (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
4) His (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
2 - Complete with the correct pronoun (Personal, Objective r Posses-
5) Idem 3.
sive adjective) 6) Her (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
7) She (Subject Pronoun + Oração)
g) Ann was surprised when I was able to describe (01) __________
my

purse to (02) __________.


her 8) Their (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
h) My husband and I have one son and one daughter. (03) 9) Their (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
__________
our son is 20. (04) __________
his name is Jim. (05) 10) His (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
__________
our daughter is 25. (06) __________
her name is Diana. 11) Their / its (posse + subst.) = Poss. Adj.
(07) __________
she has 3 children (08) __________ names are
⇒⇒ Lembrar que mais de um cachorro é THEY e não IT. IT seria
their
Eva, Mary and Joe.
apenas “ UM “ cachorro !!!!!
i) You and Grace always spend a lot of time on (09) __________
your
homework. 12) their (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
13) Her (posse + substantivo) = Poss. Adj.
3 - What’s the correct alternative?
9 - Choose the correct form of possessive to complete each sentence:
1) His nephew has ____ meals in town.
a) your b) her c) his d) my 1) Her husband bought _______ clothes in London, but she
2) Give the dogs ____ food and the cat ____ milk. bought _______ at Lojas Americanas.
a) its, its b) their, its c) his, your d) our, ours a) theirs – their b) hers – hers c) his – hers d) his – his
3) The teacher corrected the students’ compositions. He corrected 2) Excuse me, are those socks _______?
____ compositions. No, they are not _______.
a) his b) her c) heir d) its _______ socks are pink.
4) We saw Mrs. Allison’s car in front of the cinema. We saw ____ a) your - my - my b) yours - mine - mine
car really! c) your - my - mine d) yours - mine - my
a) its b) their c) his d) her 3) We finished _______ test before they finished _______.
a) our - theirs b) ours - theirs c) our - their d) ours - their
4 - Complete with the correct personal pronoun, objective pronoun 4) He spends all _______ money on books, while his niece spends
or possessive adjective _______ on clothes.
a) Ann was surprised when I described (01) ___
my purse to (02) ___.
her a) my - my b) its - his c) his - her d) his - hers
b) My husband and I have a son and a daughter. (03) ____
our son is 5) Your aunt wants to sell _____ car, but _____ engine is too old.
20. (04) ____ name is Jim. (05) ____ daughter is 25. (06) ____ a) his - her b) her - its c) her - her d) his - it
name is Diana. (07) ____ has 3 children (08) ____ names are
6) You know it is not _______ money. It’s _______.
Eva, Mary and Joe.
c) You and Grace always spend a lot of time on (09) _____ ho- a) her - your b) theirs - our c) their - ours d) your - yours
mework. 7) _______ car wasn’t working, so I used _______.
a) Mine - hers b) His - your c) My - yours d) her - her
5 - His nephew has ____ meals in town. 8) Everybody changes _______ opinion but Alice never changes
_______.
a) your b) her c) his d) my
a) their - its b) her - her c) his - hers d) your - it

6 - Give the dogs ____ food and the cat ____ milk.
DEMONSTRATIVE PARTICLES
a) its, its b) their, its c) his, your d) our, ours
1. THIS (isto, este, esta) é usado para indicar algo ou alguém
7 - The teacher corrected the students’ compositions. He corrected localizado perto de quem está falando.
____ compositions. THIS is my shirt. (Esta é minha camisa.)
a) his b) her c) their d) its THIS is my daughter. (Esta é minha filha.)
2. THAT (aquele, aquela, aquilo) é usado para indicar algo
8 - We saw Mrs. Allison’s car in front of the cinema. We saw ____ car ou alguém localizado longo de quem está fa- lando.
really! THAT is your uncle. (Aquele é teu tio.)
a) its b) their c) his d) her THAT is your Purse. (Aquela é tua bolsa.)

23
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS INGLÊS – EEAr

3. THESE (estes, estas) é o plural de this e só pode ser usado m) I know the bus driver very well. him
da mesma maneira que o singular. THESE are your starnps. n) The doctor relies on his nurse in many ways. her
(Estes são teus selos.) o) I understand my teacher, Mr. Jones, very well. him
THESE are my aunts. (Estas são minhas tias.) p) He always speaks to his students in English. them
q) Everyone in our house watches television except my brother. him
4. THOSE (aqueles, aquelas) plural de that e é usado do r) He sends his parents money every week. them
mesmo modo que o singular. s) I talked to Mr. and Mrs. Nelson yesterday. them
THOSE are my ties. (Aquelas são minhas gravatas.) t) He saw the girls after school. them
THOSE are your books. (Aqueles são teus livros.)
12 - ln the following sentences, substitute the possessive pronoun
CLICK <<< for the words in italics.
o primeiro THE FORMER a) This pen is my pen. (This pen is mine.)
DE DOIS ELEMENTOS MENCIONADOS b) These seats are our seats.
o segundo THE LATTER c) This umbrella is her umbrella.
d) These pencils are your pencils.
(o último)
e) That fountain pen is my fountain pen.
f) That overcoat is his overcoat.
10 - Choose the correct form. g) These cigarettes seem to be your cigarettes; they are not my
a) I often see (they, them) on the bus. them cigarettes.
b) She lives near (we, us). us h) I believe this pen is her pen; it is not my pen.
c) (We, us) always walk to school together. we i) Is this notebook your notebook or John’s?
d) He teaches (we, us) English. us j) Is this package of cigarettes your package of cigarettes or
e) She sits near (I, me) during the lesson. me William’s?.
f) I know both of (they, them) well. them k) This pair of scissors is her pair of scissors.
g) I always speak to (he, him) in English. him l) These seats are their seats; they are not our seats.
h) What is the matter with (he, him) today? him m) This book is your book; the one over there on the desk is my
book.
i) He explains the lesson to (we, us) each morning. us
n) He drives his car to work every day and I drive my car.
j) There are some letters here for you and (I, me). me
o) You take care of your things and I’ll take care of my things.
k) We want to divide the money between (we, us). us
p) Their home is pretty but our home is prettier.
l) (They, them) are both Venezuelans. they
q) His pronunciation is bad, and my pronunciation is too.
m) I know (she, her) and her sister very well. her
r) His car was expensive but your car was more expensive.
n) (He, him) is a very studious person. he
o) He sends (she, her) a lot of presents. her
p) He seldom speaks to (we, us) in Spanish. us 13 - In the following sentences substitute the verb TO BELONG for
the verb TO BE. Then introduce a possessive pronoun or the
q) He looks at (she, her) all during the lesson. her
possessive form of the noun.
r) She always helps (I, me) with my homework. me
s) He always sits between Mary and (I, me). me a) This book belongs to him. (This book is his.)
t) He wants to talk with (she, her). her b) That notebook belongs to her. is hers
c) That umbrella belongs to me. is mine
11 - Substitute the correct object pronoun for the word or words in d) I’m sure this pen belongs to them. is theirs
italics. e) No, it belongs to me. its mine
f) These magazines belong to them. its theirs
a) I see Mr. Smith on the bus every morning.
g) These pencils belong to us. its ours
(I see him on the bus every morning.)
h) These books belong to them. its threirs
b) I sit near Grace and Frances during the lesson. them
i) This book doesn’t belong to me. itsn't mine
c) All the boys like Helen very much. they
j) This pen belongs to him. is his
d) I often see you and your sister in the school cafeteria. her
k) I think this desk belongs to Mrs. Jones and me. is hers
e) He always goes to the movies with his parents. them
l) That car belongs to Jim and my sister. is theirs
f) I know both boys very well. them
m) These green apples belong to us, but those yellow ones
g) Frank always waits for John and me after the lesson. him belong to them. its theirs
h) He drives Helen and Grace to school every morning. her n) I think this pencil belongs to me, but the yellow one belongs
i) I sit next to Henry. him
to you. its yours
j) I also sit directly in front of Grace. her o) This package of cigarettes must belong to him. is his
k) He writes a lot of letters to his relates. his p) This umbrella belongs to your teacher.
l) This book belongs to William. him is hers

24
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS

q) These seats belong to them. is theirs 20 uso) EMPHASIZING USE (Uso Enfático): ANTES DO
r) This watch doesn’t belong to me; it belongs to my father. is his VERBO ou APÓS SEU COMPLEMENTO, seu uso será enfático
s) The red sweater belongs to me; the blue one belongs to Jim. e a tradução será: “mesmo, mesma”.
is his Ex.:
14 - Complete the following sentences with a possessive adjective or She HERSELF cuts the cake
a possessive pronoun. ⇔ = Ela mesma cortou o bolo.
She cuts the cake HERSELF.
a) William lost (his) pen. Will you please lend him (yours)?
b) I was on time for ______
my class, but Helen was late for ______
hers . 30 uso) IDIOMATIC USE (Uso Idiomático): Se os pronomes
c) They have ______ methods of travel, and we have ______.
their ours reflexivos vêm precedidos de BY, isto signica: “a sós, sozinho (a)”.
d) We naturally prefer ______
our methods, and they naturally prefer Ex.:
______
theirs .
She is preparing a cake BY HERSELF (Ela está preparando
e) I found ______
my notebook, but John couldn’t find ______. his
um bolo SOZINHA.)
f) They think that ______ home is the prettiest on the block,
their
and we think ______
ours is.
ONE / ONES
g) I left _____
my pen at home. May I borrow _____ yours for a moment?
h) He drives to work in ______
his car, and she drives to work in Nós usamos “one” ou “ones” no lugar do substantivo que já
______.
hers foi mencionado ou é conhecido na situação, geralmente quan-
i) Tell William not to forget to bring ______
his tennis racket, and do estamos adicionando informação ou fazendo comparação
don’t forget to bring ______.
mine entre duas coisas da mesma espécie.
j) They swim in ______his pool, and we swim in ______.
ours Ex:
k) I have ______
my vacation in June, and Helen has______hers In July.
My car is the blue one. (Meu carro é o azul. – Não preciso
l) I found ______
my umbrella, but Helen couldn’t find ______.hers repetir a palavra “car”)
m) We were late for ______our class, and Helen and Grace were also I didn’t understand the first text and I don’t understand
late for ______.
hers
the second one (Eu não entendi o primeiro texto e não en-
n) John enjoys ______,work,
his and I enjoy ______.
mine
tendo o segundo – não preciso repetir a palavra “text”)
o) Each student in the school has ______ his own desk and ______his
Are the new curtains longer than the old ones? – As novas
own locker.
cortinas são maiores do que as velhas? – Não precisa
p) I borrowed money from all ______ my friends, but Helen refused
to borrow any money from ______. her
repetir a palavra “curtains”)
q) We have a television set in ______our bedroom, and the boys
have another set in ______.
theirs PALAVRAS INTERROGATIVAS
r) Where are you going on ______ your vacation? I hope to spend
São adjetivos, pronomes ou advérbios usados geralmente
______
mine in Europe.
no início da frase interrogativa.
s) They have ______ their ideas on such matters, and we have
______
ours . São elas:
t) We spend ______our money in one way; they spend ______theirs 1 - “How” (como, de que modo)
in another way. Exemplo:
How are you feeling now?
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS: I’m better, thanks.
Reflexive
Translation
Pronouns How + adjetivos ou advérbios
myself me, mim mesmo(a), próprio(a) 1.1 - “How old” (que idade)
yourself te, si, ti, você mesmo(a), próprio(a)
himself se, si mesmo, próprio, ele mesmo, próprio Exemplo:
herself se, si mesma, própria, ele mesma, própria
How old are your children?
itself se, si mesmo(a), próprio(a), ele / ela mesmo(a), próprio(a)
nos, nós memos(as), próprios(as) 1.2 - “How deep” (que profundidade)
ourselves vos, vós mesmos(as), próprios(as)
yourselves se, si mesmos(as), próprios(as), eles / elas mesmos(as), Exemplo:
themselves próprios(as) How deep is that pool?
3 usos distintos, diferenciados pela sintaxe: 1.3 - “How far” (que distância)
10 uso) REFLEXIVE USE (Uso Reflexivo): LOGO APÓS O Exemplo:
VERBO, a traduçaão será: “me, te, se, nos, vos, se.” How far is it from São Paulo to Rio de Janeiro?
Ex.: 1.4 - “How fast” (a que velocidade)
I always CUT MYSELF with my razor. (Eu sempre me corto Exemplo:
com o meu barbeador.)
How fast did you drive?

25
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS INGLÊS – EEAr

1.5 - “How high” (que altura) - usado para coisas. h) how


________
many languages do people speak in Canada? They speak
Exemplo: two languages.
i) ________
how deep is this dirty lake? It’s four meters deep.
How high is the wall?
j) ________
how long does a dog live? Maybe 10 or 12 years.
1.6 - “How long” (que altura) - que comprimento / quanto)
k) ________
how much coffee is exported from Brazil?
Exemplo: l) how
________
quickly can we sign the contract?
How long did you stay there? The sooner the better.
How long is the avenue?
1.7 - “How long ago” (há quanto tempo)
2. “What” (o que, que, qual, quais) - é usado para perguntas
Exemplo: de modo geral, sobre ações, profissões ou nacionalidade e
How long ago did you fly to Africa? refere-se a um número ilimitado de coisas não é seletivo.
1.8 - “How much” (quanto/a) usado com coisas incontáveis. Exemplo:
Exemplo: What is that?
How much books did you buy? What are you doing?
1.9 - “How many” (quanto/as usado com coisas contáveis. What are you? I’m a teacher.
Exemplo: What spacecraft is this? It’s the American’s.
How many books did you buy? What is that man? He’s a doctor.
1.10 - “How often” (quantas vezes) 2.1 - “What ... for” (para que, por que)
Exemplo: Exemplo:
How often did the bell ring? What is the machine for?
1.11 - “How soon” (dentro de quanto tempo) 2.2 - “What + be ... like” (como é)
Exemplo: Exemplo:
How soon are you coming back? What is you new apartment like?
1.12- “How tall” (que altura) - usado para pessoas. It’s big and comfortable.
Exemplo: 2.3 - “What about” (que tal? E quanto a ...?)
How tall is your youngest son?
Exemplo:
1.13 - “How thick” (que espessura).
What about going to the movies?
Exemplo:
3. - “Which” (qual, quais, o que, que) é usado para perguntas
How thick is the dicionary? específicas com a finalidade de uma escolha (expressa ou su-
1.14 - “How wide” (que largura) bentendida) restrita a um pequeno grupo. É seletivo e refere-se
Exemplo: a um número limitado.
How wide is the avenue? Exemplo:
1.15 - “How quickly” (com que rapidez) Which came first, the appetizers or the vegetables?
Exemplo: Here we have two magazines. Which is yours?
How quickly did he make the speech? Which of these girls is your daughter?
1.16 - “How about” (que, tal, e ...) 4. - “Who” (quem) como sujeito da oração:
Exemplo: 4.1 - “Who” como sujeito da oração:
How about going home now? Exemplo:
Who came with you? My sister did.
15 - Use “how” + adjetive or adverb, as appropriate: sujeito
a) ________
how high is Mount Everest? It’s 29,002 feet above sea level. ⇒⇒ Atenção:
b) ________
how old is she? She’s 18 years old. Observe que a pergunta foi feita sem o verbo auxiliar “do”
c) ________
how long ago was Brazil discovered?
/ “does” / “did”.
It was discovered almost 500 years ago. Veja outro exemplo:
d) ________
how far is it from Porto Alegre to Florianópolis? It is 500km.
Who types this report for me?
e) ________
how often do they go to their country?
sujeito
They go there every year.
4.2 - “Who” como objeto da oração:
f) ________
how long was the red boat?
Exemplo:
it was 5 meters long.
Who are you waiting for dinner?
g) ________
how tall is your grandfather?
objeto sujeito
He is 6 feet tall.

26
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS

5. - “Whom” (quem) sempre funciona como objeto da ora- 17 - Read this text and DON’T FORGET to look up the new words in
ção. É considerado um uso muito formal. the dictionary
Exemplo: IN A WORD
1) Whom have you loved since you were a teenager? The English writer Rudyard Kipling, author of Kim, the Jungle
objeto sujeito Books, and the famous poem “If” , was very popular. His stories
about a boy named Mowgli that was raised by animals in the
(uso formal) Exemplo: jungle were a great success among children and adults all over
2) Who have you loved since you were a teenager? the world. In 1890 an American magazine
objeto sujeito offered Kipling a contract to write a series of stories for which
5.1 - “Whom” deve ser usado após uma preposição. they would pay him a dollar a word, a fantastic offer at the time.
A rich American lady had the hobby of collecting autographs of
Exemplo: famous people and she sent Kipling a letter together with a one-
3) For whom did Cathy work? -dollar bill, asking him to write her “a word”. A few days later she
prepos. received Kiplings reply. It contained exactly one word.- “Thanks”.
4) At whom are you looking?
Complete the questions with the correct interrogative word.
prepos.
a) _______
who
was Rudyard Kipling? (Who) (Whom)
⇒⇒ Atenção: He was the author of Kim, the Jungle.. Books, “If”, and others.
Estas frases poderiam ser ditas com a preposição no final e b) _______what was Rudyard Kipling? (Which) (What)
elas seriam mais informais. Confira: He was a writer.
Exemplo: c) _______
who was Mowgli? (Whom) (Who)
5) Who did Cathy work for? He was a boy that was raised by animals in the jungle.
prepos. d) _______
when did an American magazine contact Kipling? (Where)
(When)
6) Who are you looking at?
In 1890.
prepos. e) _______
what did the American magazine owners offer Kipling?
(What) (Which)
Memorize:
They offered him a contract.
whom - uso formal - veja exemplos 1, 3 e 4; é obrigatório f) _______
how much would they pay him for a series of stories? (How
após uma preposição - veja exemplos 3 e . much) (How Many)
who - uso informal - veja exemplos 2, 5 e 6. They would pay him a dollar a word.
6. “Whose” (de quem) é usado para saber quem é o possui- g) _______
why was it a fantastic offer? (How) (why)
dor de uma determinada coisa que pode vir logo após “whose” Because it was a fot of money at that time.
ou não. h) _______
which hobby did the lady have, collecting stamps or col-
lecting autographs? (What) (Which)
Exemplo:
The lady’s hobby was collecting autographs,
Whose wallet is this? ou Whose is this wallet? i) _______
when did the lady receive Kipling’s reply? (When) (Where)
7. “Why” (por que) She received his reply a few days later,
Exemplo: j) _______
how many words did Kipling’s reply contain? (How much)

Why are you so angry? (How many)


8. “When” (quando) lt contained just one word “Thanks”.

Exemplo:
18 - Choose the best alternative or interrogative word to complete
When are you going to travel?
these sentences:
9. “Where” (onde)
1) (UFSC) _______ university did he go to, PUC or Federal?
Exemplo:
a) What b) Whose c) Which d) Where
Where did you study in 1980?
2) (Fuvest) Complete com a palavra “qual”:
a) _______
what is the reason for tragedy?
16 - Fill in the blanks using, “who”, “whom”, or “whose”:
b) _______
which of the reasons he presented did they accept?
a) whom does that woman work?
For _______
3) (Fuvest) Complete a pergunta:
b) _______
who did you meet at the dinner party?
whose dog s are these? _______ a) _______
how do you know she’s twenty-one? She told me.
c) _______ who are their owners?
b) _______
your friends visited you at Easter? Suzan’s friends did.
d) _______ were you talking to when I entered the room?
whom
e) _______
who knows the best shoemaker in this city? 4) (Fuvest) Complete com o pronome interrogativo adequado.
f) _______ pictures did you take? Only my son’s.
whom a) _______
whose house is this? It’s John’s.
where is your handbag? On the table.
b) _______
g) From _______
whose did the boy receive so many gifts?
c) _______
how difficult was it? Not so difficult.

27
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS INGLÊS – EEAr

5) (UFGO) _______ did you put the bird’s cage? 13. b) ... is hers c) ... is mine d) ... is theirs
a) When b) Where c) Why d) Whose e) ... is mine f) ... are theirs g) ... are ours
6) (UFMG) _______ were their names? Their names were Arms- h) ... are theirs i) ... isn’t mine j) ... is his
trong and Aldrin. k) ... is ours l) ... is theirs
a) Whose b) What c) Whom d) Who m) ... are ours / ... are theirs
7) (UFSP) _______ do you work hard? Because I’m not rich. n) ... is mine / ... is yours
a) Where b) What c) How d) Why o) ... be his (após MUST, CAN. COULD, MAY, MIGHT o verbo
vem na base-form.)
8) (CESGRANRIO) Mark the item which contains the correct ques-
tion for the answer: “... in a dark forest.”
p) ... is his / hers / its q) ... are theirs
a) When did a big wolf wait for the little girl?
r) ... isn’t mine / ... is his s) ... is mine / ... is his
b) Why was a big wolf waiting for the little girl?
14. b) my / hers c) their / ours d) our / theirs
c) Who waited in a dark forest for the little girl? e) my / his f) their / ours g) my / yours
d) Where did a big wolf wait for the little girl? h) his / hers i) his / yours j) their / ours
k) my / hers l) my / hers m) our / hers
9) (CESGRANRIO) Mark the question to which the following sen-
tences could be the answer: “he decided to get out of the car.” n) his / mine o) his / his p) my / hers
a) Whose decision was that? q) our / theirs r) your / mine s) their / ours
b) Where did he decide to get out of the car? t) our / theirs
c) When did he decide to get out of the car? 15. a) How high b) How old
d) What did he decide to do? c) How long ago / When d) How far
e) How often f) How long g) How tall
10) The scientist _______ biography I’m reading and _______
discovered the cure for tuberculosis, did not receive the prize h) How many i) How dep j) How long
_______ he deserved. k) How much l) Where
a) Who - whose - which 16. a) Who b) Who ⇔ Whom
b) Which - that - that c) Whose / Who d) Who ⇔ Whom
c) Whose - who - that e) Who f) Whose g) Whom
d) Whose - whom - which 17. a) Who b) What c) Who d) When
e) What f) How much g) Why h) Which
Gabarito: i) When j) How many
1) a) She / them b) He / it c) They / them 18. 1) c 2) a) What / b) Which
d) They / us e) her f) him 3) a) How / b) Whose
2) a) my / her b) Our / His / Our / Her / She / Their 4) a) Whose / b) Where / c) How
c) your 5) c 6) c 7) a 8) d 9) d
3) 1) c 2) b 3) c 4) d 10) c 11) c
4) a) my / her b) our / his / our / her / she / their c) your
5) c 6) b 7) c 8) d
ANOTAÇÕES
9. 1) c 2) d 3) a 4) d 5) b
6) c 7) c 8) c
10. a) them b) us c) We d) us e) me
f) them g) him h) him i) us j) me
k) us l) they m) her n) He o) her
p) us q) her r) me s) me t) her
11. b) them c) her d) you e) them f) them
g) us h) them i) him j) her k) them
l) him m) him / her / it n) her o) him
p) them q) him r) them s) them t) them
12. b) ours c) hers d) yours e) mine f) his
g) yours / mine h) hers / mine i) yours
j) yours k) hers l) theirs / ours m) yours / mine
n) mine o) mine p) ours q) mine r) yours

28
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 3 – PREPOSITIONS

Capítulo 3 ⇒⇒ For (por, para): usado para indicar:


a) “pertence a”;
b) duração de tempo;
PREPOSITIONS c) distância
⇒⇒ Among (entre): dando a ideia de divisão, uns com os d) a favor de
outros ou no grupo, na companhia de. e) razão;
Exemplo: f) propósito;
Divide these sweets among the children. g) um movimento.
He is the only one among my friends who supports my
Exemplo:
mood.
This is for you
⇒⇒ At: Usado para expressar We’ve lived there for 5 years.
a) horas, tempo; What did you do that for?
b) uma posição exata ou um lugar exato; We talked for hours
Let’s go out for a dinner
c) com uma cidade ou vila se nos interessa somente um
ponto particular ou atividade dela; They left for America yesterday.
d) na direção de. ⇒⇒ In - no , na , em: Usado para indicar lugar , período no tem-
Exemplo: po, profissão, situação , como “dentre de um certo tempo”.
The train left at 8:30 p.m. Exemplo:
The girls is at the corner of down street. They’re in the kitchen
The train stops at Birmingham (train station). I was born in July
Look at my new car. I’ll be back in an hour
He’s in the local police
⇒⇒ Between (entre): expressando uma posição no meio de
duas coisas ou pessoas e dando a ideia de dúvida, segredo ⇒⇒ Into - para dentro: Usado para indicar movimento ou
ou reunião de duas ou mais coisas ou pessoas. transformação física.
Exemplo: Exemplo:
The bank is between the pharmacy and the baker’s. They game into the room.
I can’t choose between these three dresses. This cup of water got into ice because of the low tem-
perature !!
Just between you and me: she is pretty !!
⇒⇒ Of - do, de, da → Usado para expressar:
⇒⇒ Beyond (além, melhor ou mais do que):
a) “pertencendo a” b) medida
Exemplo:
c) causa d) descrição
The house lies beyond that field !
She is beyond what I dreamed ! Exemplo:
The success of the plan was beyond any expectation. The cover of this book is interesting
A pound of potatoes
⇒⇒ By (pelo, pela, perto de, não além de): He died of starvation
Exemplo: A man of 40
The book was written by Shakespeare. It’s made of gold
The bank is by the post office.
⇒⇒ Off → Usado para indicar movimento para fora de algo;
By next week I’ll have finished the exercises. interrupção; “a uma certa distância de”
⇒⇒ Except (exceto): Exemplo:
Exemplo: A tile has come off the roof
All the boys had a pen except him. Our house is off high street

⇒⇒ From (de): indicando procedência, origem, ou início de ⇒⇒ On - no, sobre → Usado para expressar:
algo. a) contato com uma superfície;
Exemplo: b) datas, dias da semana , um período
He is from Belém. c) com entretenimento;
He works from 9 to 12. d) com respeito a ou a respeito de.

29
CAPÍTULO 3 – PREPOSITIONS INGLÊS – EEAr

Exemplo: OF
The book is on the table Tires are made of rubber.
See you on sunday Tables are usually made of wood.
This book is on insects That bridge is made of steel and concrete.
Born on 4th July A window is made of glass.
What’s on TV tonight?
FROM
⇒⇒ To - para , até ,à
A cake is made from sugar, flour and eggs.
Exemplo: Glass is made from sand and line.
We’re going to Paris. Wine is made from grapes.
He worked from 6 to 12. Steel is made from iron.
Brazil won by 3 goals to zero.

⇒⇒ Under - sob, debaixo, em processo de Preposições como REGÊNCIAS de verbos transi-


tivos indiretos (REGÊNCIAS VERBAIS):
Exemplo:
The box is under the stairs. PREPOSITIONAL VERBS (INSEPARABLE): Vale destacar que
Don’t sweep the dust under the carpet nestes casos não se pode separar o verbo de sua preposição,
ou seja, nenhuma classe gramatical dever ser intercalada entre
The bridge is under repair.
os dois!!!!
⇒⇒ Up - para cima ⇒⇒ ALLOW FOR – Airplane passengers should allow for delays
Exemplo: at the check-in counter. – Passageiros de avião devem estar
preparados para demoras na fila de embarque.
Don’t run up the stairs
⇒⇒ APPLY FOR – He wants to apply for the job. – Ele quer se
⇒⇒ With / Without - com / sem candidatar ao emprego.
Exemplo: ⇒⇒ APPROVE OF – My mom doesn’t approve of me arriving
Be patient with the children. home after midnight. – Minha mãe não aprova que eu
Yo’ll have to go with / without me. chegue em casa após a meia-noite.
⇒⇒ ATTEND TO – The clerk will attend to your problem as soon
Special Difficulties as she is free. – A funcionária vai cuidar de seu problema
assim que ela estiver desocupada.
⇒⇒ By X With
⇒⇒ BREAK INTO – We put an alarm in our house after a thief
BY denota o agente, WITH o instrumento: broke into it last year. – Instalamos um alarme em nossa
Bill was bitten by a dog. casa depois de ela ter sido arrombada por um ladrão no
He did it by working hard. ano passado.
The rat was killed with a stick. ⇒⇒ CALL FOR – The job calls for English fluency. – O emprego
They broke the window with a stone. exige fluência em inglês.
⇒⇒ CALL ON – I sometimes call on my friends for help with
⇒⇒ On + Verb (+ ING)
problems. – Eu às vezes recorro a meus amigos em busca
On arriving in Paris, I learnt that my house was burned down. de ajuda para meus problemas.
(= When I arrived in Paris)
⇒⇒ CARE FOR – He is not the kind of person who cares for
⇒⇒ About X On others. – Ele não é do tipo que se preocupa com os outros.
ABOUT e ON são empregadas para indicar um tema ou ⇒⇒ COME ACROSS – He came across an old friend. – Ele en-
assunto. controu um velho amigo.
They made a research on tropical diseases. ⇒⇒ COMMENT ON – The reporter commented on the need for
better health care. – O egative comentou a respeito da
We attended a course of lectures on greek philosophy.
necessidade de melhor atendimento à saúde.
I read a book about/on the origin of English names.
⇒⇒ CONFORM TO – The army requires that all soldiers conform
⇒⇒ Of X From to strict rules. – O exército exige que todos soldados
OF após o verbo make indica que a substância de que algo submetam-se a regras rígidas.
é feito não sofreu uma transformação. FROM indica a existência ⇒⇒ CONSENT TO – He will only consent to signing the contract
de um processo de transformação: if it complies with his demands. – Ele só vai concordar em
assinar o contrato se o mesmo atender às suas egativet.

30
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 3 – PREPOSITIONS

⇒⇒ COUNT ON – We can’t count on you because you are never ⇒⇒ STAND FOR – 1. BBC stands for British Broadcasting Corpora-
here when we need you. – Não podemos egati com você tion. – BBC significa British Broadcasting Corporation. 2. Our
porque você nunca está aqui quando precisamos de você. group stands for the rights and welfare of animals. – Nosso
⇒⇒ DEAL WITH – You’ll have to deal with the situation. – Você grupo defende os direitos e o bem estar dos animais.
terá que saber lidar com a situação.
⇒⇒ DO WITHOUT – I egat have a car, so I’ll have to do without Preposições como REGÊNCIAS de ADJETIVOS
one egat I get a job. – Não tenho carro, portanto vou ter (REGÊNCIAS NOMINAIS):
que me virar sem até conseguir um emprego.
⇒⇒ PREPOSITION-DEPENDENT VERBS (PREPOSITIONAL VERBS):
⇒⇒ GET INTO – 1. She got into the Federal University in her first
a) Advise
try. – Ela conseguiu entrar na Universidade Federal em
sua primeira egative. 2. His behavior isn’t normal. I don’t on: Who is the best man to advise me on this question?
know what has got into him. – Seu comportamento não to: What do you advise me to do?
é normal. Não sei o que deu nele. b) Agree
⇒⇒ GET OVER – She got over the flu after being sick for a week. to: The teacher agreed to accompany us.
– Ele se recuperou da gripe depois depois de estar doente with: I think they all agree with you.
durante uma semana.
* aim – at: His speech was aimed at the boys who were cheating.
⇒⇒ GO INTO – I went into the museum when it started raining.
* apologize
– Entrei no museu quando começou a chover.
for: You must apologize me for being so rude.
⇒⇒ GO OVER – She will go over the essay to check for errors. – Ela
vai egativ o texto para verificar se não há erros. to: He apologize to the principal.
⇒⇒ GO THROUGH – 1. My grandmother went through difficult c) ask
times when my grandfather died. – Minha vó passou por after: My sister asked after your health.
momentos difíceis, quando meu vô faleceu. 2. I’ve found for: Do you know what he asked for the car?
a box of old documents but haven’t had time to go through about: The detective has been asking about everybody.
them yet. – Achei uma caixa com documentos antigos mas
* base – on: His large business was based on good service.
ainda não tive tempo para examiná-los.
* become – of: What has become of the box of candy?
⇒⇒ INSIST ON – I insist on having a native speaking English
teacher. – Insisto em ter um falante nativo como profes- * benefit – by: My grandfather benefited by the medicine.
sor de egati. * break
⇒⇒ LISTEN TO – I like to listen to jazz music. – Gosto de escutar * into: The robbers broke into the building and shot the manage.
música jazz. * through: Our army has broken through the enemy’s lines.
⇒⇒ LIVE ON – They live on a small retirement pension. – Eles * with: If you want to pass you have to break with some of
vivem de uma pequena aposentadoria. your habits.
⇒⇒ LOOK AFTER – When you grow up you’ll have to look after * bump
your parents. – Quando cresceres, terás que cuidar dos against: It was so dark that we bumped against each other.
teus pais.
into: I bumped into an old friend on the way to work.
⇒⇒ LOOK FOR – What are you looking for? – O que é que você
está procurando? d) care
⇒⇒ LOOK INTO – I’ll look into that matter after the meeting. – for: Would you care for a drink
Vou egative essa questão depois da reunião. about: He doesn’t seem to care about the job.
⇒⇒ RESORT TO – There is no need to resort to violence when e) climb
resolving a problem. – Não é necessário recorrer à violência down: The men climbed down the mountain.
para resolver um problema. up. He climbed up the stairs.
⇒⇒ RUN INTO – I ran into an old friend yesterday. – Encontrei
um velho amigo ontem. f) compare
⇒⇒ SEND FOR – 1. You are very sick. I’ll send for the doctor. – Você to: He compared his love to a flower.
está muito doente. Vou mandar chamar o médico. 2. I’m with: He cannot compare with Shaw as a playwright.
going to send for information on American universities. – Vou *compliment – on: The principal complimented the boy
pedir informações sobre universidades norte-americanas. on his good marks.
⇒⇒ STAND BY – He stood by her during the good times and the * congratulate – on: I congratulated my friend on his success.
bad. – Ele manteve-se ao lado dela durante os bons e os * count – on: You can count on my help. (but: You can
maus momentos. count me out)

31
CAPÍTULO 3 – PREPOSITIONS INGLÊS – EEAr

*deduce – from: I deduced that he was worse from what * sit


he said to his mother. at: The young executive sat at his desk and summoned an
* deduct – from: They deduct R$ 200 from my salary. assembly.
* depend – on: Children depend on their parents. in: The lady was sitting in a comfortable armchair.
for: He is sitting for his school Certificate Examination (= is
* desist – from: She finally desisted from gossiping.
a candidate for)
* disagree on: The little boy sat on a stool and waited for the principal.
about: I disagreed with him about the time of the accident.
*spy
with: The witness disagreed with the lawyer.
* discord – from: The pupil discorded from the teacher. into: He is used to spying into other people’s affairs.
on: Mr. Smith saw two men spying on him from behind a tree.
* dissuade – from: The father dissuaded his son from leaving school.
throw
* dream – of (about): The boy always dreamed of being a hero.
at: The boy threw a stone at the man.
* enter to: Throw that ball to me please.
into: We entered into conversation with the students.
(begin, open) g) vote
for: James entered for the competition. (= give the name for) against: They voted against my motion.
* fight – against (with): Our country fought against/with for: Jim voted for our candidate.
the enemy. * yield – to: The disease yielded to treatment.
* fill – with: The children filled the hole with sand. (but =
the hole was full of sand) ⇒⇒ PREPOSITION-DEPENDENT ADJECTIVES:
* know abreast of
interested in known for
by: I know her by sight, but we have not been introduced. absent from
crowded with invited to
accused of/by
of: I don’t know the man you mention, but of course I dedicated to involved in
accustomed to
know of him. devoted to jealous of
acquainted with
disappointed with limited to
* laugh – at: Nobody laughed at my joke. addicted to
discriminated located in
adjacent to
* leave – for: William left for England last wednesday. afraid of / to (infini-
against made of/from
divorced from married to
* live tive)
done with mistaken for
angry at
at: Mary lives at 36 Main Street. annoyed with/by
dressed in opposed to
in: We have lived in this house for 20 years. engaged in/to patient with
associated with
envious of pleased with
on: He lives on fruit. aware of
equipped with polite to
blessed with
with: Joan is living with her sister in Miame. equivalent to prepared for
bored with/by
* mistake – for: Don Quixote mistook the windmills for giants. excited about protected from
capable of
exhausted from proud of
* operate close to
exposed to qualified for
cluttered with
for: He was operated for appendicitis. faithful to related to
committed to
familiar with relevant to
on: The doctor operated on the injured man. compatible with
filled with remembered for
* point – at: She pointed her forefinger at me reprovingly. composed of
finished with responsible for
concerned about
(but: the needle points to the north). confronted with
fond of satisfied with
friendly to/with scared of/by
* profit – by (from): A wise person profits by his mistakes. connected to
frightened of/by suitable for
conscious of
* prohibit – from: They were prohibited from using the full of terrified of/by
consistent with
promenade deck. furnished with tired of/from
content with
gone from upset with
* regret – to: I regret to have to leave so soon. contrary to
grateful to/for used to
convinced of
* rely – on: You should rely on your own efforts. coordinated with
guilty of useful to
innocent of worried about
* remind – for: She reminds me of someone I met in France covered with
many years ago.
* revenge – on: I revenged myself on her for letting me down. 1 - Complete these with prepositions:
*ride a) Cheese is made __________
from the thick part of milk.
in: a car, a bus. b) I found a book __________
about animals in that shop.
on: a bicycle, horseback. c) My raincoat is made __________
of plastic.
* rob – of: The poor man was robbed of everything he had. d) off
Open it __________ cutting along this line.
* shoot – at: The pupils shot question after question at me. e) about
What’s this book _________? It’s _________
about verb tenses.

32
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 3 – PREPOSITIONS

f) by
This church was designed _________ a friend of mine. b) under – below – by – at – for
g) My watch is made __________
from gold. c) through – into – onto – on – on
h) “Romeo and Juliet” was written _______
by William Shakespeare. d) on – to – for – at – by
i) at
Will you have finished the exercise ________9? No, perhaps e) on – to – for – in – by
at
____________ 9:15.
j) Whose is that house made _________
from stone? 5. (Vunesp 94) Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
k) What are they talking _________?
about lacuna:
l) ___________
when leaving the hotel, he was hit _________
by a boy
Something is cooking … the oven.
__________
with a stone.
a) up b) to c) in d) into e) for

2. Match the columns:


6. (Ita 95) A preposição que deve acompanhar o verbo rely, relacionado
1) accused ( 7 ) for no texto abaixo, é:
2) accustomed ( 2 ) to It’s clear that Gossard and the rest of Pearl Jam no longer want to
3) acquainted ( 10 ) to rely … anger and craziness to drive the band.
a) at b) on c) in d) for e) with
4) envious ( 4 ) of
5) excited ( 8 ) in
7. (Ita 95) A preposição que preenche a lacuna corretamente é:
6) exhausted ( 3 ) with
Scientists have been talking about producing better foods …
7) known ( 9 ) of/from genetic engineering ever since the technology first became
8) involved ( 6 ) from available more than 20 years ago.
9) made ( 1 ) of/by a) by b) for c) over d) through e) with

10) married ( 5 ) about


8. (Vunesp 93) Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
sentença a seguir:
3. From 1 to 20, fill in the blanks with the correct answers.
He walked … the room.
on
1. I was born _______ April 21st, 1970. a) at b) on c) between d) into e) among
in
2. __________ those days we lived ________ at a house
in
__________ a small village.
in
3. I profited _________ the experience. 9. (Personal 00) Choose the alternative that best completes the follo-
wing sentence:
4. Don’t you agree __________
with me that the teacher is right?
5. The boys are sitting _________ an examination _________ The cat jump … the table in order … get the food that was … it.
November 16 th. a) up – to – on b) about – for – up
6. Our house was broken _________ by burglars. c) over – for – about d) on – to – on
7. Lucy’s father has lived _________ a milk diet _________ 1970. e) onto – to – on
8. You may rely _________ my early arrival.
9. My mother agreed ________ my marrying Jim. 10. (Vunesp 95) Assinale a alternativa que preenche a lacuna da frase
10. Their defenses were strong, but our soldiers broke _________ a seguir corretamente:
11. The pupils were prohibited ________ smoking in school. I read a chapter … politics.
12. Jack aimed ________ the bird, fired and missed. a) on b) at c) above d) before e) after
13. Can I depend ________ this railway guide?
14. My sister is leaving _______ the United States ________ April.
11. (Cesgranrio 95) Mark the item which contains the prepositions that
15. Bob is always mistaken _________ his brother. complete the passage below:
16. I wouldn’t dream _________ lying to you.
The program Dr. Black is working … his colleagues … the department
17. You didn’t congratulate him __________ his marriage.
… psychiatry will build on a pioneering study done … 1989.
18. John sat ______ his desk and worked ______ 9 _______5.
a) with, of, about, in b) with, on, from, in
19. This reminds me _________ what we did when we were
c) with, in, of, in d) without, at, by, on
_________ Japan.
e) without, from, after, on
20. I was robbed _________ my watch.

12. (Fuvest 79) Assinale a alternativa correta:


4. (Udesc 96) Choose the CORRECT alternative to complete the
sentence: … the circumstances you must go … foot.
That girl … the corner told everybody she is going … leave … a) Under – with b) Under – by
New York … seven tomorrow night, … a huge airplane. c) On – on d) Under – on
a) by – for – on – in – at e) On – under

33
CAPÍTULO 3 – PREPOSITIONS INGLÊS – EEAr

13. (Faap 96) Quais preposições completam corretamente o texto 21. (Cesgranrio 90) The sentence in which FOR is used in the same way
abaixo? as in These knives are now used for some general surgery is…
An executive presiding over a lunchtime meeting … a busy San a) The laser has been used for years.
Francisco restaurant was having no luck getting the waiter’s b) The technician is leaving for Tokyo.
attention. So, using his cellular phone, he called the restaurant c) This telephone records word for word.
and asked … have some menus sent over … his table. It worked. d) The laser has become popular for its wide applicability.
(Reader’s Digest – Sep./95)
e) Doctors use laser for several types of operations.
a) in, about, to b) at, to, in
c) in, for, on d) for, for, to
22. (Cesgranrio 91) In The sweet-and-lovely look is OUT; the aggressive
e) in, to, to
punk pose is IN the capital words stand for:
a) out of work/ in vogue
14. (Mackenzie 96) Complete with the appropriate preposition:
b) out of sight/ in mind
I – My wife was very glad … taking a trip abroad. c) out of order/ in memory
II – Are you hopeful … receiving a nice gift? d) out of date/ in fashion
III – Whatever is good … you will be acceptable … me. e) out of mind/ in sight
IV – Criminals belong … jail.
a) I – in; II – about; III – for, for; IV – to 23. (Uel 97) A palavra OVER, na última frase do texto abaixo significa:
b) I – on; II – of; III – about, for; IV – to
Olajuwon should have no trouble promoting his product. ‘All I
c) I – with; II – for; III – for, to; IV – on drink is water’, says he. OVER a gallon a day.
d) I – about; II – of; III – for, to; IV – in a) sobre b) em cima de
e) I – of; II – in; III – to, to; IV – at c) super d) mais do que
e) abaixo de
15. (Mackenzie 96) Complete with the appropriate preposition:
I – How kind … you to invite us … your party! 24. (Mackenzie 97) Indicate the alternative that best completes the
II – I’m sorry … him but even so I’m not sorry … what I did. following sentence:
III – Is the director confident … his abilities? … the end, he gave … discussing … his father and said he would
a) I – for, for; II – about, for; III – about go … medicine.
b) I – of, to; II – for, about; III – of a) In – up – with – in for b) At – up – with – in
c) I – in, for; II – for, about; III – of c) In – out – about – into d) At – in – with – out in
d) I – on, to; II – for, in; III – in e) In – at – on – up at
e) I – for, on; II – of, for; III – with
25. (Vunesp 97) We stayed in Rome … two months.
16. (Vunesp 96) Complete the sentence below with the appropriate a) since b) at c) in d) on e) for
preposition:
She is very proud … her children. 26. (Vunesp 97) Marque a alternativa correta:
a) at b) in c) on d) with e) of Charles … Mary are brother … sister.
a) or/ and b) and/ or
17. (Vunesp 89) That experiment was performed … important scientists. c) and/ but d) and/ and
a) by b) to c) from d) against e) for e) but/ and

18. (Vunesp 86) Fried potatoes are called “French Fries” … the United States. 27. (Unirio 97) The word LIKE in Premier researchers use the Net to
test projects like real-time, 3D models of colliding galaxies or
a) on b) about c) of d) from e) in rampaging tornadoes introduces elements of:
a) exemplification b) generalization
19. (Vunesp 87) Marque a alternativa correta: c) reformulation d) comparison
Very little is known … nuclear energy. e) addition
a) of b) over c) in d) into e) about
28. (Ita 97) Mensagem Capadócia.
20. (Vunesp 88) Complete with the appropriate preposition: Um adesivo “made in Paraguai” anda circulando nos vidros dos
Aspirin is the best drug to fight … headache. carros paulistanos: “Good girls go to heaven, bad girls go to
everywhere”. É de doer, posto que o correto seria: “...”.
a) on b) against c) with d) to e) for
Bárbara Gancia, Folha do São Paulo de 07/06/96.

34
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 3 – PREPOSITIONS

– A perspicácia da colunista se faz notar de diversas formas no a) with – among b) among – between
texto anterior. Uma delas é através da correção de uma im- c) between – among d) among – at
propriedade normativa. Qual seria a frase final do texto, aqui e) in – at
omitida propositalmente?
a) Good girls go heaven, bad girls everywhere. 34. (Fei 96) Preencha a lacuna de acordo com o texto Who was the
b) Good girls go heaven, bad girls go everywhere. statue presented ... ? assinalando a resposta correta:
c) Good girls go to heaven, bad girls to go to everywhere.
a) from b) for c) by d) at e) in
d) Good girls go to heaven, bad girls go everywhere.
e) Good girls go heaven, bad girls go to everywhere.
35. (Ita 91) A alternativa abaixo que preenche a lacuna de:

29. (Vunesp 98) Assinale a alternativa correta: Buses here never arrive … time.
– Dando idéia de pontualidade:
I … the river in a boat and swam … the stream.
a) on b) at c) in d) by e) up
a) across – cross b) cross – crossed
c) acrossed – crossing d) crossed – across
Gabarito
e) crossing – across
1. a) from b) on ⇔ about c) of d) on
30. (Cesgranrio 98) The following sentences must be completed with e) on ⇔ about / on ⇔ about f) by g) of
between or among: h) by i) at ⇔ by / at ⇔ by j) of
I – There were no radicals … her close friends. k) on ⇔ about l) On / by / with
II – The students talked quietly … themselves before the test 2. ( 7 ) for ( 2 ) to ( 10 ) to ( 4 ) of ( 8 ) in ( 3 ) with
started. ( 9 ) of/from ( 6 ) from ( 1 ) of/by (5)about
III – The father and the mother sat in the sofa, with the baby …
3. 1. on 2. on / in / in 3. from 4. with 5. for / on
them.
IV – The Queen of England is not very popular now … the British 6. into 7. on / in 8. on 9. to 10.through
people. 11. from 12. at 13. on 14. for / in
V – There is much difference … the American and the Brazilian 15. for 16. of 17. on 18. from / to
education systems.
19. of / in 20. of
– Between must be used in sentences:
4. D 5. C 6. B 7. D 8. D 9. E
a) III and V only. b) I, II and III only.
10. A 11. C 12. D 13. E 14. D 15. B
c) II, III and IV only. d) II, IV and V only.
16. E 17. A 18. E 19. E 20. B 21. E
e) I, II, III and V only.
22. D 23. D 24. A 25. E 26. D 27. A
31. (Cesgranrio 98) Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: 28. D 29. D 30. A 31. C 32. D 33. B
No higher education reforms are likely to be adopted … time to 34. C 35. A
affect the choice that a student or his family makes about where
the student should go to college today. For a student, not having
to worry about cost would be a wonderful option. But … almost ANOTAÇÕES
every student to be able to go to school these days, working out
matters of cost is an essential part … choosing the best college.
a) on, to and in b) on, for and at
c) in, for and of d) in, before and in
e) about, to and of

32. (Ufrs 97) Fill in the blank below with the best alternative:
Political corruption and civil unrest are … Mexico’s modern
problems.
a) because b) between
c) throughout d) among
e) although

33. (Fei 97) Complete:


Pablo said that … Spain, everybody sleeps … 1 and 4 PM.

35
CAPÍTULO 4 – PASSIVE VOICE INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 4 11. Attend (v) - assistir, participar de 11. Atender - to help; to answer; to
examine
12. Audience (n) - platéia, público 12. Audiência - court appearance;
VOZ PASSIVA (PASSIVE VOICE) interview
13. Balcony (n) - sacada 13. Balcão - counter
⇒⇒ TO BE + PARTICÍPIO 14. Baton (n) - batuta (música), cacetete 14. Batom - lipstick

É a mesma sintaxe da língua portuguesa. A tradução é literal, 15. Beef (n) - carne de gado 15. Bife - steak
nenhum problema. Porém meu amigo candidato, as únicas 16. Cafeteria (n) - refeitório tipo uni- 16. Cafeteria - coffee shop, snack bar
formas de você ter problemas com essa matéria facílima são: versitário ou industrial

OU você não sabe conjugar o TO BE nos DEZ tempos verbais OU 17. Camera (n) - máquina fotográfica 17. Câmara - tube (de pneu) chamber
(pessoas)
não sabe se o particípio do verbo que a questão está é regular
ou irregular. Com o 1o problema, eu te ajudo com a tabelinha 18. Carton (n) - caixa de papelão, 18. Cartão - card
pacote de cigarros (200)
abaixo. Quanto ao 2o, “tu vai” tomar vergonha e DECORAR a
19. Casualty (n) - baixas (mortes ocor- 19. Casualidade- chance
tabela de verbos irregulares, VALEU???!!! (Caraca, taquei moral !!) ridas em acidente ou guerra)

VERBO TO BE 20. Cigar (n) - charuto 20. Cigarro – cigarette


Tempos V e r b a i s As conjugações 21. Collar (n) - gola, colarinho, coleira 21. Colar - necklace
Simple Present AM / IS / ARE
Simple Past WAS / WERE 22. College (n) - faculdade, ensino 22. Colégio (2º grau) - high school
Will - Future WILL BE de 3º grau
Would - Conditional WOULD BE 23. Commodity (n) - ar tigo, mer- 23. Comodidade - comfort
Present Continuous AM / IS / ARE + BEING cadoria
Past Continuous WAS / WERE + BEING
Going to - Future AM / IS / ARE + GOING TO BE 24. Competition (n) - concorrência 24. Competição - contest
Going to - Conditional WAS / WERE + GOING TO BE 25. Comprehensive (adj) - abrangente, 25. Compreensivo - understandable
Past Perfect HAD BEEN amplo, extenso
Present Perfect HAS / HAVE BEEN
26. Compromise (v) - entrar em acor- 26. Compromisso - appointment; date
do, fazer concessão
⇒⇒ FALSOS COGNATOS - FALSE FRIENDS
27. Contest (n) - competição, concurso 27. Contexto - context
Falsos conhecidos, também chamados de falsos amigos 28. Convenient (adj) - prático 28. Conveniente - appropriate
ou falsos cognatos, são palavras normalmente derivadas do
29. Costume (n) - fantasia (roupa) 29. Costume - custom, habit
latim, que têm portanto a mesma origem e que aparecem em
30. Data (n) - dados (números, infor- 30. Data - date
diferentes idiomas com ortografia semelhante, mas que ao mações)
longo dos tempos acabaram adquirindo significados diferentes.
31. Deception (n) - logro, fraude, o ato 31. Decepção - disappointment
No caso de palavras com sentido múltiplo, esta não-equi- de enganar
valência pode ocorrer em apenas alguns sentidos da palavra. 32. Defendant (n) - réu, acusado 32. Advogado de defesa - defense
Aqui neste trabalho são considerados falsos cognatos apenas attorney
aquelas palavras que predominantemente ocorrem como tal 33. Design (v, n) - projetar, criar; pro- 33. Designar - to appoint
no inglês moderno. Longe de ser exaustiva, esta lista de falsos jeto, estilo

cognatos serve apenas para exemplificar o problema com 34. Editor (n) - redator 34. Editor - publisher
ocorrências comuns e frequentes. 35. Educated (adj) - instruído, com 35. Educado - with a good upbringing,
alto grau de escolaridade polite
INGLÊS - PORTUGUÊS PORTUGUÊS - INGLÊS 36. Emission (n) - descarga (de gases, 36. Emissão - issuing (of a document,
1. Actually (adv) - na verdade ..., o 1. Atualmente - today, nowadays etc.) etc.)
fato é que ... 37. Enroll (v) - inscrever-se, alistar-se, 37. Enrolar - to roll; to wind; to curl
2. Agenda (n) - pauta do dia, pauta 2. Agenda - appointment book; registrar-se
para discussões agenda 38. Eventually (adv) - finalmente, 38. Eventualmente - occasionally
3. Amass (v) - juntar, acumular. 3. Amassar - crush consequentemente

4. Anticipate (v) - prever; aguardar, 4. Antecipar - to bring forward, to 39. Exciting (adj) - empolgante 39. Excitante - thrilling
ficar na expectativa move forward 40. Exit (n, v) - saída, sair 40. Êxito - success
5. Application (n) - inscrição, regis- 5. Aplicação (financeira) - invest- 41. Expert (n) - especialista, perito 41. Esperto - smart, clever
tro, uso ment
42. Exquisite (adj.) - belo, refinado 42. Esquisito - strange, odd
6. Appointment (n) - hora marcada, 6. Apontamento - note
43. Fabric (n) - tecido 43. Fábrica - plant, factory
7. Appreciation (n) - gratidão, reco- 7. Apreciação - judgement
nhecimento 44. Genial (adj) - afável, aprazível 44. Genial - brilliant

8. Argument (n) - discussão, bate boca 8. Argumento - reasoning, point 45. Graduate program (n) - Curso de 45. Curso de graduação - undergra-
pós-graduação duate program
9. Assist (v) - ajudar, dar suporte 9. Assistir - to attend, to watch
46. Gratuity (n) - gratificação, gorjeta 46. Gratuidade - the quality of being
10. Assume (v) - presumir, aceitar 10. Assumir - to take over free of charge
como verdadeiro

36
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 4 – PASSIVE VOICE

47. Grip (v) - agarrar firme 47. Gripe - cold, flu, influenza 90. Resume (v) - retomar, reiniciar 90. Resumir - summarize
48. Hazard (n,v) - risco, arriscar 48. Azar - bad luck 91. Résumé (n) - curriculum vitae, 91. Resumo - summary
currículo
49. Idiom (n) - expressão idiomática, 49. Idioma - language
linguajar 92. Retired (adj) - aposentado 92. Retirado - removed, secluded
50. Income tax return (n) - declaração 50. Devolução de imposto de renda 93. Senior (n) - idoso 93. Senhor - gentleman, sir
de imposto de renda - refund
94. Service (n) - atendimento 94. Serviço - job
51. Ingenuity (n) - engenhosidade 51. Ingenuidade - naiveté / naivety
95. Stranger (n) - desconhecido 95. Estrangeiro - foreigner
52. Injury (n) - ferimento 52. Injúria - insult
96. Stupid (adj) - burro 96. Estúpido - impolite, rude
53. Inscription (n) - gravação em 53. Inscrição - registration, application
97. Support (v) - apoiar 97. Suportar (tolerar) - can stand
relevo (sobre pedra, metal, etc.)
98. Tax (n) - imposto 98. Taxa - rate; fee
54. Intend (v) - pretender, ter intenção 54. Entender - understand
99. Trainer (n) - preparador físico 99. Treinador - coach
55. Intoxication (n) - embriaguez, 55. Intoxicação - poisoning
efeito de drogas 100. Turn (n, v) - vez, volta, curva; 100. Turno - shift; round
virar, girar
56. Journal (n) - periódico, revista 56. Jornal – newspaper
especializada 101. Vegetables (n) - verduras, legumes 101. Vegetais - plants
57. Lamp (n) - luminária 57. Lâmpada - light bulb
58. Large (adj) - grande, espaçoso 58. Largo - wide Exercite no texto abaixo alguns falsos cognatos:
59. Lecture (n) - palestra, aula 59. Leitura – reading
A DAY AT WORK
60. Legend (n) - lenda 60. Legenda - subtitle In the morning I attended a meeting between management and
61. Library (n) - biblioteca 61. Livraria - book shop union representatives. The discussion was very comprehensi-
62. Lunch (n) - almoço 62. Lanche - snack ve, covering topics like working hours, days off, retirement age,
63. Magazine (n) - revista 63. Magazine - department store
etc. Both sides were interested in an agreement and ready to
compromise. The secretary recorded everything in the notes.
64. Mayor (n) - prefeito 64. Maior - bigger
Eventually, they decided to set a new meeting to sign the final
65. Medicine (n) - remédio, medicina 65. Medicina - medicine draft of the agreement.
66. Moisture (n) - umidade 66. Mistura - mix, mixture, blend Back at the office, a colleague of mine asked me if I had realized
67. Motel (n) - hotel de beira de estrada 67. Motel - love motel that the proposed agreement would be partially against the
68. Notice (v) - notar, aperceber-se; 68. Notícia - news
company policy not to accept workers that have already retired.
aviso, comunicação I pretended to be really busy and late for an appointment, and
left for the cafeteria. Actually, I didn’t want to discuss the matter
69. Novel (n) - romance 69. Novela - soap opera
at that particular moment because there were some strangers
70. Office (n) - escritório 70. Oficial - official
in the office.
71. Parents (n) - pais 71. Parentes - relatives After lunch I attended a lecture given by the mayor, who is an
72. Particular (adj) - específico, exato 72. Particular - personal, private expert in tax legislation and has a graduate degree in political
73. Pasta (n) - massa (alimento) 73. Pasta - paste; folder; briefcase science. He said his government intends to assist welfare progra-
ms and senior citizens, raise funds to improve college education
74. Policy (n) - política (diretrizes) 74. Polícia - police
and build a public library, and establish tougher limits on vehicle
75. Port (n) - porto 75. Porta - door
emissions because he assumes this is what the people expect
76. Prejudice (n) - preconceito 76. Prejuízo - damage, loss from the government.
77. Prescribe (v) - receitar 77. Prescrever - expire
78. Preservative (n) - conservante 78. Preservativo - condom 1. (Fasm 2000) Critics call the data misleading in the Passive Voice is:
79. Pretend (v) – fingir 79. Pretender - to intend, to plan
a) Misleading is called data by critics.
80. Private (adj) - particular 80. Privado - private b) Data is called misleading by critics.
81. Procure (v) - conseguir, adquirir 81. Procurar - to look for c) Data misleading is called by critics.
82. Propaganda (n) - divulgação de 82. Propaganda - advertisement, d) Data are called misleading by critics.
ideia com intuito de manipular commercial
e) critics ale called misleading by data.
83. Pull (v) - puxar 83. Pular - to jump
84. Push (v) - empurrar 84. Puxar - to pull
2. (Cesgranrio 93) Mark the option which completes the sentence In
85. Range (v) - variar, cobrir 85. Ranger - to creak, to grind only a short time, the computer … the way in which many jobs … .
86. Realize (v) - notar, perceber, dar-se 86. Realizar - to carry out, make come
conta, conceber uma ideia true
a) had changed – do
b) changed – have done
87. Record (v, n) - gravar, disco, grava- 87. Recordar - to remember, to recall
ção, registro c) has changed – are done
88. Requirement (n) - requisito 88. Requerimento - request, petition d) are changing – were done
89. Refrigerant (n) - substância refri- 89. Refrigerante - soft drink, soda,
e) will change – have been doing
gerante usada em aparelhos pop, coke

37
CAPÍTULO 4 – PASSIVE VOICE INGLÊS – EEAr

3. (Mackenzie 96) Choose the correct alternative: a) The kids were encouraged to go swimming.
A: “Where’s your mother?” b) The kids have been encouraged to go swimming.
B: “She’s … tonight. c) The kids will be encouraged to go swimming.
d) The kids may be encouraged to go swimming.
a) being operated on b) going to be operated e) The kids are encouraged to go swimming.
c) operating on d) having to be operated
e) been operated
10. (Unitau 95) Assinale a alternativa que relaciona as construções
adequadas e as inadequadas em inglês dentre as listadas a seguir:
4. (Mackenzie 96) Marque a altermativa correta:
1 – Mary is likeing John.
You don’t need to wind this wonderful watch. 2 – Mary needs to help sheself.
a) This wonderful watch isn’t needed to be wind. 3 – I can see him.
b) This wonderful watch doesn’t need to winded. 4 – John was expected to win the world cup.
c) This wonderful watch doesn’t need to be wound. 5 – Americans films are goods.
d) This wonderful watch don’t need to be wounded. 6 – They has a big farm in downtown.
e) You don’t need to be wounded by this wonderful watch. a) Adequadas: 3, 4. Inadequadas: 1, 2, 5, 6.
b) Adequadas: 1, 2, 5. Inadequadas: 3, 4, 6.
5. (Mackenzie 96) A voz egativ de Somebody must send me the new c) Adequadas: 3, 4, 5. Inadequadas: 1, 2, 6.
books é: d) Adequadas: 1, 3, 6. Inadequadas: 2, 4, 5.
a) I must send the new books. e) Adequadas: 2, 3, 5, 6. Inadequadas: 1, 4.
b) The new books must be sent to me.
c) I will be sent the new books. 11. (Cesgranrio 94) Mark the sentence below which is NOT in the
d) The new books would be sent to me. passive voice:
e) The new books must be send by somebody.
a) A revolutionary telephone system was unveiled.
b) A sophisticated computer was programmed.
6. (Unitau 95) Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à forma ativa c) It was instructed to translate “out of sight, out of mind”.
da frase a seguir:
d) The Russian translation was then fed into the computer.
A detailed description […] is given by the authors. e) A computer will invariably have difficulty in making sense of it.
a) The authors give a detailed description.
b) The authors will give a detailed description. 12. (Fei 95) Assinale a alternativa que possui a sentença na VOZ PASSIVA:
c) The authors have given a detailed description. a) We were experimenting with the use of sound waves.
d) The authors gave a detailed description. b) It was a very low-tech start.
e) The authors will have given a detailed description.
c) Madonna has now been replaced by high energy waves.
d) All glass is weak because it cracks.
7. (Unitau 95) Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à voz ativa da e) Glass products have microscopic cracks in them.
sentença a seguir:
The 1994 cup was hosted by the United States. 13. (Fuvest 77) Qual a sentença correta?
a) The United States hosted the 1994 Cup. a) We were deprived from playing games for a week.
b) The United States will host the 1994 Cup. b) We were deprived of playing games for a week.
c) The United States have hosted the 1994 Cup. c) We were deprived of playing games through a week.
d) The United States had hosted the 1994 Cup. d) We were deprived at playing games for a week.
e) The United States will have hosted the 1994 Cup. e) We were deprived from playing games by a week.

8. (Ciaba 00) She had been told about the meeting, the active voice is: 14. (Vunesp 91) Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a
a) Nobody told her about the meeting. lacuna da frase a seguir:
b) Somebody had told her about the meeting. Those people are happy because they … love in their childhood.
c) Everybody would tell her about the meeting.
a) was given b) has given
d) She had told somebody about the meeting.
c) were given d) have being given
e) The meeting was told about her.
e) be given

9. (Unitau 95) Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à forma passiva


da sentença a seguir: 15. (Faap 96) The passive form of the sentence The International Court
of Hague rejected an attempt by New Zealand to stop further
We encourage the kids to go swimming. French nuclear tests in the South Pacific is:

38
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 4 – PASSIVE VOICE

a) An attempt by New Zealand to stop further French nuclear tests b) The car is alleged to have stolen by him.
in the South Pacific have been rejected by The International c) It was alleged that the car is stolen by him.
Court of Justice in Hague. d) It is alleged that he has stolen a car.
b) An attempt by New Zealand to stop further French nuclear e) He alleged that the car was stolen by him.
tests in the South Pacific would be rejected by The International
Court of Justice in Hague.
c) An attempt by New Zealand to stop further French nuclear tests 21. (Mackenzie 97) Change the following sentence to the Passive Voice:
in the South Pacific was rejected by The International Court of Thousands of people ride the underground every morning.
Justice in Hague.
a) The underground is ridded by thousands of people every
d) The International Court of Justice has rejected an attempt by New
Zealand to stop further French nuclear tests in the South Pacific. morning.
e) An attempt by New Zealand to stop further French nuclear b) The underground was rode by thousands of people every
tests in the South Pacific is being rejected by The International morning.
Court of Justice in Hague. c) The underground is rode by thousands of people every morning.
d) Thousands of people is ride by the underground every morning.
e) The underground is ridden by thousands of people every
16. (Mackenzie 96) Change the sentence below to the Passive Voice:
morning.
They feed the seals twice a week.
a) The seals are fed twice a week. 22. (Mackenzie 97) The Passive Voice of Man has made the world
b) The seals are feeded twice a week. much more complex is:
c) The seals are found twice a week. a) Much more complex has made the world.
d) Twice a week they are feeding the seals. b) The world was been made much more complex by man.
e) The seals are being fed twice a week. c) Much more complex was the world made.
d) Complex has been made the world much more by man.
17. (Mackenzie 96) Change to the Passive Voice: e) The world has been made much more complex.
Somebody left the lights on all night.
23. (Pucpr 97) Choose the correct form in the passive voice for the
a) All night somebody left the lights.
sentence below:
b) The lights are left on all night.
c) The lights didn’t leave on all night. Mr. Brown gave us a lesson.
d) The lights were left on all night. a) We had given a lesson.
e) The lights was left on all night. b) A lesson will be given us by Mr. Brown.
c) A lesson is being given us by Mr. Brown.
18. (Uel 94) Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacuna d) We were giving a lesson.
da frase apresentada: e) We were given a lesson by Mr. Brown.
In many parts of the world, the future productivity of the soil …
by man’s ill use of it. 24. (Mackenzie 97) Change the following sentence to the Passive Voice:
a) endangers b) endangered Did the army surround the city?
c) will endanger d) are endangered
e) is endangered a) Is the city surrounded by the army?
b) Was the city surround by the army?
c) The city was surround by the army.
19. (Cesgranrio 91) The sentence below is in the passive voice:
d) Was the city surrounded by the army?
Young people today think that ‘Thank you’, ‘You’re welcome’ and e) Was the army surrounded by the city?
‘Excuse me’ are servilities that must be avoided.
– Mark the option which does NOT have a verb in the passive voice:
25. (Mackenzie 97) Change the following sentence to the Passive Voice:
a) The most famous model in the world was born in Brazil.
In 1945 the allied powers defeated Germany.
b) The same syndrome is reflected in some advertisements.
c) Children who haven’t been raised in boarding schools are a) In 1945 Germany was defeated by allied powers.
happier. b) In 1945 Germany did defeated by the allied powers.
d) This piece of advertising was chosen among many others. c) In 1945 Germany are defeated by the allied powers.
e) If she hadn’t been taught how to model, she wouldn’t be d) The allied powers were defeated by the Germany in 1945.
famous now. e) In 1945 Germany was defeat by the allied powers.

20. (Mackenzie 97) The Passive Voice of It is alleged that he stole a car is: 26. (Personal 99) Change the following sentence into the Passive Voice:
a) He is alleged to have stolen a car. The helicopter is dropping the food supplies.

39
CAPÍTULO 4 – PASSIVE VOICE INGLÊS – EEAr

a) The food supplies is being dropped by the helicopter. 34. “They were told” traduz-se por:
b) The food supplies are been dropped by the helicopter. a) contaram-lhe b) elas disseram
c) The food supplies are being dropped by the helicopter. c) ordenaram-lhes d) eles foram mandados
d) The food supplies are being droped by the helicopter. e) elas estavam garantidas
e) The food supplies have been being dropped by the helicopter.

35. The passive form of “Nobody will lay the stones on the wall” is:
27. (Mackenzie 97) Choose the correct alternative:
a) The stones will be lain on the wall.
I had hoped … my letter. “I had hoped ___ my letter. b) Nobody will be laid the stones on the wall.
a) that she would answer c) The stones will be lied on the wall by nobody.
b) that she answer d) The wall will be lay the stones by nobody.
c) to answer e) The stones will not be laid on the wall.
d) her answer
e) to have been answered 36. “Do you know the meaning of couch potato, Sam?”
“No, I don’t. Why don’t you look it up in a dictionary ?”
28. If you are guilty of this crime you must ______. “I can’t find it. You know., it’s a rather recent expression and dictio-
a) punishe b) have punished naries only list words that _________ for quite a while.”
c) been bunished d) punish a) have been used b) will be used
e) be punished c) have used d) will use
e) use
29. Our school system must ______.
a) be improved b) been improved 37. (Ufpb 98) This sentence is in the PASSIVE VOICE:
c) had improved d) being improved Women are warned by doctors.
e) improved – The ACTIVE VOICE is:
a) Doctors warn women.
30. I’m always ready to learn, although I do not always like being
b) Women warn doctors.
______.
c) Doctors are warned by women.
a) taught b) teach c) to teach d) teacher d) Women are being warned.
e) Doctors warned women.
31. A modern shpping center is already ______ near my house.
a) build b) been erected
c) construct d) being built GABARITO:
e) building 1. d 2. c 3. b 4. c 5. b 6. a
7. a 8. b 9. e 10. a 11. e 12. c
32. “This discovery was made by various people.” The active voice of
13. a 14. c 15. c 16. a 17. d 18. e
the sentence above is:
19. a 20. a 21. e 22. e 23. e 24. d
a) Various people have made this discovery.
25. a 26. c 27. a 28. e 29. a 30. a
b) Various people made this discovery.
c) Various people had made this discovery. 31. d 32. b 33. a 34. a 35. e 36. a
d) Various people are making this discovery. 37. a
e) Various people make this discovery.

33. The passive voice of “Thousands of people welcomed the President ANOTAÇÕES
at the airport.” is:
a) The President was welcomed by thousands of people at the
airport.
b) The President at the airport welcomed thousands of people.
c) The President is welcome at the airport by thousands of people.
d) At the airport the President be welcomed by thousands of
people.
e) The President was welcome at the airport by thousands of
people.

40
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 5 – MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS

Capítulo 5 acordo - 1. Fizemos um acordo com o sindicato. (acerto) -


We made an agreement with the labor union. 2. De acordo com
as informações que eu tenho, ... (conforme) - According to the
PALAVRAS DE MÚLTIPLO SENTIDO information I have, ...
admitir - 1. Tenho que admitir que estava errado. (reco-
(MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS) nhecer) - I have to admit I was wrong. 2. A empresa vai admitir
(Lexical Ambiguity of Portuguese) novos funcionários. (empregar) - The company is going to hire
É comum a todas as línguas a ocorrência de palavras com new employees.
significado ou função gramatical múltiplos. Frequentemente agenda - 1. Qual é a agenda do presidente para hoje?
este múltiplo sentido em um idioma não tem correspondente (pauta de compromissos) - What’s on the president’s agenda
em outro. Quer dizer: os termos nem sempre cobrem as mesmas today? What’s the president’s schedule for today? 2. Eu ganhei
áreas de significado entre diferentes idiomas. Este fenômeno, uma agenda de presente. (livro de apontamentos) - I got an
também chamado de polissemia, ocorre com qualquer idio- appointment book for present.
ma; assim como o português, o inglês também tem inúmeras alto - 1. As temperaturas de verão em Nova Iorque são muito
palavras de múltiplo significado. É entretanto a ocorrência do altas. (alta intensidade) - The summer temperatures in New York
fenômeno na língua mãe do aluno que causa maior dificuldade. are very high. 2. Jogadores de basquete normalmente são muito
Partir do geral para o particular é sempre mais difícil do que altos. (estatura física) - Basketball players are usually very tall. 3.
o inverso. Generalizar ou representar diferentes ideias através A música está muito alta. (nível de ruído) - The music is too loud.
de um único símbolo, pode se comparar ao ato de misturar o
alugar - 1. Preciso de um lugar para morar. Vou alugar um
feijão e o arroz numa mesma panela: uma tarefa que não exige
apartamento. (pagar para poder usar) - I need a place to live. I’ll
muito esforço. Especificar diferentes ideias, as quais estamos
rent an apartment. 2. Não estou precisando do meu apartamen-
acostumados a generalizar em uma única palavra, em palavras
to. Vou alugá-lo. (colocar à disposição em troca de dinheiro) - I
diferentes da língua estrangeira, pode-se comparar ao ato de
don’t need my apartment. I’ll rent it out.
separar o arroz e o feijão que haviam sido misturados. Certa-
mente uma tarefa muito mais difícil. aniversário - 1. Ela está de aniversário hoje. (data de nas-
cimento de uma pessoa) - Today is her birthday. 2. Hoje é o
Portanto, sempre que diferentes ideias representadas pela
nosso aniversário de casamento. (data de criação ou fundação
mesma palavra na língua mãe do aluno corresponderem a dife-
de algo) - Today is our wedding anniversary.
rentes palavras na segunda língua, o mesmo terá dificuldades
em expressar-se corretamente. As diferentes palavras do inglês antecipar - 1. O jogo foi antecipado para hoje. (fazer acon-
que correspondem aos diferentes significados da palavra do tecer mais cedo) - The game was moved forward to today. 2. Não
português, podem eventualmente funcionar como sinônimos, posso antecipar nada sobre o assunto da reunião. (informar com
portanto neutralizando o contraste entre os dois idiomas. Nosso antecedência) - I can’t share any information about the meeting.
objetivo neste trabalho, entretanto, é mostrar os contrastes nas apagar - 1. Quem apagou o que estava escrito no quadro-
ocorrências mais usuais do vocabulário inglês moderno, igno- -negro? (limpar) - Who erased what was written on the blackbo-
rando aqueles significados relacionados em dicionários porém ard? 2. Os bombeiros apagaram o fogo. (extinguir) - The firemen
raros em linguagem coloquial ou estranhos ao uso popular. put out the fire. 3. Apaga a luz! (desligar) - Turn off the light!
Esta lista de 173 palavras do português com seus diferentes apanhar - 1. Você quer apanhar? (agressão física) - Do you
significados demonstra as diferenças no mapeamento da área want to get beaten? 2. Eu te apanho no hotel às 8. (pegar,
de significado entre idiomas. Longe de ser exaustiva, representa colocar-se à disposição) - I’ll pick you up at the hotel 8 o’clock. 3.
apenas alguns dos problemas mais comuns encontrados no dia Apanhei um resfriado. (contrair doença) - I caught a cold. 4. Ele
a dia de quem fala inglês. apanhou até descobrir qual era o problema. (ter dificuldade) -
Os materiais apresentados aqui nesta seção são apenas He suffered to find out what the problem was.
materiais de referência para consulta. aplicar - 1. A regra não se aplica neste caso. (valer) - The rule
abastecer - 1. O rio Mississippi abastece 23% da água po- doesn’t apply in this case. 2. Lixe a madeira antes de aplicar a
tável do país. (suprir, fornecer) - The Mississippi supplies 23% tinta. (colocar) - Sand the wood before applying the paint. 3. Eu
of the nation’s drinking water. 2. Vou parar no próximo posto apliquei o dinheiro. (depositar a juros) - I invested the money.
para abastecer. (colocar combustível) - I’ll stop at the next gas apontar - 1. As crianças ficaram apontando para mim e
station to refuel. rindo. (indicar direção) - The children were pointing at me and
aborto - 1. Clínicas de aborto são legais na Flórida. (aborto laughing. 2. Você deve apontar o lápis. (afiar a ponta) - You
voluntário) - Abortion clinics are legal in Florida. 2. Ela estava should sharpen your pencil.
grávida mas infelizmente teve um aborto. (aborto natural, invo- aproveitar - 1. Eu aproveitei bem as férias de verão. (desfru-
luntário) - She was pregnant but unfortunately had a miscarriage. tar) - I enjoyed the summer vacation a lot. 2. Você deve aproveitar
achar - 1. Eu acho que vai chover. (acreditar, pensar) - I a oportunidade. (obter benefício em momento oportuno) - You
think it’s going to rain. 2. Achaste o que estavas procurando? should take advantage of the opportunity.
(encontrar, descobrir) - Did you find what you were looking for?

41
CAPÍTULO 5 – MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS INGLÊS – EEAr

arrumar - 1. Chama alguém para arrumar o ar condicionado. bateria - 1. Meu carro precisa de uma bateria nova. (acumula-
(consertar) - Call someone to fix the air conditioner. 2. Arruma teu dor de eletricidade) - My car needs a new battery. 2. Ringo tocava
quarto. (colocar objetos em seus devidos lugares) - Clean up bateria. (instrumento musical) - Ringo used to play the drums.
your room. 3. Ela finalmente arrumou um namorado. (encontrar, boa noite - 1. Boa noite. A reunião já começou? (cumprimen-
obter, conseguir) - She’s finally found a boyfriend. 4. Vê se não to ao chegar) - Good evening. Has the meeting already started? 2.
arruma encrenca. (envolver-se com) - Don’t get into trouble. Boa noite. Durma bem. (ao despedir-se) - Good night. Sleep well.
assinatura - 1. Precisamos da sua assinatura nestes do- cabo - 1. Por que você não usa um cabo de vassoura?
cumentos. (firma) - We need your signature (subscription) on (parte de um objeto) - Why don’t you use a broom handle? 2.
these documents. 2. Eu renovei a assinatura do jornal. (direito de Os cabos elétricos devem ser substituídos. (condutores) - The
receber) - I renewed the subscription to the newspaper. electric cables must be replaced. 3. Os foguetes são lançados
assistir - 1. Assistimos a um belo espetáculo. (presenciar, de Cabo Canaveral. (ponta de terra) - Rockets are launched from
ver) - We watched a beautiful show. 2. Ela assiste aos doentes Cape Canaveral. 4. Ele é cabo do exército. (um nível acima de
com carinho. (dar assistência, ajudar) - She helps (assists) (at- soldado) - He is a private first class in the army.
tends to) the sick people with kindness.
cadeia - 1. O ladrão foi posto na cadeia. (prisão) - The thief
atender - 1. A secretária está atendendo o telefone. (respon- was put in jail. 2. Isto pode causar uma reação em cadeia. (se-
der) - The secretary is answering the phone. 2. A balconista está quência de fatos ou elementos interligados) - This can cause a
atendendo o cliente. (dar assistência) - The salesgirl is helping the chain reaction.
customer. 3. O médico está atendendo um paciente. (dispensar
cadeira - 1. Sente-se na cadeira. (peça de mobília) - Sit on
cuidados profissionais) - The doctor is examining (seeing) a patient.
the chair. 2. Estou fazendo 4 cadeiras este semestre. (matéria
atingir - 1. Atingimos o objetivo principal. (alcançar) - We de estudo) - I’m taking 4 courses this semester.
have reached the main target. 2. O navio do inimigo foi atin-
cair - 1. O menino caiu da bicicleta. (precipitar-se ao chão) -
gido por um torpedo. (destruir parcialmente) - The ship of the
enemy was hit by a torpedo. 3. Teus comentários às vezes me The boy fell off the bicycle. 2. A temperatura vai cair na próxima
atingem. (causar ressentimento) - Your comments sometimes semana. (baixar) - The temperature is going to drop (fall) next
hurt my feelings. week. 3. Caiu um avião na semana passada. (espatifar-se em
acidente) - An airplane crashed last week.
atirar - 1. Ele atirou uma pedra na janela. (jogar, arremes-
sar) - He threw a stone at the window. 2. O assaltante começou candidato - 1. Ele é candidato a governador. (em eleições) -
a atirar quando a polícia chegou. (disparar arma de fogo) - The He is a candidate for governor. 2. Quantos candidatos a emprego
robber started shooting when the police arrived. temos? (mercado de trabalho) - How many job applicants do
we have?
atrás - 1. A vassoura está atrás da porta. (posição posterior)
- The broom is behind the door. 2. Vai atrás dele. (em persegui- canela - 1. Canela é um tempero usado para dar aroma a
ção) - Go after him. uma variedade de comidas. (tempero) - Cinnamon is a spice used
to flavour a variety of foods. 2. É comum machucar as canelas
bala - 1. Crianças gostam de balas. (doce) - Children like
quando se joga futebol. (parte do corpo humano) - It’s common
candy. 2. Não tem balas no revólver. (munição) - There are no
to injure your shins when you play soccer.
bullets in the gun.
carne - 1. Eu não gosto de comer carne. (comida) - I don’t like
banco - 1. Você pode gastar seu dinheiro ou depositá-lo
num banco. (instituição financeira) - You can spend your money to eat meat. 2. Eu sofri um corte profundo na carne. (corpo) - I
or deposit it in a bank. 2. Gosto de sentar nos bancos da praça. suffered a deep cut in the flesh.
(assento) - I like to sit on the park benches. 3. Eu estava sentado caro - 1. Morar em Nova Iorque custa muito caro. (dispendio-
no banco do bar tomando uma cerveja. (mocho) - I was sitting so) - Living in New York is too expensive. 2. Meus caros amigos...
on the bar stool having a beer. (prezado, precioso) - My dear friends ...
banho - 1. Eu normalmente tomo banho de manhã. (lavar- carta - 1. Ela mandou uma carta para o namorado. (mensa-
-se no banheiro) - I usually take a shower (take a bath) in the gem escrita) - She sent a letter to her boyfriend. 2. Vamos jogar
morning. 2. Eu adoro tomar banho de mar. (brincar ou exercitar- cartas. (jogar com baralho) - Let’s play cards.
-se) - I love to go swimming in the sea. carteira - 1. Quanto dinheiro você tem na carteira? (objeto
bater - 1. O coração ainda está batendo. (produzir movimen- para carregar dinheiro e documentos) - How much money do
to rítmico) - The heart is still beating. 2. Não bata nas crianças. you have in your wallet? 2. Qual é o número da tua carteira de
(castigar fisicamente) - Don’t spank the children. 3. Bati na porta identidade? (documento) - What’s your ID card number? 3. Ela
3 vezes. (produzir ruído para ser atendido) - I knocked on the trabalha na carteira de crédito do Banco do Brasil. (departa-
door 3 times. 4. Favor não bater a porta. (fechar com força) - mento) - She works at the credit department of Banco do Brasil.
Don’t slam the door, please. 5. Ele bateu o carro. (ter acidente de casa - 1. Você mora numa casa ou num apartamento? (pré-
trânsito) - He crashed his car. 6. Ele bateu uma foto. (fotografar) dio, habitação) - Do you live in a house or in an apartment? 2.
- He took a photograph. 7. Você tem que bater o creme antes de Eu normalmente chego em casa às 6 horas. (lar) - I usually get
fazer o bolo. (agitar fortemente) - You have to whip the cream home at 6 o’clock.
before you make the cake.

42
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 5 – MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS

casamento - 1. Fui a um casamento. (cerimônia, ato) - I went condição - 1. Oxigênio é uma condição para a vida animal.
to a wedding. 2. Casamento é uma experiência interessante. (con- (pré-requisito) - Oxygen is a condition of animal life. 2. Não estou
vivência, relacionamento) - Marriage is an interesting experience. em condições de jogar. (aptidão) - I’m not able to play.
certo - 1. Isto não está certo. (correto) - That’s not right. 2. conhecer - 1. Prazer em conhecê-lo. (encontrar) - Nice to
Eu não sei ao certo. (ter certeza) - I’m not sure. meet you. 2. Você conhece as regras do jogo?. (ter conhecimen-
chateado - 1. Eu fiquei chateado com o que ele disse. to) - Do you know the rules of the game? 3. Você conhece o Rio?
(ofendido) - I was offended by what he said. 2. Eu estou chateado (ter visitado) - Have you ever visited (been to) Rio?
hoje. (abatido) - I’m depressed (feeling down) today. 3. Aquele conseguir - 1. Eu consegui o que queria. (obter) - I got what
professor me deixa chateado. (enfadado) - That teacher makes I wanted. 2. Não consigo falar fluentemente. / Ele conseguiu
me bored. passar no exame. (ter habilidade, mostrar aptidão) - I can’t speak
chato - 1. O travesseiro ficou chato depois de apenas uma fluently./ He was able to pass the exam.
noite de uso. (plano) - The pillow got flat after being used only one contar - 1. Ela me contou tudo. (dizer) - She told me
night. 2. No Brasil, esses carros com alto-falantes fazendo propa- everything. 2. Eu contei pelo menos vinte pessoas. (enumerar,
ganda pelas ruas são muito chatos. (perturbador) - In Brazil, cars quantificar) - I counted at least 20 people. 3. Você pode contar
with loudspeakers roaming the streets and blasting advertisements comigo. (dispor de) - You can count on me.
are very annoying. 3. O professor de matemática é muito chato. corrente - 1. Eu mantenho o cachorro na corrente. (objeto
(enfadonho) - The math teacher is very boring. 4. Ficou chato de metal) - I keep the dog on a chain. 2. As correntes oceânicas
você ter dito que a comida não estava boa. (constrangedor) - It ao longo da costa brasileira são quentes. (fluxo de água) - The
was embarrassing to say that the food wasn’t good. ocean currents off the Brazilian cost are warm. 3. Tivemos muitas
chave - 1. Onde é que estão as chaves do carro? (instrumen- despesas no corrente ano fiscal. (atual) - We had a lot of expenses
to de abrir fechaduras) - Where are the car keys? 2. A chave da in the current fiscal year.
luz não está funcionando. (interruptor elétrico) - The light switch cravo - 1. Ela gosta de cravos e de rosas. (flor) - She likes
is not working. 3. Comprei um conjunto de chaves de fenda e carnations and roses. 2. Cravo é um excelente tempero para
chaves de boca. (ferramentas). - I bought a set of screwdrivers doces. (tempero) - Clove is an excellent spice for sweets. 3. Cravo
and wrenches. era um instrumento popular antes de surgir o piano. (instrumen-
chegar - 1. O avião chega às 8 horas. (vir) - The plane arrives to musical) - The clavichord was very popular before the piano.
at 8 o’clock. 2. Um computador não chega, precisamos de dois. criar - 1. É necessário criar novos empregos. (gerar) - It’s
(ser suficiente) - One computer isn’t enough, we need two. necessary to create new jobs. 2. Ele cria cachorros por hobby.
claro - 1. A água é clara nas praias de Santa Catarina. (trans- (cultivar, ajudar a crescer) - He raises dogs as a hobby.
parente) - The water is clear at the beaches of Santa Catarina. 2. cuidar - 1. Enfermeiras cuidam de pessoas doentes. (dispen-
Claro que eu gosto de cerveja gelada no verão. (evidente) - Of sar cuidados profissionais) - Nurses take care of sick people. 2.
course I like cold beer in summer. Jovens mães e donas de casa cuidam de suas famílias. (zelar) -
combinar - 1. Nós já combinamos tudo. (acertar, entrar em Young mothers and housewives look after their families. 3. Não te
acordo) - We already discussed everything. 2. Vamos combinar mete; deixa que eu cuido disso. (intermediar, solucionar) - Don’t
para nos encontrar na praia. (definir um encontro) - Let’s make interfere; let me handle this. 4. Ele gosta de ficar cuidando as
arrangements to meet at the beach. 2. Este casaco não combina garotas na piscina. (olhar, observar) - He likes to watch the girls
contigo. (harmonizar) - This coat doesn’t suit you. 3. Cobre e at the swimming pool.
estanho combinam-se para formar bronze. (ligar) - Copper and culpa - 1. Não foi minha culpa. (erro) - It wasn’t my fault. 2.
tin combine to form bronze. Ele sempre leva a culpa. (responsabilidade) - He always takes
companhia - 1. Esta é uma companhia muito grande. (em- the blame.
presa) - This is a very large company. 2. De manhã sempre estou cumprimento - 1. Cooperação expontânea e cumprimento
na companhia. (local de trabalho) - I’m always in the office (fac- de ordens são bons para a organização. (ato de cumprir com
tory) in the mornings. 3. Esse cara é uma boa companhia. (amigo, deveres, obediência) - Spontaneous cooperation and compliance
presença agradável) - This guy makes a good companion. to orders are good for the organization. 2. Mande-lhe meus cumpri-
compreender - 1. A República Federativa do Brasil compre- mentos. (gesto ou expressão de cortesia) - Give him my greetings.
ende 26 estados. (abranger, ser composto de) - The Federated decorar - 1. Vou decorar a sala para a festa. (enfeitar, mo-
Republic of Brazil includes 26 states. 2. Você compreendeu minha biliar) - I’m going to decorate the living room for the party. 2. Às
explicação? (alcançar com a inteligência, entender) - Did you vezes é útil decorar textos para aprender línguas. (memorizar)
understand my explanation? - Sometimes it’s useful to memorize texts for learning languages.
compromisso - 1. Tenho um compromisso amanhã. (hora dedo - 1. Ele se cortou no dedo. (dedo da mão) - He cut his fin-
marcada, encontro profissional ou social) - I have an appoint- ger. 2. Eu machuquei meus dedos do pé. (artelho) - I hurt my toes.
ment tomorrow. 2. Tenho um compromisso hoje de noite. deixar - 1. Gostaria de deixar um recado? (registrar) - Would
(encontro não-profissional com pessoa do sexo oposto) - I have you like to leave a message? 2. Não me deixa aqui sozinho. (sair,
a date tonight. abandonar) - Don’t leave me alone. 3. Deixe-me ver. (dar per-

43
CAPÍTULO 5 – MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS INGLÊS – EEAr

missão) - Let me see. 4. Você me deixa nervoso. (fazer ficar) - You encontrar - 1. Encontrei meus amigos ontem a noite. (entrar
make me nervous. em contato) - I met (saw) my friends last night. 2. Encontraste o
depois - 1. Nós vamos trabalhar depois do jantar. (depois de que estavas procurando? (achar) - Did you find what you were
…) - We are going to work after dinner. 2. Nós vamos trabalhar looking for? 3. Ele não se encontra no momento. (estar presente)
depois. (mais tarde) - We are going to work later. - He isn’t here at the moment.
depósito - 1. Faremos um depósito na tua conta. (creditar entrada - 1. A entrada é pela porta dos fundos. (passagem
dinheiro) - We’ll make a deposit in your account. 2. A mercadoria que permite acesso) - The entrance is through the back door. 2.
ficará guardada no depósito até a data do embarque. (local de Você esqueceu as entradas em casa? (ingressos) - Did you forget
armazenamento) - The goods will be stored in the warehouse the tickets at home? 3. As condições de pagamento são: 20% de
until the date of shipment. entrada e o restante em 24 prestações. (pagamento inicial) - The
terms are: 20% down payment and the balance in 24 installments.
desfile - 1. Turistas adoram o desfile de carnaval. (celebração)
- Tourists love the carnival parade. 2. As mulheres americanas dão escada - 1. Usa-se a escada para ir ao segundo andar. - You
pouca importância a desfiles de moda. (promoção comercial) - use the stairs to go to the second floor. 2. Pintores usam escadas
American women give little importance to fashion shows. para pintar paredes. - Painters use ladders to paint walls. 3. Há
muitas escadas rolantes no shopping. - There are many escala-
destino - 1. Portugal deteve controle sobre o destino de Bra- tors in the mall.
sil durante três séculos. (fatos relacionados ao futuro) - Portugal
had control over the destiny of Brazil for three centuries. 2. Qual é esperar - 1. Espero que não chova no próximo fim de
teu destino? (lugar para onde se vai) - What’s your destination? semana. (ter esperança) - I hope it doesn’t rain next weekend. 2.
Espero ganhar um aumento pelo meu esforço. (ter expectativa)
dever - 1. Você deve estudar mais. (obrigação) - You should - I expect to get a raise in pay for my efforts. 3. Eu fiquei te espe-
(have to) (must) study more. 2. Deve ter sido legal. (dedução lógi- rando ontem a noite. (aguardar) - I was waiting for you last night.
ca, inferência) - It must have been nice. 3. Eu te devo 10 dólares.
estação - 1. Onde é que fica a estação de trem? (terminal
(dívida) - I owe you 10 dollars.
ferroviário ou rodoviário) - Where is the train station? 2. Qual
direito - 1. Isto não está direito. (correto) - This is not right. é a melhor estação de radio? (emissora) - Which is the best
2. Ele está na faculdade de direito. (estudo das leis) - He is going radio station? 3. Qual é a estação que tu preferes, inverno ou
to law school. verão? (período climático) - What season do you prefer, winter
dirigir - 1. Eu gosto de dirigir. (guiar veículo) - I like to drive. or summer?
2. Ele dirige a empresa há muitos anos. (gerenciar) - He has been exercício - 1. Vamos praticar alguns exercícios? (atividade
managing the company for many years. física ou intelectual) - Let’s practice some exercises? 2. Qual foi
divisa - 1. A divisa entre o Brasil e o Uruguai passa pela o lucro líquido referente ao exercício de 1994? (período fiscal)
cidade de Livramento. (limite territorial) - The border between - What was the net profit for the 1994 fiscal year?
Brazil and Uruguay runs through the city of Livramento. 2. O Brasil experiência - 1. Fizemos uma experiência na aula de quími-
precisa exportar mais para aumentar suas divisas. (reservas ca. (experimento) - We did an experiment in the chemistry class.
monetárias) - Brazil needs more exports to increase its foreign 2. Ele tem muita experiência como professor. (conhecimento)
exchange credit. - He has a lot of experience as a teacher.
dobrar - 1. Ela dobrou o papel para fazer um avião. (dobrar explorar - 1. Temos que explorar todas as possibilidades.
objetos planos ao longo de uma linha reta) - She folded the paper (desbravar, verificar) - We have to explore all the possibilities. 2.
to make an airplane. 2. Dobra o braço. (curvar, entortar) - Bend Países do terceiro mundo têm sido explorados pelos países ri-
your arm. 3. Se ele ganhar a promoção, vai dobrar seu salário. cos. (obter vantagem) - Third world countries have been exploited
(duplicar) - If he gets the promotion, he’ll double his salary. 4. by rich countries.
Dobre à esquerda no fim da quadra. (mudar de direção) - Turn
faixa - 1. Use a faixa da esquerda para ultrapassar. (faixa
left at the end of the block. de rodagem em uma estrada) - Use the left lane for passing. 2.
droga - 1. Drogas aliviam o sintoma da doença. (medica- Crianças na faixa etária dos 10 aos 17 assimilam línguas com
mento) - Drugs relieve the symptoms of the illness. 2. Este café facilidade. (espaço compreendido entre dois pontos) - Children
está uma droga (porcaria) - This coffee is shitty. in the age range of 10 to 17 acquire languages easily. 3. Os vence-
educação - 1. Não haverá progresso enquanto o país não dores orgulhosamente colocaram suas faixas ao final do jogo.
melhorar a educação. (sentido coletivo, instrução, escolarida- (condecoração colocada transversalmente sobre o tórax) - The
de) - There will be no development untill the country improves winners proudly wore their banners at the end of the game.
the education. 2. Nota-se que ele teve uma boa educação. faltar - 1. Faltam 10 para as 4. (tempo remanescente) - It’s
(sentido individual, maneiras) - You can tell that he had a good ten to four. 2. Está faltando alguém? (ausência, não compareci-
upbringing. mento) - Is anybody missing?
emprestar - 1. Por que você não pede um dinheiro empres- fantasia - 1. Na adolescência o jovem começa a ter fantasias
tado? (pedir emprestado) - Why don’t you borrow some money? sexuais. (imaginação) - In adolescence people start having sexual
2. Eu vou te emprestar meu carro (dar emprestado) - I’m going fantasies. 2. Neste fim de semana vamos a um baile de fantasia.
to lend you my car. (roupa alegórica) - We are going to a costume ball this weekend.

44
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 5 – MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS

fazer - 1. O que é que você está fazendo? (ocupação) - What cobra para cortar a grama? (planta) - How much do you charge
are you doing? 2. Muitos carros esportivos são feitos de fibra to mow the lawn?
de vidro. (fabricar) - Many sports cars are made of fiberglass. 3. gritar - 1. “Pare!” ela gritou. (advertir, alertar ou expressar
Você deve fazer uma redação. (produzir) - You have to write emoção em voz alta) - “Stop!” she shouted. 2. Eu podia ouvi-lo
an essay. 4. No Arizona faz muito calor. (ocorrer) - It gets very gritando de pavor. (berrar, gritar prolongadamente demons-
hot in Arizona. 5. Faz tempo que eu não vou ao cinema. / Ela trando emoção, pavor ou dor) - I could hear him screaming in
faz 15 anos em novembro. (transcurso de tempo) - For a long terror. 3. O homem perdeu o controle e começou a gritar com
time I haven’t gone to the movies./ She turns 15 in November. 6. ela. (demonstrar emoções alteradas em altos brados) - The man
Gostaria de te fazer uma pergunta. (perguntar) - I would like to lost his temper and started yelling at her.
ask you a question. 7. Estou fazendo faculdade. (estudar) - I’m
guardar - 1. Eu guardo meus livros no escritório. (manter) - I
studying in college. 8. O menino quer fazer xixi. (urinar) - The
keep my books in the office. 2. Faz favor de guardar tuas coisas.
little boy wants to pee.
(colocar em lugar próprio) - Put your things away, please.
ficar - 1. Eu fiquei em casa. (permanecer) - I stayed at home.
história - 1. A história universal é muito interessante.
2. O hotel fica na rua principal. (localizar-se) - The hotel is on
(estudo do passado) - World history is very interesting. 2. As
the main street. 3. Eu fico preocupado quando leio os jornais.
(tornar-se) - I get worried when I read the newspapers. 4. Ele ficou crianças gostam de ouvir histórias. (conto) - Children like to
de nos ajudar. (comprometer-se) - He promised to help us. 5. Vou listen to stories.
ficar com esse aqui. (levar, comprar) - I’ll take this one. 6. Ficamos hora - 1. Depois de esperar por várias horas, eu desisti.
em terceiro lugar no campeonato. (obter classificação) - We got (tempo transcorrido) - After waiting for several hours, I gave up.
(came in) third place in the tournament. 7. A janta ficou em 30 2. Que horas são? (horário) - What time is it? 3. São duas horas.
dólares. (custar) - The dinner cost 50 dollars. 8. Pode ficar com o (horário) - It’s two o’clock.
troco. (tomar posse) - You can keep the change. 9. Esse vestido importar - 1. O país deve importar apenas o necessário.
fica bem em ti. (combinar, adequar) - This dress suits you well. (comprar do exterior) - The country should import only what’s
10. Ficamos sem dinheiro. (não ter mais) - We ran out of money. necessary. 2. Não importa se você chegar tarde na festa. (ter
11. Ela ficou com o Paulo ontem. (manter relacionamento amo- importância) - It doesn’t matter if you come late to the party.
roso) - She had a good time (hooked up) with Paulo yesterday.
inscrição - 1. Você já preencheu seu formulário de inscrição
firma - 1. Eu trabalho numa firma de advogados. (empre- para o próximo semestre? (solicitação) - Have you already filled
sa) - I work for a law firm. 2. A firma tem que ser reconhecida. out your application form for the next semester? 2. Descobriram
(assinatura) - The signature must be notarized. uma caverna com inscrições sobre pedra muito interessantes.
fonte - 1. Esta é uma boa fonte de informações. (origem) - (símbolos) - They discovered a cave with interesting inscriptions
This is a good source of information. 2. Iraí tem fontes de águas on stone.
termais. (subsolo) - Iraí has hot springs. 3. Eu usei três fontes já - 1. Eu já gastei todo o dinheiro. (ocorrência passada
diferentes neste documento. (tipo de letra) - I used three different concluída) - I have already spent all the money. 2. Venha já para
fonts in this document. cá! (imediatamente) - Come here right now!
formar - 1. Vamos formar um grupo de conversação de jeito - 1. Não tem jeito. (possibilidade, maneira) - There’s no
inglês. (constituir) - Let’s form a group for English conversation. 2. way. 2. Ele tem jeito de estrangeiro. (aspecto, aparência) - He
Eu me formei em medicina em 1990. (diplomar-se) - I graduated looks like a foreigner.
from medical school in 1990.
jogar - 1. Ele joga tênis muito bem. (desempenhar atividade
franquia - 1. Todos as lancherias McDonald’s são franquias. esportiva) - He plays tennis very well. 2. Ela jogou os pratos no
(licença para uso de marca) - All McDonald’s restaurants are chão. (atirar, arremessar) - She threw the plates on the floor.
franchises. 2. A franquia da apólice de seguro é de 500 reais.
juiz - 1. Juízes normalmente trabalham no Palácio de Justiça.
(limite mínimo de cobertura) - The deductible of the insurance
(membros do judiciário) - Judges usually work at the Court House.
policy is 500 reais.
2. Num jogo de futebol, o juiz tem muita responsabilidade.
ganhar - 1. Ele ganhou no jogo de tênis. (vencer competição (juiz de jogos esportivos) - The referee (umpire) has a lot of
ou loteria) - He won the tennis game. 2. Ela ganhou um presente responsibility in a soccer game.
de aniversário. (receber) - She got a birthday present. 3. Ele ganha
juntar - 1. Junta teus amigos e dá uma festa. (reunir, apro-
mil dólares por mês. (remuneração de trabalho) - He makes
ximar) - Get your friends together and throw a party. 2. Junta
(earns) a thousand dollars a month.
os papéis do chão. (recolher, remover) - Pick up the papers on
graça - 1. Pode levar, é de graça. (que não precisa pagar) - the floor.
You can take it, it’s free. 2. Isso não tem graça. (humor, qualidade
de ser engraçado) - That’s not funny. 3. Com a graça de Deus. lembrança - 1. Eu trouxe algumas lembranças para você.
(benção divina) - By the grace of God. 4. Qual é a sua graça? (objetos de recordação) - I brought some souvenirs for you. 2.
(nome) - What’s your name? Manda lembranças para tua esposa. (recomendações) - Regar-
ds to your wife. 3. Eu tenho boas lembranças daquela época.
grama - 1. Quinhentas gramas não é suficiente. (unidade (recordações, memórias) - I have good memories of that time.
de peso) - Five hundred grams isn’t enough. 2. Quanto você

45
CAPÍTULO 5 – MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS INGLÊS – EEAr

lembrar - 1. Eu não consigo me lembrar do que aconteceu. orçamento - 1. Estou preparando o orçamento para o
(achar na memória) - I can’t remember what happened. 2. Isto próximo ano. (previsão financeira) - I’m working on the budget
me lembra dos velhos tempos. (trazer à memória) - This reminds for the next year. 2. Eu preciso de um orçamento do conserto.
me of the old times. (preço, estimativa) - I need a cost estimate for the repair.
letra - 1. Quantas letras tem no alfabeto? (caracteres ortográ- outro - 1. Eu touxe dois; onde está o o outro. (definido) - I
ficos) - How many letters are there in the alphabet? 2. A tua letra brought two; where is the other. 2. Preciso de outro dicionário.
é bonita. (caligrafia) - Your handwriting is neat. 3. Eu gosto da (um outro - indefinido) - I need another dictionary.
letra dessa música. (texto em verso) - I like the lyrics of this song. papel - 1. Porque não colocas tuas ideias no papel? (material
levar - 1. Ele levou todos seus livros consigo. (transportar para escrever) - Why don’t you put your ideas on paper? 2. Ele
para) - He took all his books with him. 2. Levei uma multa por desempenha um papel importante na política. (função) - He
excesso de velocidade. (receber) - I got a ticked for speeding. plays an important role in politics.
3. Quanto tempo leva de ônibus até a praia? (transcurso de parabéns - 1. Meus parabéns pelo teu aniversário. (felici-
tempo) - How long does it take to the beach by bus? tação a uma pessoa pelo seu aniversário) - Happy birthday. 2.
líquido - 1. Onde se compra líquido de freio? (fluido) - Where Parabéns pelo aniversário de casamento de vocês. (felicitação
can you buy brake fluid? 2. O peso líquido é de 200 kg. (quan- pelo aniversário de casamento de um casal) - Happy anniver-
tidade que sobra após os descontos) - The net weight is 200 kg. sary. 3. Parabéns pela promoção. (felicitação a alguém por algo
mais ou menos - 1. Como vai? Mais ou menos. (nem bem alcançado) - Congratulations on your promotion.
nem mal) - How are you? So-so. 2. Porto Alegre tem mais ou parte - 1. Esta é a melhor parte da história. (pedaço de
menos 2 milhões de habitantes. (valor aproximado) - Porto um todo) - This is the best part of the story. 2. Ambas as partes
Alegre has more or less (approximately, about, around) 2 devem assinar o contrato. (participante de um contrato, litígio,
million inhabitants. etc.) - Both parties must sign the contract.
mandar - 1. Ele me mandou trabalhar. (dar ordem) - He told partir - 1. Ele partiu meu coração. (partir, romper, quebrar)
me to work. 2. Vou te mandar uma carta. (enviar) - I’m going to - He broke my heart. 2. Ele parte amanhã. (sair, ir embora) - He’s
send you a letter. leaving tomorrow. 3. Vamos partir do início. (começar, iniciar)
mexer - 1. Mexa até misturar bem. (misturar através de mo- - Let’s start from the beginning.
vimento) - Stir until well mixed. 2. Os galhos estão se mexendo pasta - 1. Onde é que está a pasta de dentes? (substância de
com o vento. (movimentar) - The branches are moving in the consistência mole) - Where is the toothpaste? 2. Dá uma olhada
wind. 3. Meu irmão mexia comigo o tempo todo. (incomodar, na pasta de clientes. (capa de cartolina ou plástico para guardar
fazer gozação ou pegar no pé de alguém) - My brother used to papéis) - Take a look in the customers folder.
tease me all the time. 4. Não mexe nisso. (tocar, agarrar, manu- patente - 1. As patentes devem ser limpas e desinfetadas.
sear) - Don’t mess with that. (vaso sanitário) - The toilets must be cleaned and disinfected.
moeda - 1. Não gosto de carregar moedas no meu bolso. 2. Você tem que tirar patente de suas invenções. (registro de
(dinheiro de metal) - I don’t like to carry coins in my pocket. 2. invenção) - You have to take out a patent on your inventions. 3. É
Qual é a moeda daquele país? (meio circulante) - What’s the patente o fato de que o país sofre com a corrupção. (evidente) - It
currency in that country? is evident that the country suffers from corruption.
muito - 1. Muito obrigado. (advérbio) - Thank you very much. pé - 1. Eu machuquei meu pé jogando futebol. (membro do
/ Thanks a lot. / Thank you so much. 2. Ele fala Inglês muito bem. corpo) - I hurt my foot playing soccer. 2. Tem um pé de fumo no
(advérbio) - He speaks English very well. 3. Isto é muito melhor. jardim. (planta) - There is a tobacco plant in the garden.
(avérbio) - This is much better. 4. Leva muito tempo. (adjetivo pegar - 1. Eu te pego no hotel às 8 horas. (apanhar) - I’ll pick
junto de uncountable noun) - It takes a lot of time. / It takes too you up in the hotel at 8 o’clock. / Ele pegou o jornal para ler. - He
much time. 5. Tenho muitos amigos. (adjetivo junto de countable picked up the newspaper to read. 2. Eu tentei pegar a bola.
noun) - I have a lot of friends./ I have many friends. (agarrar, capturar) - I tried to catch the ball. / O policial pegou o
mulher - 1. Nos países muçulmanos as mulheres cobrem o ladrão. - The policeman caught the thief. 3. É assim que se pega
rosto. (pessoa de sexo feminino) - In Muslim countries women na raquete. (agarrar com força) - This is how you hold the racket.
cover their faces. 2. Minha mulher não gosta de cozinhar. (espo- 4. Vai lá e pega a tesoura para mim. (buscar) - Go and get the
sa) - My wife doesn’t like to cook. scissors for me. 5. Eu peguei um resfriado. (contrair) - I caught
negócio - 1. Como vão os negócios? (geral) - How is busi- a cold. 6. A grama seca pegou fogo. (incendiar) - The dry grass
ness? 2. Eu acho que fiz um bom negócio. (específico) - I think caught fire. 7. Pode pegar para ti. (apropiar-se) - You can take it.
I got a good deal. 8. O motor não quer pegar. (dar partida) - The engine won’t start.
nota - 1. Ele está sempre tomando notas em aula. (anota- pena - 1. Tenho pena deles. (piedade) - I feel sorry for them.
ções) - He’s always taking notes in class. 2. Preciso de 5 notas 2. Isto não vale a pena. (compensar) - It’s not worth it 3. Que
de 20 dólares. (cédulas de dinheiro) - I need five 20-dollar bills. pena que não me contaste isso antes. (lástima) - Too bad you
3. Ela sempre tira notas boas na escola. (avaliação) - She always didn’t tell me this before. 4. A maioria é contra a pena de morte.
gets good grades (marks) in school. (castigo, penalidade) - The majority is against the death penalty.

46
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 5 – MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS

5. As penas de pavão são as mais bonitas. (cobertura das aves) - receita - 1. Ela tem uma ótima receita para torta de maçã.
Peacock feathers are the most beautiful. 6. Eu tenho uma jaqueta (culinária) - She has a good recipe for apple pie. 2. Não tome este
de pena de ganso. (penugem) - I have a goose-down jacket. remédio sem ler a receita. (bula) - Don’t take this medicine without
perder - 1. Perdi as chaves. (extraviar) - I lost the keys. 2. reading the directions. 3. Você precisa de uma receita médica
Perdemos o jogo. (ser derrotado) - We lost the game. 3. Perdi o para comprar este remédio. (autorização) - You need a doctor’s
ônibus. (não alcançar) - I missed the bus. 4. Não gosto de perder prescription to buy this medicine. 4. O imposto é calculado sobre
aulas. (faltar) - I don’t like to miss class. a receita líquida. (recebimento de dinheiro) - Calculations of taxes
is based on net income.
pesquisa - 1. Desenvolvimento industrial depende de pes-
quisa. (investigação científica) - Industrial development depends reconhecer - 1. Reconheço que estava errado. (admitir) - I
on research. 2. As pesquisas indicaram Clinton como favorito. admit I was wrong. 2. Me desculpa, eu não te reconheci. (lem-
(tomada de opinião pública) - The polls indicated Clinton as brar) - I’m sorry, I didn’t recognize you.
favorite. 3. O artigo traz uma pesquisa sobre o uso de software rede - 1. A informação é controlada pelas grandes redes de
livre no país. (levantamento de dados) - The article reports on a televisão. (sistema de elementos relacionados) - Information is
nationwide survey of free software use. controlled by the large television networks. 2. Pescadores nor-
pessoal - 1. Ele quer obter vantagens pessoais. (que diz malmente usam rede de pescar. (malha) - Fisherman normally
respeito à pessoa) - He wants to take personal advantage. 2. Ele use fishing nets. 3. Os nordestinos gostam de dormir em rede.
é responsável pela área de pessoal. (que diz respeito à força de (rede de dormir) - The northeastern Brazilians like to sleep on
trabalho) - He is in charge of the personnel department. 3. Tem hammocks.
um pessoal aí que quer falar com você. (grupo de pessoas) - refrigerante - 1. Suco de laranja é mais saudável que refri-
There are some people here that want to speak with you. gerante. (bebida não alcoólica, industrializada) - Orange juice
piloto - 1. Você tem que começar a receber instrução de is healthier than soft drinks. 2. Refrigeradores modernos usam
vôo em um aeroclube para se tornar um piloto. (que dirige isobutano como substância refrigerante. (substância usada em
aviões) - You have to start going to a flying school in order to aparelhos) - Modern refrigerators use isobutane as refrigerant
become a pilot. 2. Os brasileiros sonham em se tornar pilotos for cooling.
de Fórmula 1. (que dirige carros de corrida) - Brazilians dream regime - 1. Estou de regime para perder peso. (dieta para
about becoming a Formula 1 race car driver. perder peso) - I’m on a diet to lose weight. 2. Houve muita re-
pista - 1. A polícia não tem pistas para solucionar o caso. pressão durante o regime militar. (período de governo) - There
(informação) - The police has no clues to solve the case. 2. A pista was a lot of repression during the military regime.
da direita é para o trânsito de veículos lentos. (parte de uma saber - 1.Você sabe onde ele mora? (ter conhecimento)
estrada) - The right lane is for the slow-moving traffic. 3. O avião - Do you know where he lives? 2. Eu soube que ele vai ser pro-
está na pista pronto para decolar. (pista de aeroporto) - The movido. (tomar conhecimento) - I heard that he’s going to get
airplane is on the runway ready to take off. a promotion.
planta - 1. Está na hora de regar as plantas. (vegetal) - It’s saudade - 1. Estou com saudades de ti. (falta de uma pessoa)
time to water the plants. 2. Para construir uma casa você precisa - I miss you. 2. Estou com saudades de casa. (falta do ambiente
de uma planta. (desenho técnico) - You need a plan in order to de casa, dos amigos, etc.) - I’m homesick.
build a house.
saúde - 1. Ele tem boa saúde. (condições orgânicas, físicas
política - 1. Educação é mais importante do que política. e mentais) - He is in good health. 2. Saúde! (quando alguém
(ciência de governo) - Education is more important than politics. espirra) - God bless you! 3. Saúde! (brinde) - Cheers!
2. Isto é contra a política da empresa. (filosofia, normas) - This
segurança - 1. Ele é um especialista em segurança no trânsi-
is against the company’s policy.
to. (ausência de risco) - He’s an expert in traffic safety. 2. Guardas
professor - 1. Professores do ensino médio estão em garantem a segurança da fábrica. (guarda, proteção) - Guards
greve. (professor de 1o e 2o grau) - High school teachers are provide security to the factory.
on strike. 2. Professores universitários raramente entram em
seguro - 1. Dirigir nos Estados Unidos é muito seguro. (sem
greve. (professor de curso superior) - College professors hardly
perigo) - Driving in the United States is very safe. 2. Você tem
ever go on strike.
seguro para o carro? (apólice) - Do you have a car insurance?
propaganda - 1. Consumidores inteligentes não são
sócio - 1. Nós somos sócios neste negócio. (participação em
influenciados por propaganda. (publicidade comercial) - In-
negócios) - We are partners in this business. 2. Eu não sou sócio
telligent consumers are not influenced by advertising. 2. As
deste clube. (membro de clube) - I’m not a member of this club.
democracias modernas fazem largo uso de propaganda para
manipular a opinião pública. (informação destorcida, enganosa) soltar - 1. Os prisioneiros de guerra foram soltos após a
- Modern democracies rely heavily on propaganda to influence rendição. (permitir que saia da prisão) - The prisioners of war
public opinion. were released after the rendition. 2. Me solta! (parar de impor
restrição física a alguém) - Let me go. 3. O menino gosta de
quebrado - 1. O vidro está quebrado. (partido) - The glass is
soltar pandorga. (fazer com que permaneça no pela força
broken. 2. Eu estou quebrado. (falido) - I’m broke.
do vento) - The boy likes to fly a kite. 4. Eles soltaram foguetes

47
CAPÍTULO 5 – MULTIPLE-MEANING WORDS INGLÊS – EEAr

após o jogo. (acender fogos de artifício) - They fired (set off) fire um - 1. Tenho apenas um carro; não um avião. (artigo inde-
crackers after the game. finido) - I just have a car; not an airplane. 2. Tenho apenas um
taxa - 1. A taxa de matrícula é muito cara. (preço de serviços) carro; não mais do que um. (numeral) - I only have one car; not
- The registration fee is very expensive. 2. A taxa de inflação está more than one.
aumentando. (índice de variação) - The inflation rate is increasing. vagabunda - 1. Minha filha nunca arruma o quarto e nunca
tempo - 1. Tempo é dinheiro. (horas, minutos) - Time is faz os temas. Ele é muito vagabunda. (preguiçosa) - My daughter
money. 2. Como é que está o tempo hoje? (clima) - How is never cleans her room and never does her homework. She is very
the weather today? 3. Quantos tempos de verbo existem em lazy. 2. Aquela mulher é uma vagabunda. (promíscua) - That
português. (derivação dos verbos) - How many verb tenses are woman is a slut.
there in Portuguese? valor - 1. Ele é uma pessoa sem valores morais. (qualidade
ter - 1. Eu tenho um carro. (possuir) - I have a car. 2. Eu tenho de caráter) - He is a person without moral values. 2. Qual é o valor
que ir. (precisar) - I have to (need to) (must) go. 3. Tem um livro na do dinheiro para quem não tem instrução? (significado, poder
mesa. (existir) - There is a book on the table. 4. Não tenho medo de compra) - What is the value of money, if you have no education?
de cachorro. (característica pessoal) - I’m not afraid of dogs. 3. Preenchi um cheque no valor de 30 dólares. (quantia) - I wrote
terra - 1. A poluição representa uma ameaça à Terra. (o pla- a check on the amount of 30 dollars.
neta) - Pollution is a threat to the Earth. 2. Ele é proprietário de vela - 1. Quando falta luz, a gente acende uma vela. (objeto
muitas terras no interior. (terreno, propriedade rural) - He owns a de uso caseiro) - When there is no light we light up a candle. 2.
lot of land in the countryside. 3. Tem muita terra no jardim. (ma- Você tem que trocar as velas do motor do carro (peça de igni-
téria que compõe o solo) - There is too much earth in the garden. ção) - You have to change the spark plugs. 3. Preciso comprar
tinta - 1. Eu preciso de tinta branca para as paredes. (tinta uma vela nova para meu barco (vela náutica) - I have to buy a
para parede ou madeira) - I need white paint for the walls. 2. Eu new sail for my boat.
uso tinta preta na minha caneta-tinteiro. (tinta para papel) - I vencer - 1. Deve vencer o time mais bem preparado. (obter
use black ink in my fountain pen. vitória) - The team in better shape should win. 2. Meu passaporte
tirar - 1. Tira a roupa. (remover) - Take off your clothes. 2. Ele vence dentro de um mês. (perder validade) - My passport ex-
tirou o primeiro lugar. (classificar-se) - He got the first place. 3. pires in a month. 3. Você vai vencer as dificuldades. (transpor,
Eu gosto de tirar fotografias. (fotografar) - I like to take pictures. sobreviver) - You are going to overcome the difficulties.
4. Pode tirar a mesa. (remover pratos e talheres) - You can clear verde - 1. A bandeira brasileira é predominantemente verde.
the table. 5. Tira tuas próprias conclusões. (inferir) - Come to (cor) - The Brazilian flag is predominantly green. 2. Aquela maçã
your own conclusions. parece estar verde. (não-madura) - That apple looks unripe.
tocar - 1. Não toque em mim. (encostar) - Don’t touch me. 2. vergonha - 1. Ela tem vergonha de falar Inglês. (encabulada,
Ele toca violão muito bem. (produzir música) - He plays the guitar tímida) - She is too shy to speak English. 2. A política no Brasil é
very well. 3. Temos que tocar para a frente este projeto. (execu- uma vergonha. (motivo para consciência de culpa) - Politics in
tar) - We have to push forward (go ahead with) this project. 4. O Brazil is a shame.
telefone está tocando. (soar campainha) - The phone is ringing.
vivo - 1. O animal ainda está vivo. (não morto) - The animal
tomar - 1. Você deveria tomar leite. (beber) - You should is still alive. 2. Eu assisti um show ao vivo. (ocorrendo no exato
drink milk. 2. Toma cuidado. (ter precaução) - Be careful. 3. Eu momento) - I saw a live show. 3. Esse cara é muito vivo. (esperto)
gosto de tomar banho de mar. (brincar na água) - I like to go - This guy is very smart.
swimming in the ocean. 4. Toma isso aqui. (pegar) - Take this.
5. Ele tem que tomar muitos remédios. (ingerir) - He needs to volta - 1. Na volta paramos num posto de gasolina. (retorno)
take a lot of medicine. - On the return we stopped at a gas station. 2. Vamos dar uma
volta? (caminhada) - Let’s go for a walk? 3. Vamos dar uma volta
torcer - 1. Ele torceu o pé. (girar, lesionar) - He twisted his
de carro? (passeio) - Let’s go for a drive? 4. Estão todos sentados
foot. 2. Você tem que torcer a roupa antes de colocá-le na se-
em volta da mesa. (ao redor) - They are all sitting around the table.
cadora. (comprimir tecido através de movimento giratório para
remover água) - You have to wring the clothes before putting them voltar - 1. Agora tenho que ir; volto amanhã. (vir novamente)
in the drier. 3. Vou torcer pelo meu time. (aplaudir e manifestar - I have to go now; I’ll come back tomorrow. 2. Ele volta amanhã
apoio ao seu time) - I’m going to cheer for my team. aos Estados Unidos. (ir novamente) - He’s going back to the
United States tomorrow.
trabalho - 1. O trabalho dignifica o homem. (em geral) -
Work dignifies man. 2. Fizeste um bom trabalho. (tarefa, obra)
- You did a good job. 3. O professor quer que façamos um tra-
balho. (trabalho escolar) - The teacher wants us to do a paper.
trocar - 1. Ela foi trocar de roupa. (mudar) - She went to chan-
ge her clothes. 2. Preciso trocar dólares por reais. (intercambiar,
uma coisa pela outra) - I need to exchange dollars for reais. 3.
Vou trocar a peça, pois está com defeito. (substituir) - I’m going
to replace the part because it’s defective.

48
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 6 – EXPRESSIONS: MAKE, DO, TAKE & GET

Capítulo 6 • make someone happy - fazer ficar feliz, deixar feliz


• make good - cumprir com o prometido
• make a good/bad impression (on) - causar boa impressão
“EXPRESSIONS” QUE USAM MAKE, DO, TAKE & • make a list (of) - fazer uma lista
GET (EFOMM) • make a living - ganhar a vida
Todas as línguas precisam e fazem uso de palavras multi- • make love (to) - manter relações sexuais
funcionais. São verbos, substantivos, pronomes indefinidos, • make mistakes (in) - cometer erros
verdadeiros tapa-furos, paus para qualquer obra, que funcio- • make money - ganhar dinheiro
nam de forma semelhante ao curinga num jogo de cartas. Por • make someone nervous - enervar alguém
serem palavras de conteúdo semântico impreciso, não podem • make noise - fazer barulho
ser definidas isoladamente, mas apenas no contexto em que
• make out - entender o significado; beijar, namorar, transar
ocorrem. Por isso carregam forte carga idiomática.
(fazer amor); sair-se
MAKE, DO, TAKE e GET são os 4 verbos de maior carga • make a phone call (to) - telefonar
idiomática em inglês. São multifuncionais, podendo ser com-
• make a point - fazer uma observação, apresentar um
parados aos verbos fazer e ficar do português.
ponto de vista
Observe-se que MAKE e DO são frequentemente sinônimos • make a profit - lucrar, ter lucro
no significado, mas não no uso. Isto é: na expressão em que
• make progress (in) - progredir
ocorre um, não se usa o outro. O significado que esses verbos
• make a promise (to) - prometer
assumem depende da expressão em que ocorrem. Cada uma
dessas expressões devem ser consideradas como uma unidade • make public - divulgar
de vocabulário, como uma nova palavra a ser assimilada. • make a reservation (for) - fazer uma reserva
Os materiais apresentados aqui nesta página não estão na • make a scene - fazer uma cena, agir histericamente
forma de plano de aula; são apenas materiais de referência para • make sense (to) - fazer sentido
consulta, e úteis na elaboração de planos de aula. These mate- • make a speech (to) - fazer um discurso
rials are not lesson plans. They are mainly resource type materials. • make sure (about) - certificar-se
• make trouble - criar problemas ou confusão
MAKE EXPRESSIONS • make up - inventar, improvisar, compensar, maquiar, reconciliar
• make up your mind - decidir
• make an agreement - fazer um acordo
• make war - guerrear, entrar em guerra
• make an announcement (to) - fazer uma comunicação oficial
• make way - abrir caminho, dar passagem, progredir
• make an appointment (with) - marcar uma hora
• make yourself at home - sinta-se à vontade
• make arrangements (for) - fazer preparos
• make an attempt (to) - fazer uma tentativa
DO EXPRESSIONS
• make the bed - fazer a cama
• make believe - fazer de conta • do the (my, your, ...) best (to) - fazer o melhor possível
• make a clean copy - passar a limpo • do business (with) - trabalhar em negócios com
• make it clear (to) - deixar claro • do the cleaning (for) - fazer limpeza
• make a complaint (about) - apresentar queixa, reclamar • do damage/harm (to) - prejudicar, ferir
• make a date (with) - marcar um encontro • do a deal (predominantly in the expression “it’s a done deal”)
• make a deal (with) - fazer um negócio, negociar - negócio fechado
• make a decision/resolution (about) - decidir, tomar uma decisão • do some dictation - fazer um ditado
• make a (any, no) difference (to) - fazer diferença • do the dishes - lavar a louça
• make do with - contentar-se com o que tem • do drugs - usar drogas
• make a down payment - dar de entrada, dar um sinal • do your duty - cumprir com suas tarefas
• make an effort (to) - fazer um esforço • do an exercise - fazer um exercício
• make an excuse (for) - arranjar uma desculpa • do an experiment - fazer uma experiência
• make a face (at) - fazer careta • do a favor (for) - fazer um favor
• make a fool of someone - fazer alguém de bobo • do good - fazer bem
• make for - dirigir-se a • do a good/bad job - fazer um bom trabalho
• make friends (with) - fazer amizade • have your hair done - arrumar o cabelo
• make fun of - ridicularizar • do your homework - fazer o seu tema
• make a fuss (about, over) - criar confusão • do the housework - fazer os trabalhos domésticos

49
CAPÍTULO 6 – EXPRESSIONS: MAKE, DO, TAKE & GET INGLÊS – EEAr

• do the laundry - lavar a roupa • take pride - orgulhar-se, ter orgulho


• do an operation (on) - operar • take the responsibility - assumir a responsabilidade
• do(something) over again - fazer de novo • take a rest - fazer um descanso
• do overtime - fazer hora extra • take a shower - tomar banho
• do a poll - fazer uma pesquisa (de opinião) • take steps - iniciar preparativos
• do a problem/a puzzle - resolver um problema (em mate- • take a taxi (bus, plane) - pegar um taxi
mática, por exemplo), um quebra-cabeça • take the temperature - tirar a febre
• do research (on) - pesquisar, fazer uma pesquisa (investi- • take a test - fazer um exame
gação científica) • It takes time - leva tempo
• do the right thing - ter uma atitude correta • take one’s time - tomar seu tempo, não ter pressa
• do the shopping - fazer compras • take a trip - fazer uma viagem
• do something - fazer algo • take up something - começar a estudar ou praticar algo
• do time in prison - cumprir pena carcerária • take a walk - dar uma caminhada
• do a translation - fazer uma tradução • take your time - não te apressa
• do well/badly (in) - sair-se bem/mal
• that will do it - isto será suficiente GET EXPRESSIONS inglês - português
• to have nothing to do with ... - não ter nada a ver com ...
meaning of become: ficar

TAKE EXPRESSIONS • It’s getting dark. - Está ficando escuro.


• We got tired yesterday. - Ficamos cansados ontem.
• take advantage - levar vantagem • I’m getting confused. - Estou ficando confuso, estou fa-
• take advice - aceitar conselhos zendo confusão.
• take (something) apart - separar, desmontar • I’m getting accustomed/used to working hard. - Estou fican-
• take back - levar de volta do acostumado a trabalhar muito.
• take the blame - assumir a culpa
• take a break - fazer uma pausa, dar uma folga meaning of receive: ganhar, receber
• take care - cuidar-se, tomar cuidado, ser cuidadoso • She got a nice present for her birthday. - Ela ganhou um
• take care of - cuidar de presente legal de aniversário.
• take a chance - arriscar • Language teachers get about R$15 an hour in Brazil. - Profes-
sores de línguas ganham cerca de R$15 por hora no Brasil.
• take a course (lessons) - fazer um curso
• I hope to get better news tomorrow. - Espero receber notí-
• take it easy - acalmar-se
cias melhores amanhã.
• take effect - vigorar a partir de
• I got a postcard from Germany. - Recebi um cartão postal
• take an injection - tomar (levar) uma injeção
da Alemanha.
• take into consideration - levar em consideração
• take it as ... - crer, supor, entender, aceitar como ... meaning of obtain/buy: arranjar, conseguir, comprar
• take it or leave it - é pegar ou largar • He’s going to get a job after college. - Ele vai arranjar um em-
• take lessons - tomar aulas prego depois da faculdade. (conseguir, arranjar emprego)
• take liberties - tomar liberdades • I got a promotion. - Eu consegui uma promoção. (ganhar,
• take a look (at) - dar uma olhada conseguir)
• take medicine - tomar remédio • He got $800 for his old car. - Ele conseguiu 800 dólares pelo
• take a nap - tirar uma sesta seu velho carro (conseguir dinheiro pela venda de algo)
• take notes - fazer anotações • You can get cheap things in Hong Kong. - A gente consegue
• take off - decolar, ir embora comprar coisas baratas em Hong Kong.
• take (something) off - tirar (casaco, óculos, etc) • I’m planning to get a new car soon. - Estou planejando
comprar um carro novo em breve.
• take the opportunity - aproveitar a oportunidade
• take (somebody / something) out - levar alguém para sair, meaning of fetch/pick up: pegar, trazer, buscar
remover algo
• Go and get the newspaper. - Vai lá e pega o jornal.
• take over - assumir controle, tomar conta
• Shall I get you a book from the library? - Você quer que eu
• take part - fazer parte, participar traga um livro da biblioteca para você?
• take a leak/piss - urinar, mijar • Stay here. I’ll get you some slippers. - Fica aqui. Vou buscar
• take personal offense - ofender-se (arranjar) uns chinelos para você.
• take place - acontecer, ocorrer

50
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 6 – EXPRESSIONS: MAKE, DO, TAKE & GET

meaning of arrive at/reach: chegar, ir • get away - escapar


• I got home late last night. - Cheguei em casa tarde ontem • get back - recuperar
de noite. • get back from - retornar de
• We got to the airport by taxi. - Fomos ao aeroporto de taxi. • get something back - reaver algo
• Can you get to the roof of the house? - Você consegue che- • get by - sair-se, virar-se
gar (trepar) no telhado da casa? • get a chance - ter uma oportunidade
• get a cramp - dar uma câimbra
meaning of have (possession): ter
• get even - acertar contas, ficar quites, vingar-se
• I haven’t got much time. - Não tenho muito tempo.
• get a flat tire - furar o pneu
• Have you got enough money? - Você tem dinheiro que
• get a haircut - cortar o cabelo
chegue?
• get ...ing! - usado em comandos imperativos
meaning of have to (obligation, same as need and must): • get in - entrar
ter que • get into - entrar, envolver-se com
• I’ve got to go now. - Tenho que ir agora. • get in touch (with) - fazer contato, manter contato com
• You’ve got to study harder. - Você tem que estudar mais. • get in trouble - meter-se em confusão, dar-se mal
• get lost! - te some!
meaning of catch (illness, vehicle, thief): pegar
• get married - casar-se
• I don’t want to get a cold. - Não quero pegar um resfriado.
• get something off - remover algo
• I hope you get on a train before midnight. - Espero que você
• get off - descer de um ônibus ou trem
consiga pegar um trem antes da meia-noite.
• get on - produzir efeito indesejável; embarcar (em veículo)
• The thief was caught by the police. - O ladrão foi pego pela
• get on with someone - relacionar-se com alguém
polícia.
• get out - sair, partir
meaning of prepare/make: preparar • get over - curar-se, recuperar-se; transmitir
• I’ll get some coffee. - Vou preparar (pegar, buscar) um café. • get ready - aprontar-se
• She’s getting dinner for her family. - Ela está preparando o • get rid of - livrar-se de, dar um sumiço em
jantar para sua família. • get to a place - chegar a algum lugar
• get to someone - afetar ou irritar alguém
meaning of be (as passive auxiliary): ser
• get there - chegar ao destino
• She got hit by a car. - Ela foi atropelada.
• get through with something - terminar algo
• The robber got killed by the police. - O assaltante foi morto
• get together (with) - reunir-se com
pela polícia.
• get something under way - pôr a caminho, pôr em execução
• He got robbed last night. - Ele foi assaltado ontem à noite.
• get up - levantar de manhã
meaning of persuade/convince: convencer
• He got his father to buy him a car. - Ele convenceu o pai a
dar-lhe um carro. ANOTAÇÕES
• I got him to help me. - Consegui convencê-lo a ajudar-me.

meaning of have something done, order something:


mandar
• He got his car fixed. - Ele mandou consertar o carro.
• I got my hair cut. - Ele cortou o cabelo. (mandou cortar,
foi ao barbeiro)

meaning of understand: entender


• I got you. - Entendi o que você quer dizer.
• Did you get the idea? - Você entendeu a ideia?

Other meanings and in combination with pre-


positions:
• get across - comunicar, esclarecer,convencer
• get along (with) - dar-se, relacionar-se com

51
CAPÍTULO 7 – EXPRESSIONS - IDIOMS INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 7 • Tomara que não chova. - I hope it doesn’t rain.


• Faça-os entrar. - Show them in.
• Fique à vontade. / Esteja à vontade. / Faça de conta que
EXPRESSÕES COTIDIANAS – IDIOMS está em casa. / Esteja a gosto. - Make yourself at home. /
É muito importante o aspecto idiomático quando duas lín- Make yourself comfortable.
guas são comparadas em nível de vocabulário. Em português, • Sirva-se. - Help yourself. / Be my guest. / Go ahead. (informal)
por exemplo, a saudação matinal mais comum é Bom dia, a qual • Você está se divertindo? - Are you having a good time? / Are
traduzida ao pé da letra para o inglês, resultaria num insólito you enjoying yourself? / Are you having fun?
Good day, em vez do correto e usual Good morning. Existe uma • O que você achou da festa? - How did you like the party? /
correspondência perfeita de ideias, mas não nas formas usadas What did you think of the party?
para representar essas ideias. • Não, obrigado; estou satisfeito. / Estou servido. - No,
Certas expressões idiomáticas frequentemente citadas não thanks. I’m full. / I’ve had enough.
são na verdade muito importantes, porque as ideias que elas • Saúde! (Quando alguém espirra) - God bless you. / Bless you.
representam podem ser facilmente colocadas de outra forma. • Saúde! (Brinde) - Cheers!
Outras, entretanto, desempenham um papel de fundamental • Pois não? (Que deseja?) - Yes, may I help you? / Can I help
importância pelo fato de dificilmente poderem ser substituídas,
you? / What can I do for you? / What can I get for you?
bem como pelo alto grau de cotidianidade e pela frequência
• Pois não! - Sure! / Of course! (acceding to a request).
com que ocorrem no inglês de native speakers. A maioria das
expressões aqui relacionadas são indispensáveis para quem • Você é que resolve. / Você que sabe. - It’s up to you.
deseja expressar-se de forma adequada em inglês. Quando • por mim, tudo bem. - It’s OK with me.
oportunamente usadas, conferem ao estudante de EFL (English • Vamos dar uma volta? - Let’s go for a walk. / Let’s take a
as a Foreign Language) precisão, naturalidade, e uma imagem de walk. / Do you want to go for a walk? / Let’s go for a drive. /
quem realmente domina o idioma.Os exemplos abaixo encon- Would you like to go for a drive?
tram-se agrupados de acordo com os contextos em que ocorrem. • Qualquer um; tanto faz. - Either one. / Whatever. / It
doesn’t matter. / It doesn’t make any difference. / It makes
CONVENCIONALIDADES: EXPRESSIONS OF POLI- no difference.
TENESS AND GETTING ACQUAINTED • Pode deixar comigo - I’ll take care of it.
• Me avisa se mudares de ideia. - Let me know if you change
• Prazer em conhecê-lo. - Nice to meet you. / I’m glad to know
your mind.
you. / It’s a pleasure to know you. / How do you do.
• Lembranças. / Abraços. - Regards. / Give my best.
• O prazer é meu. - Nice to meet you too.
• Vamos manter contato. - Let’s keep in touch.
• Como vai? - How are you? / How are you doing? / How is it going?
• Passe bem. - Have a nice day.
• Oi, tudo bom? - Hi, how’s it going?
• E aí, como é que é? - Hey, what’s up? (informal greeting) • Boa viagem! - Have a nice trip!
• Há quanto tempo! - It’s been a long time.
• Quantos anos você tem? - How old are you?
CONSOLANDO E TENTANDO AJUDAR (COMFOR-
• Você tem irmãos? - Do you have any brothers and sisters?
TING AND TRYING TO HELP)
• De nada. / Não há de que. / Disponha. / Tudo bem. / Que • Não se preocupe. / Deixa prá lá. / Não importa. - Don’t
é isso! / Capaz! - You’re welcome. / That’s OK. / Not at all. / worry. / Never mind.
Don’t mention it. / It’s my pleasure. • Vai ficar tudo bem. - It’ll be OK. / It’ll be all right.
• Igualmente. - The same to you. / You too. • Não deixe isso te afetar - Don’t let it get to you.
• Com licença. / Dá licença. - Excuse me. • Te acalma. / Vai com calma. - Take it easy.
• Como? / O que? (quando não se entende o que o inter- • Felizmente não aconteceu nada. - Fortunately nothing
locutor disse) - Excuse me? / Pardon? / Beg your pardon? / happened.
What? (less polite) • Ainda bem que ... / Graças a Deus … - Thank God … /
• Eu já volto. - I’ll be right back. Good thing …
• Até logo. / Até amanhã. - I’ll (I will) see you later (tomorrow). • Não foi tua culpa. - It was not your fault.
/ See you. • Pode contar comigo. - You can count on me. / You can
• Como é que foi o fim de semana? - How did you spend the lean on me.
weekend? / How was your weekend? • Estarei sempre a teu lado. - I’ll always be there for you.
• Parece que vai chover. - It looks like it’s going to rain. / It • Coitado. / Coitadinho. - Poor thing.
looks like rain. • Meus pêsames. - My sympathy.
• Será que vai chover neste fim de semana? - I wonder if it’s
going to rain this weekend.

52
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 7 – EXPRESSIONS - IDIOMS

APROVANDO, FELICITANDO, ELOGIANDO OU • Claro! Claro que sim! - Sure! / Of course!


CELEBRANDO (APPROVING, PRAISING, CONGRA- • Claro que não! - Of course not!
TULATING AND CELEBRATING) • Sem dúvida! - Without any question!
• Isso mesmo. / Exatamente. / É bem assim mesmo. - Exactly.
• Isso mesmo. / Exatamente. / Com certeza. - Exactly. /
Absolutely. • Pode crer. - You bet.
• Boa ideia! / É uma boa. - Good idea! / Sounds good. • Por mim, tudo bem. - It’s OK with me.
• Ótimo! - Great! • De jeito nenhum! / Não há condições ... / De maneira
alguma! - No way! / There’s no way ... / By no means. / That’s
• Bem lembrado. - Good thinking.
impossible.
• Meus parabéns pelo seu aniversário. / Meus cumprimen-
• Deus me livre! - Heaven forbid. / God forbid.
tos pelo ... - Congratulations on your birthday.
• Pode parar! / Dá um tempo! - Give me a break!
• Gostei do teu vestido. - I really like your dress.
• Estou morrendo de fome. - I’m starving.
• Você está bonita(o). - You look good! / You look great!
• Não aguento mais isto. - I can’t stand it. / I can’t stand it any
• Consegui! - I got it! / I did it!
longer. / I’m sick and tired of this. / I’m fed up with it.
• São e salvo! - Safe and sound!
• Não me sinto à vontade. - I don’t feel comfortable.
• Bom trabalho! - Good job!
• Que vergonha! / Que chato! - What a shame! / How em-
• Ele está se saindo bem. - He’s doing all right.
barrassing!
• Não adianta. - It doesn’t help. / It won’t help. / It’s no use. /
DESCREVENDO PESSOAS - (DESCRIBING PEOPLE) It’s no help.
• Ele (ela) é muito simpático(a). / ... é muito legal. - He/she’s • Isto não tem lógica; não faz sentido. - It doesn’t make any
very nice. sense. / It’s nonsense.
• Ela é muito gostosa. - AmE: She’s hot. / What a babe! / She’s • Não deixa de aproveitar esta oportunidade. - Don’t let this
a foxy lady. / She’s a looker. / BrE: She’s really a nice totty. / opportunity go by. / Don’t let it slip away.
She’s really stunning. • Quem não arrisca, não petisca. - Nothing ventured, nothing
• Ela é uma gracinha. / ... bonitinha. - She’s cute. gained.
• Ele é um gostosão. - He’s a hunk. / He’s hot. • Não queremos abrir precedente. - We don’t want to set a
• Ele está de mau humor hoje. - He is in a bad mood today. precedent.
• Ele está fazendo 30 anos. - He’s turning 30. • Em primeiro lugar, ... - First of all, ...
• Ele sofre do coração. - He has a heart condition. • Em último caso, … - As a last resort …
• Ele é uma figura. - He’s a real character. • Finalmente! / Até que em fim! - At last!
• Ele é um tremendo cara de pau (cara dura). - He’s got a lot • Cá entre nós … - Just between you and me, … / Just between
of gall. / ... a lot of balls. / ... a lot of nerve. the two of us, …
• Ele é um dedo-duro. - He’s a snitch. • Pensando bem… - On second thought …
• Ele é um puxa-saco. - He’s an ass-kisser. / He’s a brownnoser. • Até certo ponto… - To a certain extent …
/ He’s an apple-polisher. • Na pior das hipóteses, … - If worse comes to worst … / If
• Ele é um tremendo CDF - He’s a nerd. worst comes to worst … / At worst …
• Ele é um chato. - He’s a pain. • Cedo ou tarde… - Sooner or later …
• Ele é uma criança muito mimada - He’s a spoiled child. • Vamos fazer cara ou coroa. - Let’s flip a coin.
• Conto com você. - I’m counting on you.
EXPRESSANDO PENSAMENTOS E SENTIMENTOS • Temos que nos ajudar um ao outro. / ... nos ajudar uns
(EXPRESSING THOUGHTS AND FEELINGS) aos outros. - We have to help each other. / We have to help
one another.
• Tenho saudades de ti (você). - I miss you.
• Cuidado! - Be careful! / Watch out!
• Estou com saudades de casa. - I’m homesick. / I miss home.
• Te cuida. / Cuide-se (Numa despedida) - Take care. / Take
• Tenho muita pena dessa gente. - I’m very sorry for those care of yourself.
people.
• Opa! (interjeição referente a um pequeno engano ou
• Acho que sim. - I think so. acidente) - Oops!
• Eu acho que não. - I don’t think so. / I’m not so sure. • É a vida… - That’s life …
• Espero que sim. / Tomara que sim. - I hope so.
• Espero que não. / Tomara que não. - I hope not. PERGUNTANDO OU PEDINDO - ASKING (10)
• Suponho que sim. - I guess so.
• Como é que se diz ... em inglês? - What do you call ... in
• Suponho que não. - I guess not.
English?

53
CAPÍTULO 7 – EXPRESSIONS - IDIOMS INGLÊS – EEAr

• O que é que significa ...? - What’s the meaning of ...? / What • Eu pratico inglês, dia sim dia não. - I practice English every
does ... mean? other day.
• Tu estás de carro aí? - Are you driving? • Ele não vem hoje. - He isn’t coming today.
• Me dá uma carona? - Can you give me a ride? / Would you • Isto não vale a pena. - It’s not worth it. / It isn’t worthwhile.
...? / Will you ...? • Nada mais justo. - Fair enough.
• Posso te pedir um favor? / Podes me fazer um favor? - May • Eu continuo tentando, ainda não desisti. - I’m still trying,
I ask you a favor? / Can you do me a favor? I haven’t given up yet.
• Me paga uma cerveja? - Will you buy me a beer? • Até agora, tudo bem. - So far, so good.
• Posso te fazer uma pergunta? - May I ask you a question? • Você tem que pagar até o fim do mês. - You have to pay
/ Can I ask you something? by the end of the month. / ... before the end of the month.
• O que é que está acontecendo por aqui? - What’s going • A secretária está atendendo o telefone. - The secretary is
on in here? answering the phone. / ... is on the phone ...
• Como assim? / O que é que você quer dizer com isso? / O • O vendedor está atendendo um cliente. - The salesman is
que é que você está querendo dizer? - What do you mean? helping a customer.
/ What are you talking about? / What are you trying to say? • O Dr. Bishop não está atendendo pacientes porque está
• Como é que se escreve? - How do you spell it?  participando de uma conferência. - Dr. Bishop isn’t exa-
mining patients because he’s attending a conference. / Dr.
LAMENTANDO, ARREPENDENDO-SE OU DES- Bishop isn’t seeing patients ... / Dr. Bishop isn’t attending to
CULPANDO-SE (DECLINING, REGRETTING AND patients ...
APOLOGIZING) • Estou precisando ir ao médico (dentista). - I need to see a
doctor (dentista).
• Que tal numa outra ocasião ...? - Maybe some other time.
• Vou cortar o cabelo. - I’m going to get a haircut. / I’m going
• Que pena que tu não me contaste isto antes. / É uma pena to get my hair cut.
...! / É lamentável … - Too bad you didn’t tell me this before.
• Aquilo lá são livros. - Those are books.
/ What a pity ...! / What a shame ...!
• Tem uma pessoa aí que quer falar contigo. - There’s some-
• É tarde demais. - It’s too late.
body (someone) who (that) wants to talk (speak) to (with) you.
• Foi tudo em vão. - It was all for nothing.
• Agora é a tua vez. - Now it’s your turn.
• Desculpa pelo atraso. - Sorry for being late. / Sorry I’m late.
• Eu trabalho por conta própria. - I work for myself. / I work
/ Sorry to be late.
on my own. / I’m self employed.
• Não é minha culpa, eu fiz o melhor que pude (possível).
• Eu me machuquei. - I hurt myself.
- It’s not my fault, I did my best. / ... , I did the best I could.
• Eu gosto de andar de pés descalços. - I like to walk barefoot.
• Não tive a intenção de te magoar. - I didn’t mean to hurt you.
• Eu gosto de tomar banho de mar. - I like to go swimming
• A culpa foi minha. - It was my fault.
in the ocean.
• Eu estava só brincando. - I was just kidding. / I was joking.
• Te deste conta de que o custo de vida está cada dia mais
• Você deve desculpar-se. - You should apologize. alto? - Did you realize that the cost of living is getting higher
• Não me arrependo. / Não estou arrependido. - I don’t every day?
regret it. / I’m not sorry. • Ele está namorando minha irmã. - He’s dating my sister.
• Cá entre nós, … - Just between the two of us,...
INFORMANDO OU COMENTANDO (INFORMING • Extra-oficialmente. - Off the record.
OR MAKING COMMENTS) • Só para lembrar … - Just for the record … / Just as a re-
• Nasci em 1965. - I was born in 1965. minder …
• Nós estávamos passeando. - We were taking a walk. / We were • Não sobrou nada. - There’s nothing left.
walking around. / We were going for a drive. / We were driving. • No mínimo … - At least … / At the least …
• Normalmente vou para a escola a pé, mas às vezes meu • No máximo … - At most … / At the most …
pai me leva. - I usually walk to school but sometimes my • Meio a meio. - Fifty-fifty. / Half and half.
father drives me. • É meio caro. - It’s kind of expensive.
• Meu pai vai para o trabalho de carro. - My father drives • Na maioria das vezes. - Most of the times.
to work. • Na maior parte do tempo. - Most of the time.
• Não tenho nada para fazer. - I don’t have anything to do. / • No mais tardar. - At the latest.
I’ve got nothing to do.
• O quanto antes. - As soon as possible.
• Não choveu anteontem mas é capaz de chover depois de
• Quanto tempo tu levaste daqui a Porto Alegre? - How long
amanhã. - It didn’t rain the day before yesterday but it might
did it take you to get from here to Porto Alegre?
rain the day after tomorrow

54
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 7 – EXPRESSIONS - IDIOMS

• Levou uma hora e meia para a gente chegar lá. - It took us • Me deixa fora disso - Leave me out of this.
an hour and a half to get there. • Me deixa em paz! - Leave me alone.
• Isto não funciona. - It doesn’t work. / It’s out of order. • Larga do meu pé! / Me larga de mão! - Get off my back!
• O telefone está ocupado - The line is busy. / The phone is busy. • Deixe-me ir. - Let me go.
• O relógio está atrasado/adiantado. - The watch is slow/fast. • Cala a boca! - Shut up!
• O barulho está muito alto. - The noise is too loud. • Para com isso! - Stop that! / Stop it! / Cut it out!
• Fiquei conhecendo teu irmão ontem. - I met your brother • Chega! / Basta! - That’s enough!
yesterday. • Cai fora! - Get lost!
• Você conhece o Rio de Janeiro? - Have you ever been to Rio • Rua! - Out!
de Janeiro? / Did you ever go to Rio? • Que feio! / Tenha vergonha! - Shame on you!
• Eu conheço ele de vista. - He looks familiar to me. • Ele furou a fila. - He cut in line.
• Ele deveria estar aqui às 8 horas. - He was supposed to be • Isto não fica bem. - That’s not nice.
here 8 o’clock. • Não acho graça nisso. - I don’t think that’s funny.
• O cachorro é para ser o melhor amigo do homem. - Dogs • Isso não é justo. - That’s not fair.
are supposed to be man’s best friend. • Está me achando com cara de bobo? - Do I look like a fool?
• Ele tem um carro novo em folha (zerinho). - He has a • Eu me sinto prejudicado. - I feel cheated / I feel like life has
brand new car. cheated me.
• Fiquei preso num engarrafamento de trânsito. - I was • Fui enganado. / Fui logrado. - I was ripped off.
caught in a traffic jam.
• Fui injustamente acusado. - I was falsely accused.
• Vamos ficar sem gasolina. - We are going to run out of gas. • Que sacanagem! / Que golpe baixo! - What a dirty trick!
• Estacionamento proibido. - No parking. • Que sacanagem! / Que azar! - What a let down!
• Furei um pneu. - I got a flat tire. • Que decepção! - What a disappointment!
• Quanto mais tu estudas, mais aprendes. - The more you • Não tire conclusões precipitadas. - Don’t jump to conclusions.
study, the more you learn.
• Guarda tuas coisas e arruma teu quarto. - Put your things
• A gente combina isso amanhã. - Let’s talk about it tomor- away and clean up your room.
row. / Let’s make all the arrangements tomorrow. / We can
• Seu burro! - You, stupid!
settle this tomorrow.
• Bem feito! - It serves you right. / You asked for it.
• Nem eu. / Eu também não. - Me neither. / I don’t either. /
• Filho da puta! - Son of a bitch! / You bastard!
Neither do I.
• Essa não cola! - I don’t buy that!
• Melhor não arriscar. - Better not take any chances.
• Que saco! / Que droga! - That sucks! / What a pain!
• Não queremos correr nenhum risco. - We don’t want to
• Droga! / Merda! - Damn it! / Shit!
take any chances. / We don’t want to gamble. / ... to take a
risk. / ... to run a risk. • Via à merda! Te fode! - Fuck you! / Fuck yourself!
• Você tem que reconhecer a firma deste documento. - You • Porra! - Fuck!
must have this document notarized. • Isto me deixa puto da vida! - It really pisses me off!
• Ele foi pego em flagrante. - He was caught red-handed. • Isso me deixa louco! - It drives me crazy!
• Não te esquece de puxar a descarga depois de fazer xixi (mi- • Não discute! - Don’t argue.
jar). - Don’t forget to flush the toilet after you pee (take a piss). • Depressa! / Anda logo! - Hurry up!

RECLAMANDO E EXIGINDO, CRITICANDO E RE- MENOSPREZANDO OU DESCONSIDERANDO


PREENDENDO, INSULTANDO OU PRAGUEJANDO (DESPISING OR DISREGARDING)
COMPLAINING AND DEMANDING, REPRIMAN- • Sei lá. / Não faço ideia - I have no idea. /I got no idea. / How
DING AND CRITICIZING, INSULTING OR CURSING should I know?
• O que há contigo? - What’s the matter with you? • E eu com isso? Não ligo para isso, não estou nem aí! / Não
dou a mínima. (indiferença, desprezo) - I don’t care. / I don’t
• O que é que você quer dizer com isso?! - What do you
give a damn. / What’s that to me?
mean (by that)?!
• E daí? ... (em tom de desafio) - And so what? / Who cares?
• Qual é a lógica? - What’s the point?
• Não faz mal; não importa; não quer dizer. - It doesn’t matter.
• Isso não faz (nenhum) sentido! - It doesn’t make (any) sense!
/ No problem.
• Isso não é da tua conta. - This is none of your business. / Mind
• Eu não me importo. (não me ofendo) - I don’t mind.
your own business. / This doesn’t concern you.
• Deixa prá lá; não liga para isso; esquece. - Never mind. /
• Não se meta nisso. - Stay out of it.
Forget it.
• Não me incomoda! / Não enche o saco! - Don’t bother me!
• Grande coisa! - Big deal!

55
CAPÍTULO 7 – EXPRESSIONS - IDIOMS INGLÊS – EEAr

EXPRESSANDO SURPRESA: EXPRESSING SUR- • Os clientes não estão fazendo muitos pedidos. - The cus-
PRISE tomers are not placing many orders.
• O vendedor está atendendo um cliente. - The salesman is
• Adivinha! - Guess what!
helping a customer.
• É mesmo!? - Oh, really?! / Is that right?
• Propaganda é a alma do negócio. - It’s all marketing. / It
• Não me diga! ... - You don’t say! / Don’t tell me! pays to advertise.
• Não acredito! ... - I can’t believe it! • O cliente vem sempre em primeiro lugar. / O cliente sem-
• Tá brincando! ... - No kidding! / You must be joking! pre tem razão. - The customer is always right.
• Fiquei de boca aberta. / Fiquei de queixo caído. - I was • Encontrar um denominador comum. - Find common ground.
shocked. / I was taken aback. / I was left speechless. / My • Está à venda. / Vende-se. - It’s up for sale. / For sale.
chin dropped.
• Em liquidação. / Em promoção. - On sale. / Clearance.
• Levei um susto. - I got scared.
• Remarcado em 20% - 20% off.
• Foi uma grande surpresa. - It came as a complete surprise.
• É uma barbada. / É uma pechincha. - It’s a good deal. / It’s
• Você está falando sério? - Are you serious? a real bargain.
• Prá que!? - What for!? • Fiz uma boa compra. - I got a good deal.
• Puxa! / Mas que barbaridade! / Meu Deus! / Minha nossa! • É um roubo. - It’s a rip-off.
- Oh my God! / Jesus Christ! / My goodness! / Holy cow!
• Fui roubado. - I got ripped off.
• Puta merda! - Holy shit!
• Cheque sem fundo. - Bad check. / Bounced check. / Rubber check.
• Cheque pré-datado. - Post-dated check.
INTERJEIÇÕES
• Condições de pagamento - Terms of payment.
• Ah ... bom, aí já é diferente ... - Oh! That’s different. (surprise • A prazo / Em prestações / No crediário - In installments.
caused by understanding) • De entrada / Como sinal - As a down payment.
• Ah, tá, agora eu entendo - Aha, now I understand! (mild • restante / O saldo - The remaining balance / The balance.
surprise caused by a discovery or recognition) • Pagar à vista, em dinheiro. - Pay cash.
• Nossa! Olha só! - Wow! Look at that! (great surprise, admi- • Pagar adiantado. - Pay in advance.
ration and approval caused by something exciting)
• No atacado / A preços de atacado - At wholesale. / At
• Ufa! Que dia ...! - Phew, what a day! (expressing relief after wholesale prices.
a tiring, hard or dangerous experience)
• No varejo / A preços de varejo - At retail / At retail prices.
• Ai ai ai! Que má notícia! - Oh no! That’s really bad news.
• Participação de mercado - Market share.
(dismay, bad surprise)
• Iiii, aí vem tua mãe. - Uh-oh, here comes your Mom. (alarm,
dismay, concern, or realization of a small difficulty)
NO TRABALHO: AT WORK
• Ôpa! Derramei o leite. - Oops! (Whoops!) I’ve spilled the • Normalmente vou a pé para o trabalho, mas quando
milk. (mild embarrassment caused by a small accident) chove vou de carro. - I usually walk to work, but when it
• Ai! Machuquei meu pé. - Ouch! I’ve hurt my foot. (sudden pain) rains I drive. / ... I take my car.
• Ei! O que que você está fazendo?! - Hey! What are you • Ele ganha 1.000 dólares por mês. - He makes a thousand
doing? (call for attention) dollars a month.
• Eka, que nojo! - Yuck! That’s
�������������������������������������
disgusting. (expressing rejec- • Hoje é dia de pagamento. - Today’s payday.
tion or disgust) • A secretária está atendendo o telefone. - The secretary is
• Tá bom, vamos fazer assim. - Okay, let’s do it. (acceptance answering the phone. / ... is on the phone.
and agreement) • Favor informar - Please let me know
• Tudo bem, já vou fazer. - All right, I’ll do it. (agreement • Você pode deixar um recado na secretária eletrônica. - You
and obedience) can leave a message on the answering machine.
• Mm hmm, também acho. - Uh-huh, I think so too. (affir- • Não vou poder assistir à reunião hoje de tarde. - I won’t be
mative opinion) able to attend the meeting this afternoon. / I’m not going to
• Alô, quem fala? - Hello, who’s speaking? (on the telephone) be able ... / I’m not able ... / I can’t ...
• Oi, como vai? - Hi! How are you? (greeting) • Proibida a entrada de pessoas estranhas ao serviço. - Per-
• Olá, meu amigo. - Hello, my friend. (greeting) sonnel only. / Unauthorized entry prohibited.
• O horário de trabalho (expediente) é das 8 às 12. - Working
hours are from 8 to 12.
MARKETING E VENDAS
• Após o horário de expediente … - After working hours. /
• Correspondência comercial. - Business writing. / Business After hours.
letters. • Durante o horário comercial. - During business hours.

56
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 7 – EXPRESSIONS - IDIOMS

• Tenho que fazer hora extra. - I have to work overtime. • Temos que decorar o diálogo. - We have to memorize the
• O horário de verão nos EUA vai de abril a outubro. - Dayli- dialog.
ght saving time in the US is from April to October. • Fiz um exame e me saí bem. - I took an exam (test) and
• Faltam dois dias para eu entrar em férias. - I’ll go on vaca- did well.
tion (holidays) in two days. / There are two days left before • Eu me saí bem em todas as matérias. - I did well in all sub-
I go on vacation. jects. / ... in all my classes. / ... in all my courses.
• Está faltando alguém? - Is anybody missing? • Tirei uma nota boa. - I got a good grade.
• Está faltando dinheiro no mercado. - There is a shortage • Vai cair na prova. - It’ll be on the test.
of money in the market. • Ele colou no exame. - He cheated on the test.
• Faz dois anos que eu trabalho aqui. - I’ve been working • Ele falta muito às aulas - He misses class a lot.
here for two years. • Ele gosta de matar aula. - He likes to skip classes. / ... to cut
• Eu trabalhava num banco, antes. - I used to work for a bank. classes.
• Fiquei sabendo que ele foi demitido. / Ouvi dizer que • No final do semestre cada aluno deve fazer um trabalho.
... - I heard he was fired. / ... he was dismissed. / I was told - Each student must write a paper (an essay) at the end of
that he was ... the semester.
• Um novo gerente será contratado. - A new manager will • Você já entregou o seu trabalho? - Did you already hand
be hired. in (turn in) your paper?
• Quem manda aqui sou eu! - I’m the boss around here! • professor distribuiu a bibliografia a ser usada no semestre.
• Preencha a ficha (formulário) de inscrição. - Fill out the - The professor handed out the bibliography for the semester.
application form. • Eu me formei na PUC. - I graduated from PUC.
• Ele está de plantão. / Ele está de serviço. - He’s on call. / • Fiz um estágio na ... - I did an internship at ...
He’s on duty. • Fiz um mestrado em ... - I did my master’s in ...
• Ele está aqui a serviço. / ... a negócios. - He’s here on
business.
• Vou tirar uma folga amanhã. - I’m going to take a day off. ANOTAÇÕES
• Ele vai se aposentar. - He’s going to retire.
• Ela está de licença. - She’s on leave.
• Ela está encostada no INPS. / ... de licença para tratamento
de saúde. - She’s on sick leave.
• sindicato não está cooperando. - The (labor) union is not
cooperating.
• Os trabalhadores estão planejando fazer greve. - The
workers are planning to go on strike.
• A/C (aos cuidados de). - C/O (care of).
• Já foi providenciado. - It’s been taken care of.
• Todos os funcionários devem bater o cartão-ponto. - All
the workers must punch their time cards.
• O sistema de previdência social está quebrado. - The social
security system is bankrupt.

NOS ESTUDOS: STUDYING


• Estou fazendo um curso de inglês. / Estou tomando aulas
de inglês. - I’m taking an English course. / I’m taking English
lessons.
• Estou fazendo faculdade. - I’m going to college.
• Estou fazendo 4 cadeiras neste semestre. - I’m taking 4
courses this semester.
• Estou fazendo um curso de graduação. - I’m going to
undergraduate school.
• Estou fazendo um pós-graduação. / ... um mestrado. - I’m
going to graduate school.
• Ele está fazendo (estudando) economia. - He’s majoring
in economics. / He’s studying economics.

57
CAPÍTULO 8 – WORDS OF CONNECTION INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 8 Apesar de … In spite of … / Despite …


Além disto, … Besides that, … / In addition to that, …
Não apenas …, mas também … Not only …, but also …
WORDS OF CONNECTION Afora isso, … Aside from that, …

(CONECTIVOS & CONJUNÇÕES) Pelo menos … At least …


De qualquer modo, … / Seja como Anyway, … / At any rate, … / In any
Words of transition, words of connection, transition devices, for, … case, …
linking words ou discourse markers são conjunções, advérbios, Senão … / Caso contrário … Otherwise …
preposições, locuções, etc., que servem para estabelecer uma Ao contrário de … Unlike …
relação lógica entre frases e ideias. Em português essas pa- Em vez de … / Ao invés de … Instead of … / In place of …
lavras são chamadas de articuladores ou plavras conectivas. A não ser que … Unless …
CONSTITUEM
A não ser por … / Com exceção de … Except for …
As listas abaixo constituem-se numa ajuda decisiva para Uma vez que … / Já que … Since …
quem compõe um texto em inglês, independente do nível de Por exemplo, … For example, … / For instance, …
capacidade do redator. Os conectivos, mais frequentemente
Em função de … / Devido a … In face of … / Due to …
usados, são:
Por esta razão, … / Neste sentido … /
Desta forma, … / Diante do exposto, For this reason, … / With this in mind, …
First of all, ... / In the first place, ... / To
Em primeiro lugar, ... / Para começar, ... … / Levando isto em consideração, …
begin with, ...
Portanto, … Therefore, … / So, …
De acordo com ... According to ...
Finalmente, … / Por fim, … Finally, … / At last, …
Principalmente ... Especially ... / Mainly ...
Levando tudo isso em consideração, … All things considered, … / Finally, … / In
A principal razão ... / O principal mo-
The main reason ... / Em resumo, … summary, …
tivo ...
A partir de agora ... / De agora em
From now on ... Abaixo segue uma lista abrangente de palavras e locuções
diante ...
Por enquanto (passado) ... / Até agora ... So far ... / Up till now ... conectivas, agrupadas por tipo de ligação que estabelecem.
Por enquanto (futuro) ... / Até que mude ... for some time. / ... for a while. / For the
Esta lista é de utilidade especialmente para alunos avançados
de ideia. time being ... que possuem boa familiaridade com redação em inglês:
Ainda não ... ... not ... yet.
INTRODUCTION
Nesse meio tempo, ... / Enquanto isso, ... In the meantime, ... / Meanwhile, ... concerning to start with
Em meio a ... In the midst of ... first of all as referred to
Via de regra ... As a rule ... in the first place (at) first
initially by the way
Sempre que ... Whenever ...
on the one hand  changing the subject
À medida em que o tempo passa, ... As time goes by, ... regarding to begin with 
A propósito, por falar nisso, ... By the way, … speaking of
Pelo que eu sei, … / Pelo que me consta, As far as I know, … / As far as I can tell, …
… / Que eu saiba, … / To the best of my knowledge, … AGREEMENT
No que se refere a mim, … / No que diz in accordance / in agreement/ in conformity according to / as per
As far as I’m concerned, …
respeito a mim, …
Do ponto de vista de … From the standpoint of … CONTRAST
Sem dúvida … Without a doubt …/ Of course …
but in spite of (that) unlike
Da mesma forma que … In the same way that …
conversely meanwhile whereas
De maneira (forma) que … So that … / In order that …
despite nevertheless while
Desde que … As long as …
even though nonetheless yet
Em outras palavras, … / O que eu quero In other words, … / What I’m trying to say
dizer ... / Quer dizer, … / Ou seja, … ... / That is, … for all that notwithstanding after (all)
Por um lado, … On the one hand, … on the contrary / on
for (my, his, ...) part alternatively
Por sua vez, ... In his/her/its turn, ... the other hand

Por outro lado, … / Em compensação, … On the other hand, … however still although

Da mesma forma, … / Por seu turno … Likewise … in contrast / in (the)


then again as opposed to
face of
Enquanto que … / Ao passo que … While … / Whereas …
in (the) light of though at the same time
Entretanto, … / No entanto, … However, …
Embora … / Mesmo que … Although … / Even though … / Even if … COMPARISON
Em último caso, … As a last resort, …
in comparison (with)  / in the same way/ similarly / comparing
Mesmo assim, … Nevertheless, … / Still, … / likewise

58
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 8 – WORDS OF CONNECTION

EMPHASIS CONDITION 
indeed primarily unquestionably
if not
in fact principally valuable to note as long as
in case of
in particular sometimes without a doubt  even if
in case (that)
more important(ly)  specifically above all if
in the event of 
most important(ly) the basic cause  a key feature
in the event (that) 
naturally the chief factor a major concern provided (that)
only if
particularly the key point definitely providing (that)
or (else)
positively the main reason especially significant  whether or not
otherwise

ADDITION DISMISSAL
both ... and last but not least on top of that 
either ... or likewise or anyway in any case
equally important  moreover plus at any rate  whatever the case may be 
further neither ... nor similarly
furthermore next together with EXCEPTION / EXCLUSION 
in addition (to) not only ... but also what’s more
aside from not ... yet
indeed not to mention again
except for unless
jointly not to speak of also
as well as at the same time  and (then)
besides EXAMPLE
including
TIME RELATIONSHIP in particular
nowadays thereupon currently in this case
presently until here in this manner
for example
shortly (after) up until now immediately namely
for instance
simultaneously  while in the meantime  such as
in another case
take the case of
since yet at the same time  lately
that is
so far after a while later
the following example
soon afterward(s) meanwhile to illustrate
temporarily as time goes by  now
then at last at this point PURPOSE
thereafter at present throughout
in order to
in return for
SEQUENCE OF EVENTS for this reason
to the purpose of 
for your information 
first following  later to this end
in an effort to
second then after that  with this in mind
third next finally with this purpose

SUBSTITUTION
EXPLANATION OF CAUSE OR CONSEQUENCE 
in place of or rather 
as instead of in exchange for
in order that  so (that)
because
now that that is because 
due to REITERATION / REFORMULATION
since that is why
for
as I have said rather
in other words that is
RESULT more simply to put it another way
for this reason  then
accordingly
hence thereby INTERMEDIATING 
as a consequence 
in short therefore 
as a result in doing so
so ... that thus by
consequently this way
such ... that truly by means of
through (which) 

CIRCUMSTANCES CONCESSION
in my opinion at the same time 
as a last resort
in terms of granted that
as a rule after all
in the midst of  I admit
from the standpoint of  although it is true that
on the part of it may appear that 
although this may be true 
naturally
of course
PARTIAL COMMITMENT 
as far as I know EVIDENCE
as far as I’m concerned
indeed
as far as I understand  naturally
as well as I know as you (anyone) can see  needless to say 
for the time being certainly obviously
so far  evidently of course
without question
without a doubt

59
CAPÍTULO 8 – WORDS OF CONNECTION INGLÊS – EEAr

1. Check the alternative that completes the questions 1 to 10 correctly. from the Third World and the Soviet block has stalled the deve-
loped nations.
1) Anny has lived in Recife _________ she was nine.
a) because b) instead
a) since b) while
c) moreover d) therefore
2) We were having breakfast _________ Edward arrived. e) while
a) until b) when
3) I took care of Jennifer’s children _________ she was traveling. 6. (Mackenzie 96) Indicate the alternative that best completes the
a) before b) while following sentence:
4) Isaac’s parents supported him _________ he found work. Yes, I know Mario quite well; … , I … to see him at the club last
a) until b) when weekend.
a) furthermore – had b) thus – wanted
5) I called the police immediately _______ hearing the explosion.
c) in fact – happened d) whereas – waited
a) after b) until
e) despite – liked
6) Neil hasn’t seen Amanda _________ they left school.
a) while b) since 7. (Mackenzie 96) Indicate the alternative that best completes the
7) Dinner was ready _________ Eric got home. following sentence:
a) until b) before He had a headache; … , he … the invitation.
8) We arrived at Ethan’s house _________ he was leaving. a) hence – declined b) then – dismissed
a) as b) since c) otherwise – refused d) so – quit
e) however – failed
9) Nicole hasn’t been to a pub _________ her last birthday.
a) because b) since c) when
8. (Unirio 96) The word SO in So despite the extent to which lo-
10) _________ Dean hadn’t studied for his test, he decided not neliness affects nearly everyone at various times, it presents a
to go to school. challenge to researchers expresses:
a) As b) While
a) comparison. b) consequence.
c) purpose. d) contrast.
2. (Mackenzie 96) Indicate the alternative that best completes the e) cause.
following sentences:
I – Study harder; … you’ll fail. 9. (Cesgranrio 90) Mark the word that can appropriately be used
II – I know nothing about it; … , I can’t help you. to fill the blank and expand the sentence Men not only cry less
III – The editors continue to publish, … irregularly, two journals. frequently, … they also do it somewhat differently.
IV – … being a good actor, he is also an excellent soccer player.
a) yet b) but c) and d) although e) however
a) I – otherwise; II – thus; III – despite; IV – Besides
b) I – although; II – therefore; III – for; IV – And 10. (Uel 97) Marque a alternativa correta:
c) I – so; II – so that; III – but; IV – Moreover
d) I – or else; II – consequently; III – besides; IV – Also I’d like to talk to him … he arrives.
e) I – also; II – as a consequence; III – then; IV – In addition a) while b) rather than c) since d) as soon as e) because

3. (Uel 95) Assinale a alternativa que completa corretamente a sen- 11. (Pucsp 98) No período The struggle to have a piece of land to work
tença abaixo: on for a decent living has produced rifes and conflicts between the
landless peasants, ON ONE HAND, and the powerful landowners
… he is lazy, he makes a lot of money. and the government, ON THE OTHER, as expressões on one hand
a) But b) Thus c) Due to d) Unless e) Although e on the other indicam uma relação de:
a) alternância b) adição
4. (Cesgranrio 95) The sentence Though overshoppers later expe- c) oposição d) conseqüência
rience considerable remorse, they find shopping exciting contains e) causalidade
an idea of:
a) addition b) alternative c) cause d) condition e) contrast 12. (Mackenzie 96) Indicate the correct alternative to fill the blanks
bellow:
5. (Fgv 95) Marque a alternativa que contém a palavra que preenche … you know, Jack is a soldier, but he walks … a general.
melhor a lacuna do texto a seguir:
a) How/ how b) As/ like
The new economic order was supposed to bring rapid growth c) As/ as d) Like/ as
for the industrialized nations, as emerging capitalist countries e) How/ like
joined a global free trade system _______ brutal competition

60
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 8 – WORDS OF CONNECTION

13. (Uel 01) Na egative Carr, HOWEVER, thought of a way to spot them, ANOTAÇÕES
a palavra HOWEVER poderia ser substituída por:
a) nevertheless b) also
c) since d) never
e) but

14. (Uerj 01) A single conjunction may express multiple meanings. ln


Short of trying to collect every book in existence, as a library does,
the word AS conveys the idea of
a) cause b) comparison
c) simultaneity d) contradiction

15. (Ufce 00) The sentence Yet their ambitions and their dreams are
a mirror image of our own – and our response to them says a
great deal about us as individuals, as a country is equivalent in
meaning to
a) In other words, their ambitions and their dreams are a mirror
image of our own – and our response to them says a great deal
about us as individuals, as a country.
b) As a result, their ambitions and their dreams are a mirror image
of our own – and our response to them says a great deal about
us as individuals, as a country.
c) In addition, their ambitions and their dreams are a mirror image
of our own – and our response to them says a great deal about
us as individuals, as a country.
d) Similarly, their ambitions and their dreams are a mirror image
of our own – and our response to them says a great deal about
us as individuals, as a country.
e) Still, their ambitions and their dreams are a mirror image of our
own – and our response to them says a great deal about us as
individuals, as a country.

16. (Uff 01) In the sentence In the meantime, Judge Robert Kaye will
issue his final judgment on the jury’s verdict, IN THE MEANTIME
could be replaced by:
a) during b) nevertheless
c) actually d) meanwhile
e) however

17. (Ufma 00) REGARDLESS OF WHAT in the sentence They are sick
and need to be helped, regardless of what they believe can be
replaced by:
a) whether b) because of
c) whatever d) in spite of
e) so

Gabarito:
1. 1. a 2. b 3. b 4. a 5. a 6. b
7. b 8. a 9. b 10. a
2. a 3. e 4. e 5. a 6. c 7. a
8. b 9. b 10. d 11. C 12. B 13. A
14. B 15. A 16. D 17. C

61
CAPÍTULO 9 – NOUNS INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 9 Ex.: Furniture (mobília) / Information (informação) / Advice


(conselho) / Knowledge (conhecimento) / Progress (progresso)
/ Baggage/luggage (bagagem)
NOUNS
THIS luggage IS very heavy. (Esta bagagem está muita pesada.)
Plural of Nouns
Watch Out
Normalmente recebem “s” porém,
“news”, politics, mathematics, physics, optics, embora
a) Substantivos terminados em S, SS, CH, SH, X, Z - “ES” pareçam estar no plural, são usadas com o verbo no singular.
b) Substantivos terminados em “CH” com som de K - “S” Ex.: The news is interesting (A notícia é interessante ou as
Epoch, Monarch, Patriarch, Conch, Stomach notícias são interessantes)
c) Substantivos terminados em “Y” após vogal - “S” k) Alguns substantivos não possuem singular em inglês,
d) Substantivos terminados em “Y” após cons. - “IES” (-Y) portanto o verbo sempre fica no plural:
e) Substantivos terminados em “O” após vogal - “S” Ex.: Scissors (tesoura) / Trousers (calças) / Pants (calças) /
f) Substantivos terminados em “O” após cons. - “ES” Pliers (alicate) / Shorts (calças curtas) / glasses ou spectacles
⇒⇒ Exceções - piano, photo, casino, solo, studio, kiio, radio,” (óculos)
- S” (Palavras de origem estrangeira) l) Alguns substantivos, embora pareçam estar no singular,
g) Alguns substantivos terminados em “F” ou ‘FE” perdem têm sentido plural; portanto, o verbo que os acompanha é
esta terminação e recebem “VES’ usado no plural:

CALF calves (bezerro, panturrilha)


Ex.: Cattle (gado) / Gentry (classe educada) / Police (polícia)
ELF elves (duende)
/ People (pessoas)
HALF halves (metade) Peoples (nações, povos)
LEAF leaves (folha) m) Alguns substantivos não mudam no plural
LIFE lives (vida)
Cod cod (bacalhau)
KNIFE knives (faca)
Sheep sheep (carneiro)
LOAF loaves (pão)
Deer deer (veado)
SELF selves (ego)
Salmon salmon (salmão)
SHEAF sheaves (feixe)
Trout trout (truta)
SHELF shelves (prateleira)
Swine swine (suíno)
THIEF thieves (ladrão)
Fish - fish, fishes * * (Quando são vários tipos)
WIFE wives (esposa)
WOLF wolves (lobo) n) Alguns substantivos de origem grega ou latina conser-
vam, geralmente, o plural de origem:
Todos os outros “S” Ex.:
PHENOMENON PHENOMENA
h) Substantivos que podem formar o plural com S ou VES:
CRITERION CRITERIA
DWARF (anão) - dwarfs - dwarves AGENDUM AGENDA
HOOF (casco, pata) - hoofs - hooves DATUM DATA
MEMORANDUM MEMORANDA
SCARF (cachecol) - scarfs - scarves
BACTERIUM BACTERIA
WHARF (cais) - wharfs - wharves HYPOTHESIS HYPOTHESES
CRISIS CRISES
i) Plural Irregular:
THESIS THESES
SINGULAR PLURAL BASIS BASES
AXIS (EIXO) AXES
MAN MEN
OASIS OASES
WOMAN WOMEN
DOGMA (DOUTRINA) DOGMAS OU DOGMATA
CHILD CHILDREN FORMULA FORMULAS OU (-LAE)
OX OXEN AMEBA AMEBAS OU AMEBAE
FOOT FEET ALGA ALGAE
GOOSE GEESE RADIUS RADII
TOOTH TEETH STIMULUS STIMULI
FUNGUS FUNGI
MOUSE MICE
LOUSE DICE o) os nomes dos povos terminados em “SS” e “SE” conservam
j) Alguns substantivos não possuem plural em inglês, por- a mesma forma tanto no singular como no plural:
tanto, o verbo que os acompanha é sempre usado no singular: Ex.: Japanese - Japanese (japoneses)

62
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 9 – NOUNS

Chinese - Chinese (chineses) Brazil’s economy (A economia do Brasil.)


Swiss - Swiss (suíços) The city people (O povo da cidade.)
p) O plural dos substantivos compostos forma-se plurali-
zando o elemento principal: GÊNERO DOS SUBSTANTIVOS
Ex.: Sister-in-law (cunhada) - sisters-in-law O gênero do substantivo pode ser indicado de várias maneiras:
Father-in-law (sogro) - fathers-in-law 1º) Pela terminação “ESS”.
Looker-on - lookers-on (espectador)
baby-sitter - baby-sitters (babá) Masculino Feminino
Passer-by - passers-by (transeunte) actor (ator) actrESS
mas... ambassador (embaixador) ambassadrESS
duke (duque) duchESS
Grown-up - grown-ups (adulto) / Fly-over - fly-overs inheritor (herdeiro) inheritrESS
(viaduto) jew (judeu) JewESS
q) Há palavras que possuem a mesma forma tanto no sin- leopard (leopardo) leopardESS
tiger (tigre) tigrESS
gular quanto no plural.
host (anfitrião) hostESS
species - espécie(S) / series - série(S) / means - meio(S) lion (leão) lionESS
Exemplos: manager (gerente) managerESS
Master (mestre, chefe) mistrESS
This species is in danger. / These species are in danger. Mister (senhor) MistrESS
murderer (assassino) murderESS
GENITIVE CASE negro (negro) negrESS
priest (sacerdote) priestESS
prince (príncipe) princESS
FRASE COM OF FRASE COM ‘ OU ‘S MOTIVO
shepherd (pastor) shepherdESS
1. The car of Paul Paul’s car Nomes próprios no singular traitor (traidor) traitrESS
waiter (garçom) waitrESS
Substantivo (animal) no
2. The food of the dog The dog’s food heir (herdeiro) heirESS
singular
god (Deus) goddESS (deusa)
3. The crown of the Substantivo no singular ter-
The princess’s crown
princess minado em S
Substantivo plural termina- ⇒⇒ Outros Substantivos com Masculino e Feminino Mor-
4. The toys of the boys The boys’ toys
do em S fologicamente Relacionados
Louis’s ruler ou Louis’ Nome próprio sem impor-
5. The ruler of Louis
ruler tância histórica widower (viúvo) widow (viúva)
Nome clássico terminado hero (herói) heroine (heroína)
6. The law of Moses Moses’ law bridegroom (noivo) bride (noiva)
em S
7. The books of the Substantivo plural NÃO ter-
male (macho) female (fêmea)
The children’s books
children minado em S
8. The tie of my father-
My father-in-law’s tie
Substantivos compostos ⇒⇒ Substantivos com Masculino e Feminino Diferenciados
-in-law ganham o ‘S no último termo
bachelor (solteiro)
9. The legs of Sam and
Sam’s and Ann’s legs
Dois possuidores cada um spinster (solteira)
Ann com a sua própria coisa gentleman (cavalheiro), lord
lady (senhora)
(senhor)
10. The house of Tom Os dois possuidores para a queen (rainha)
Tom and Ann’s house king (rei)
and Ann mesma coisa nun (freira)
monk (monge)
não se faz o caso possessivo niece (sobrinha)
11. The leg of the table The table leg nephew (sobrinho)
com coisas wife (esposa)
husband (marido)
hen (galinha)
cock, rooster (galo)
E mais... drake (pato)
duck (pata)
goose (ganso f.)
a) Expressões de tempo, espaço medida e quantidade. gander (ganso m.)
bee (abelha)
drone (zangão)
Ex.: cow (vaca)
bull (touro)
A week’s vacation (Férias de uma semana) ewe (ovelha)
ram, sheep (carneiro)
mare (égua)
A year’s absence (ausência de um ano) horse, stallion (garanhão)
bitch (cadela)
dog (cachorro)
A hard day’s night (uma noite de um dia difícil) vixen (raposa f.)
fox (raposa m.)
A pound’s weight (O peso de uma libra) witch (bruxa)
wizard (feiticeiro)
daughter (filha)
son (filho)
OUTROS: son-in-law (genro)
daughter-in-law (nora)
godmother (madrinha)
For god’s sake = For goodness’ sake (Pelo amor de Deus) godfather (padrinho)
stepmother (madrasta)
The sun’s rays (Os raios do sol) stepfather (padrasto)
stepdaughter (enteada)
stepson (enteado)
The world’s population (A população do mundo.) godson (afilhado)
goddaughter (afilhada)

63
CAPÍTULO 9 – NOUNS INGLÊS – EEAr

Substantivos Comuns 8 - Where have you put your ______?

nurse = enfermeiro, a cook = cozinheiro(a)


a) mother purses’ b) mother purse’s
person speaker = orador(a) c) mother’s purse’s d) mothers’ purse
friend neighbor = vizinho(a) e) mother’s purse
professor servant
teacher dentist
student flight attendant = comissário (a) de bordo 9 - Could anybody please tell me how to find out the ______?
writer = escritor, (a) pianist a) author address’s b) authors’ address’s
doctor artist
c) author’s address d) author address’
painter = pintor (a) guest = convidado, hóspede
cousin = primo, a foreigner = estrangeiro e) author’s addresses’
fellow = camarada judge = juiz
surgeon = cirurgião minister = ministro 10 - ______ was wrong.
a) Socrates theory’s b) Socrates’ theory
EXERCÍCIOS c) Socrates’s theory’s d) Socrates’s theory
e) Socrates theories’s
1 - Complete com a opção correta:
alan's toys
a) Go to the back yard and pick up all of ___________. (Alan´s 11 - Preencha a lacuna correatamente: “Ben and Bill are brothers. Do
toys / Alan´ toys) you know ______?”
b) Do you happen to know my _______________
brother's son? (brother- a) Ben and Bill’s parents b) Ben’s and Bill parents
-in-law’s / brother’s-in-law)
c) Ben’s and Bill’s parents d) Ben and Bill parents’
c) _______________
1 dog is very well-mannered.
e) Ben and Bill parents’s
(Camila and Ana’s / Camila’s and Ana)
d) I examined ________________
1
grades. (Cláudio and Tom’s
/ Cláudio’s and Tom’s) 12 - Assinale a alternativa correta:
a) The children of my sisters’s-in-law are very intelligent.
2 - Passe para o caso genitivo (‘s): b) My sister’s-in-law children’s are very intelligent.
a) Marilene is in the room of her parents. ___________________
parents' room c) My sister-in-law children’s are very intelligent
b) This little cat is of Joana and Marisa. _____________________
joana and marisa's cat d) My sister-in-law’s children are very intelligent
e) The mine sister-in’s-law children are very intelligent
3 - My little puppy doesn’t seem to like your ______ red handkerchief.
a) father’s-in-law b) father-in-law’s 13 - Assinale a versão correta da seguinte frase: ”O comportamento de
algumas crianças põe a paciência de um professor à prova.”
c) father-in-law ‘ d) father’-in-law
e) father-in-law ‘ a) Some children’s behavior tries a teacher’s patience.
b) Some children’s behavior tries a teachers’s patience.
4 - Those dirty shoes are ______. c) Some childrens’ behavior tries a teacher’ patience.
d) Some childrens’ behavior tries a teachers’ patience.
a) the children’ b) the childrens’
c) the children’s d) of the children’ e) Some children’s behavior tries a teacher’ patience.
e) of the children’s
14 - Assinale a alternativa correta:
5 - It will take us ______ to fix this machine. a) Scott’s exam were a first corrected.
a) a whole day’s work b) a whole’s day work b) Scott exam’s was first be corrected.
c) a whole’ day work d) a whole’s work day c) Scott’s was the first exam to be corrected.
e) a whole day work’s d) Scott was a first exam being corrected.
e) Scott exam were the first one corrected.
6 - Unfortunately, the ______ ended up in the river.
a) lady’ hat b) lady hat’ 15 - Como se diz em inglês: “A sala de estudos das garotas fica bem ao
lado da dos rapazes.”?
c) ladies’s hat d) lady’s hat
e) lady hats’ a) The girls’ study hall is right next to the boys.
b) The girl’s study hall is right next to the boy’s.
7 - How many ______ nests did you find? c) The girls’ study hall is right next to the boy’s.
d) The girl’s study hall is right next to the boys’.
a) birds’s b) bird’
e) The girls’ study hall is right next to the boys’.
c) birds’ d) of birds’s
e) of the bird’

64
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 9 – NOUNS

16 - Quanto às frases: ANOTAÇÕES


I. Peter’s house is different from Wilson.
II. The children’s uncles were present.
III. The girl’s dolls are expensive.
a) a I está errada b) a I e a III estão corretas
c) a I está correta d) todas estão corretas
e) todas estão erradas

17 - Escolha a alternativa correta:


a) Rosemary boyfriend’s is Marcia’s cousin.
b) The Rosemary’s boyfriend is Marcia’s cousin.
c) The Rosemary’s boy’sfriend is Marcia cousin.
d) Rosemary’s boyfriend is Marcia’s cousin.
e) Rosemary boyfriend’s is Marcia cousin.

18 - A: Did Albert give up smoking?


B: No, but he doesn’t buy cigarettes anymore. He now smokes
other ______.
a) peoples’ b) people’s
c) of people’s d) of peoples’
e) peoples’s

Gabarito:
1. a) Go to the back yard and pick up all of ALAN´S TOYS
b) Do you happen to know my BROTHER-IN-LAW’S son?
c) CAMILA AND ANA’S dog is very well-mannered.
d) I examined CLÁUDIO’S AND TOM’S grades.
2. a) Marilene is in HER PARENTS’ ROOM.
b) This little cat is JOANA AND MARISA’S.
3. B 4. C 5. A 6. D 7. C
8. E 9. C 10. B 11. A 12. D
13. A 14. C 15. E 16. D 17. D
18. B

65
CAPÍTULO 10 – INDEFINITE ARTICLES INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 10 b) It’s ____ pleasure and ____ honor to have you among my
friends.
c) Now we’re living in ____ one-way street.
INDEFINITE ARTICLES d) In English, Singapore begins with ____ S, not with ____ C.
e) Is your husband ____ Iraqi or ____ Iranian?
⇒⇒ Só podem ser usados antes de substantivos SINGULA-
f) Give me ____ name beginning with ____ L and another ending
RES. Estará ERRADO dizer “We are a students.” with ____ R.
⇒⇒ Usamos a forma “a” antes de sons consonantais, sejam g) ____ eucalyptus tree is tall and it has ____ unique smell.
os vocábulos iniciados por consoantes ou com as vogais h) Mrs. Thompson is ____ doctor. She prescribed me ____ ex-
eu, ew, u¸com som duplo e igual a iu (=como em “uni- pensive medicine that I have to take four times ____ day for
versity”) ____ week.
Ex.: a car, a man, a young woman, a European city, a ewe, i) She bought ____ used car from ____ old man. But he seemed
____ honest man.
a university.
j) I will send ____ SOS call.
⇒⇒ Usamos “an” antes de sons vocálicos com os vocábulos
iniciados por vogais ou por “h” mudo - as quatro únicas
2 - Which of following items go with WHAT and which go with WHAT
palavras principais de “h” mudo em inglês são HONOR A (AN):
(honra), HOUR (hora), HEIR (herdeiro), HONEST (honesto):
a) ___ mess! b) ___ horrible sight!
Ex.: an orange, an egg, an island, an hour, an honest man,
c) ___ wonderful news! d) ___ heavy luggage!
an heir.
e) ___ stupid question! f) ___ ugly dress!
⇒⇒ Palavras iniciadas por “y” e “w” e também as compostas g) ___ elegant suit! h) ___ good idea!
levam sempre “a”..
Ex.: A young man, a year, a yard, a wolf, a one-eyed man 3 - The old statue was ____ important monument that we wanted
(“one” tem som de “w”) to preserve.
⇒⇒ Não se usa “a” nem “an” antes de substantivos incontáveis. a) a b) an c) X d) any
Ex.: water (não A water), air (não AN air), etc... Neste caso,
use SOME. 4 - It’s ____ honor for us to welcome ____ European scientist like
Dr. Lewis.
⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de profissões e qualificativos:
Ex.: She’s an actress. He’s a good boy. a) a / a b) an / an c) an / a d) a / an

⇒⇒ Em algumas expressões numéricas:


5 - My grandfather used to say that ____ house is not ____ home.
half a dozen
} (meia dúzia) a) an / a b) a / a c) an / an d) a / an
a half dozen
a hundred (uma centena = cem)
6 - On our way back home we bought ____ eggs and ____ ham.
a lot of (muito, muitos).
a) a / a b) an / an c) X / a d) X / X
⇒⇒ Em expressões de preço, velocidade, frequência:
ten cents a kilo (dez centavos o quilo)
7 - We spent ____ thousand dollars on ____ single weekend.
ninety kilometers an hour (noventa quilômetros por hora)
three times a day (três vezes por dia) a) X / a b) X / X c) a / a d) a / an

⇒⇒ Em exclamações:
8 - ____ long time ago I had ____ few friends in México.
What a night ! (Que noite)
a) A / a b) X / X c) X / a d) An / an
What a mess ! (Que confusão)
It was such an awful day ! (Foi um dia tão terrível)
9 - ____ atlas is ____ useful tool for everybody.
⇒⇒ AN usado antes de letras que, quando pronunciadas,
a) A / an b) X / a c) X / X d) An / a
possuem som vocálico (F, H, L, M, N, R, S, X): AN FM
station, AN x – ray.
10 - He goes there …

EXERCÍCIOS a) once a year


b) once the year
1 - Complete as frases com A ou AN: c) once an year

a) I’ve been waiting for half ____ hour. What ____ nuisance.

66
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 10 – INDEFINITE ARTICLES

11 - I don’t like Peter at all. He’s… ANOTAÇÕES


a) a pain in a neck b) a pain in neck
c) a pain in the neck

12 - I’m sorry I can’t speak to you now. I’m …


a) in a hurry b) in the hurry
c) in hurry

13 - Is he …?
a) in danger b) in the danger
c) in a danger

14 - … he got there everybody had left.


a) By a time b) By time
c) By the time

15 - Are you … with him?


a) in a love b) in love
c) in the love

16 - When we got to the top of hill, we were all …


a) out of the breath b) out of a breath
c) out of breath

17 - I met Charles Parker …


a) another day b) the other day
c) other day

Gabarito:
1. a) AN / A b) A / AN c) A d) AN / A
e) AN / AN f) A /AN / AN g) A / A
h) A / AN / A / A i) A / AN / AN j) AN
2. a) A b) A c) A d) A e) A
f) AN g) AN h) A
3. B 4. C 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. A
9. D 10. A 11. C 12. A 13. A 14. C
15. B 16. C 17. A

67
CAPÍTULO 11 – THE – DEFINITE ARTICLE INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 11 She went:


- to church (to pray) / - to THE church
(for some other reason)
T H E - ARTIGO DEFINIDO - to school (to study) / - to THE school
(for some other reason)
USOS - to hospital (as a pacient) / - to THE hospital (for some
⇒⇒ Antes de substantivos mencio­nados anteriormente: I see other reason).
a boy. The boy is swimming. ⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de montes, ilhas (singular), lagos, quedas
⇒⇒ Antes de substantivos comuns no singular referindo-se a dágua e praias:I went to Mount Rushmore, Victoria Lake,
pessoas ou coisas específicas: The receptionist answered Iguaçu Falls and Miami Beach.
the phone. / The boys of our school ⇒⇒ Antes de substantivos no PLURAL representando uma
⇒⇒ Antes de sobrenomes no plural referindo-se à família: The classe ou categoria: Teachers, actors, politicians and wri-
Johnsons met the president of France. ters are involved in education.
⇒⇒ Antes de substantivo conside­rado como único, ou quando ⇒⇒ Antes de cidades, estados, continentes e países no singu-
particula­rizado: The North Pole / The sea / The weather / lar: She lives in Rio de Janeiro. / I went to Petrópolis last
The sun / The moon / The strongest / The only. week. / Búzius in Brazil, in South América.
⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de oceanos, mares, rios, montanhas ⇒⇒ Antes de jogos, esportes, artes e idiomas: Soccer is my
(plural) e ilhas (plural): The Atlantic / The Hebrides / The favorite sport. / Painting and chess are my hobbies./
Alps / The Mediterranean/The Thames. Korean is more difficult than German.
⇒⇒ Antes de instrumentos musicais: The piano / The guitar. ⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de ciências, matérias escolares, elemen-
⇒⇒ Antes de substantivo ou adjetivo que representa uma tos químicos e refeições COM SENTIDO GENERALIZADO:
classe ou espé­cie: The Old / The Young Archeology is very interesting. / I have problems in che-
⇒⇒ Antes de países no plural ou que tenham as palavras mistry, not in mathematics. / Gold and Silver are precious
UNION, UNITED or REPUBLIes no plural ou que tenham as metals. / Hurry up! Lunch is ready.
palavras C: He lived in the United States, in the Philippines, ⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de edifícios que tenham as palavras
in the Republic of Ireland and in the Netherlands. HALL and PALACE: We visited Buckingham Palace and
⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de idiomas seguidos pela palavra LAN- Carnegie Hall.
GUAGE: The Korean language is very difficult for me. ⇒⇒ Antes de dias da semana, meses, anos, estações do ano
⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de ciências, matérias escolares, elemen- e feriados: In 2009, Halloween will be on Sunday, and
tos químicos e refeições COM SENTIDO ESPECÍFICO:The Christmas on Sturday, I guess.
chemistry that he teaches is the inorganic one./ The silver ⇒⇒ Antes de adjetivos: She is beautiful./ This picture is small.
that comes from Peru is of good quality. / The breakfast ⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de revistas: Time and National Geogra-
that she prepared was delicious. phic are interesting magazines.
⇒⇒ Antes de nomes da maioria dos edifícios e monumentos:
The World Trade Center, The Kremlin and The Vatican are
fantastic places. EXERCÍCIOS
⇒⇒ Antes de períodos da História: The Stone and The Middle
1 - Relacione as colunas abaixo, colocando o artigo “the” onde for
Ages were studied last year.
necessário:
⇒⇒ Antes de superlativo: This is the cheapest, the most inte-
1. Last month we visited ... ( ) next to ____park.
resting and the best game.
2. He was ____ first man ... ( ) who came from ____ Peru?
⇒⇒ Antes de nomes de jornais: The Washington Post is an
3. ____ White House is ... ( ) with ____ you.
excellent newspaper.
4. Can you bring me ... ( ) in ____ Washington, DC.
5. Are those ____ women ... ( ) ____ Eiffel Tower.
PROIBIÇÃO 6. ____ married women also ... ( ) ____ my pen right now?
⇒⇒ Antes de nomes próprios no singular com ou sem título: 7. He bought ____ house ... ( ) to cross ____ Atlantic.
8. ____ detective found ... ( ) that knew ____ your son.
Sally met President Clinton.
9. She was ____ only girl ... ( ) defend ____ women’s rights.
⇒⇒ Antes de substantivos usados em sentido geral: Children
10. Please take ____ umbrella ... ( ) ____ right evidence.
like chocolate. / Man is mortal.
⇒⇒ Antes de possessivos: Our country, his car. 2 - Assinale, nas frases abaixo, o artigo “THE” que tiver sido utilizado
⇒⇒ Antes de alguns substantivos, como CHURCH, SCHOOL, HOSPI­ de forma INCORRETA:
TAL, BED, PRISON, quando usados para seu propósito geral !!! 1. Elaine will visit us on the Christmas.

68
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 11 – THE – DEFINITE ARTICLE

2. The United Kingdom is a wonderful country. e) _____ youngest boy in _____ my class is _____ her brother.
3. The women’s volleyball team was very good. f) _____ cats can see in _____ dark.
4. How can we refer to the 1990-1999? g) _____ he went to _____ prison for _____ year.
5. The milk is good for the our health. h) _____ Browns are going to cross _____ Atlantic by plane.
6. The moon goes round the earth every 27 days. i) I am going to _____ prison to visit him.
7. The honey is good for the our health. j) _____ Karen goes to _____ school in _____ morning and to
8. He is the nicest person I know. _____ church in _____ afternoon.
9. Where are the restrooms, please?
10. Vitor went to the movies, but we went to the theater. 12 - Choose the correct answer:____ manager of that company is
11. What do you have for the breakfast? ____ honest man.
12. The Britsh and the French have their own habits. a) An / a b) An / the c) A / a d) The / an

3 - Choose the correct answer: One of ____ most important causes 13 - Choose the correct answer: ____ smile is worth ____ hundred
of ____ conflict is ____ way people see ____ sides of a question. words.
a) the / the / X / X b) the / X / the / the a) The / a b) X / X c) A / a d) A / the
c) the / X / X / X d) X / the / X / the
14 - Choose the correct answer: The picture was so valuable that
4 - Choose the correct answer: I’m sure that ____ men and ____ guards watched it for twenty-four hours ____ day.
women will always fight for ____ their rights.
a) the b) a c) an d) X
a) X / X / the b) the / X / the
c) the / the / the d) X / X / X
15 - Choose the correct answer: ____ Mary’s brother doesn’t play ____
soccer but he plays ____ guitar and ____ drums.
5 - Choose the correct answer: An excellent contribution for ____
a) The / the / the / X b) X / X / X / the
mankind is that man stop destroying ____ Nature.
c) X / X / the / the d) The / X / X / the
a) a/ the b) the / X
c) the / the d) X / X
16 - Choose the correct answer: From midnight tonight ____ price of
____ petrol will have ____ rise. ____ rise is caused by the present
6 - Choose the correct answer: ____ city guide we bought in ____ high price of ____ oil in the Middle East.
London was such a useful thing that we had no problems finding
a) X / X / a / The / a b) the / X / a / The / X
our way there.
c) the / the / a / The / X d) X / the / the / A / X
a) The / X b) The / the c) X / X d) X / the
17 - ____ coffee is the national drink of ____ Brazil. ____ Coca-Cola
7 - ____ science and ____ religion are often incompatible. is the national drink of ____ United States.
a) The / the b) X / the c) X / X d) The / X a) The / the / X / X b) X / X / X / the
c) X / X / X / X d) The / the / The / the
8 - ____ My grandfather usually went to ____ hospital to visit me.
a) X / the b) X / X c) The / X d) The / the 18 - Choose the WRONG answer:
a) a year b) an answer
9 - ____ coffee, ____ tea, ____ sugar and ____ salt are national c) an university d) a ewe
exports.
a) The / the / the / the b) The / X / the / X 19 - Complete the following sentences with the proper article.
c) X / X / X / X d) The / X / X / the a) _______ chair on which you are sitting is not conformable.
b) There is _______ pencil (no particular pencil) on the desk.
10 - We should help ____ poor and ____ homeless. c) There is _______ customer (no particular customer) outside
a) the / the b) X / X c) the / X d) X / the who wishes to see Mr. Smith.
d) _______ customer whom Mr. Smith telephoned this morning
is here now.
11 - Insert A, AN or THE if necessary:
e) I want to find _______ good book (no particular book) to
a) Do you take _____ sugar in _____ coffee? read tonight.
b) Mr. Fuller is _____ old doctor and _____ honest man. f) _______ book which I am reading now belongs to John.
c) I have _____ hour for _____ lunch. g) _______ book which gave me the greatest pleasure was “Les
d) He broke _____ leg in _____ accident. Miserabies.”

69
CAPÍTULO 11 – THE – DEFINITE ARTICLE INGLÊS – EEAr

h) _______ good book (any good book) is always a pleasure ANOTAÇÕES


for me.
i) Have you _______ cigarette? (no particular cigarette)
j) _______ cigarette which John is smoking has a strange odor.
k) I must buy _______ new briefcase. (At this point I have no
particular briefcase in mind.)
l) _______ new briefcase which I bought yesterday is made of
leather. (It is now a definite briefcase.)
m) John bought _______ new hat yesterday in Macy’s. (As yet
no definite hat.)
n) _______ hat which John bought in Macy’s yesterday (now a
definite hat) arrived this afternoon.
o) I also bought _______ new hat in Macy’s yesterday. (Though
perhaps a definite hat to me, it is still not a definite hat to my
listener.)

Gabarito:
1. (7) THE / THE (5) X / X (10) THE / X (3) THE / X (1) THE (4) x
(2) THE / THE (9) THE / X (6) X / X (8) THE / THE
2. 1. THE (errado)
3. THE (pode ser evitado)
4. THE (errado)
5. THE e THE (errado)
7. THE e THE (errado)
11. THE (errado)
3. B 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. C
8. A 9. C 10. A
11. a) X / X b) AN / AN c) AN / X
d) A / THE e) THE / X / X f) X / THE
g) X / X/ A h) THE / THE i) THE
j) X / X / THE / X / THE
12. D 13. C 14. B 15. C 16. B
17. B 18. C
19. a) the b) a c) a d) the e) a
f) the g) the h) a i) a j) the
k) a l) the m) a n) the o) a

70
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 12 – QUANTIFIER ADVERBS

Capítulo 12 A LOT OF
Esta expressão é equivalente a MANY ou MUCH: Mark has
a lot of dogs and cats in his house. / I need a lot of help with
QUANTIFIERS (QUANTITATIVOS) this terrible homework.

MUCH (muito-singular) X MANY (muitos -plural) Resumos dos “Quantitative Adverbs”:


Nós usamos MUCH com substantivos no SINGULAR. Estes
SINGULAR PLURAL
substantivos normalmente não possuem plural: much sugar / (or UNCOUNTABLE) (or COUNTABLE)
much rain / much coffee...
MUCH = muito, muita MANY = muitos, muitas
LITTLE=pouco, pouca FEW = poucos, poucas
⇒⇒ Singular Nouns: (PALAVRAS QUE NORMALMENTE A LITTLE = algum, alguma A FEW=alguns, algumas
APARECEM NO SINGULAR !!) SO MUCH=tanto, tanta SO MANY=tantos, tantas
TOO MUCH = demais TOO MANY = demais
mist (névoa) fog (névoa)
HOW MUCH = quanto (a) HOW MANY = quantos (as)
mud (lama) cheese (queijo)
ham (presunto) sugar (açucar)
salt (sal) time (tempo) A FEW / FEW (ALGUNS/ POUCOS # MANY) / A
beer (cerveja) wine (vinho) LITTLE / LITTLE (ALGUM / POUCO # MUCH)
water (água) oil (óleo) Usamos A FEW (alguns) e FEW (poucos) para substantivos
tea (chá) jam (geléia) no PLURAL e A LITTLE (algum) e LITTLE (pouco) para substan-
honey (mel) coffee(café) tivos no SINGULAR: I only have a few books about Geography.
milk (leite) air (ar) / Yesterday I drank much coffee.
blood (sangue) wool (lã)
⇒⇒ Formas Enfáticas:
wood (madeira) wheat (trigo)
Few = very few / too few
flour (farinha) bread (pão)
Little = very little / too little
hair (cabelo) food (comida)
snow (neve) butter (manteiga)
work (trabalho) money (dinheiro) EXERCÍCIOS
dust (pó) gasoline (gasolina)
alcohol (álcool) love (amor)
1 - Fill In The Blanks With Much or Many:
ink(tinta) wax (cêra)
glue (cola) sand (areia) a) There is __________ food in the kitchen.
dew (orvalho) drizzle (garoa) b) There are __________ pictures in the hall.
noise (barulho) c)There are __________ carpets in that house.
d) How _______ money do you have?
Nós usamos MANY com os substantivos no PLURAL: many e) How ________ rooms are there in this house?
books / many students / many houses...
2 - Complete the following sentences with Much or Many:
⇒⇒ Sinônimos de much e many:
a) There aren’t __________ large factories in this town.
Much = a lot of, lots of, plenty of, a great / a good deal of
b) He doesn’t spend __________ time on his English.
Many = a lot of, lots of, plenty of, a (large) number of
c) Is there __________ oil in Venezuela?
⇒⇒ Formas Enfáticas: d) Do you have ________ farms in Australia?
e) How _________ time do you spend studying?
Much = very much / too much (demais - sing.)
f) How __________ windows are there in your classroom?
Many = very many / too many (demais - plur.)
g) How __________ times a week do you go to the movies?
h) How __________ money do you spend on books?
HOW MUCH X HOW MANY i) There isn’t __________ snow on the ground.
Nós usamos estas expressões em construções interrogati- j) I don’t like to drink __________ coffee.
vas: How many houses do they have? / How much sugar do l) How __________ cups of tea do I drink everyday?
you want in your tea? m) There aren’t __________ students absent today.

71
CAPÍTULO 12 – QUANTIFIER ADVERBS INGLÊS – EEAr

3 - Complete as sentenças com Few or Little: a) much / many / a few / a little / much
1. ______ students knew how to do the exercise. b) few / much / a few / many / many
2. Some years ago all those patients had ______ chances to c) a little / little / few / a few / much
survive. d) much / many / many / many / little
3. The train leaves in 10 minutes! Hurry up! You have ______ time!
4. I live in a ______ house not far from here. 13 - (F. Sto. André-SP) Pollution is a serious problem. There are _____
5. They started getting rich ______ by ______. trees and ______ fresh air nowadays.
a) lots / few b) much / less
4 - Complete com a few or a little: c) many / fewer d) fewer / less
1. The bottle of wine was almost empty. There was just ______.
2. The airport was almost empty. Just ______ people were there. 14 - (ESAL-MG) Yesterday I bought too _____ milk.
3. I have ______ good reasons to doubt him. a) much b) few c) many d) a lot of
4. Please, have ______ patience with her. Don’t you think you are
being ______ rude?
15 - Qual a alterantiva ERRADA?
5. After drinking ______ glasses of beer he felt ______ dizzy.
a) There is a lot of coffee in Brazil
b) There are many people in China.
5 - What’s the best alternative for: “I have a _____ friends”?
c) There is plenty of water in the ocean.
a) ten b) few c) some d) many d) There is a large number of wine in Europe.

6 - Some people like to take _____ sugar with tea. 16 - I speak a few words of English. I don’t know _____.
a) lot of b) few c) a lot of d) many a) many b) much c) too d) a little

7 - Would you like some candy? There’s _____ more of it. 17 - Put into English:” Você chegou muito tarde yesterday.”
a) plenty b) enough c) many d) many a a) You arrived many late yesterday.
b) You arrived much late yesterday.
8 - He seems to have _____ money but he lives as a needy man. c) You arrived very late yesterday.
a) many b) a great deal of d) You arrived a lot of late yesterday.
c) few d) a lot
18 - She’s _____ weak to lift _____ stones.
9 - I like watching this program because it’s got _____ advertising a) very / much b) many / less
and _____ interruptions. c) much / more d) too / more
a) a few / little b) quite a few / a little
c) few / a few d) little / few
Gabarito:
10 - She eats _____ bread and drinks _____ coffee but _____ people
prefer _____ dangerous calories. 1. a) There is MUCH food in the kitchen.

a) many / much / few / much b) There are MANY pictures in the hall.
b) much / many / much / little c)There are MANY carpets in that house.
c) much / little / many / few d) How MUCH money do you have?
d) little / much / much / few e) How MANY rooms are there in this house?
2. a) There aren’t MANY large factories in this town.
11 - Substitua os termos sublinhados por much ou many: b) He doesn’t spend MUCH time on his English.
a) There were a lot of coins on the table. (___________) c) Is there MUCH oil in Venezuela?
b) They got lots of medals during the game. (__________) d) Do you have MANY farms in Australia?
c) He gave me plenty of advice about marriage. (__________) e) How MUCH time do you spend studying?
d) She showed us a great deal of her knowledge. (__________) f) How MANY windows are there in your classroom?
e) They know plenty of people. (__________) g) How MANY times a week do you go to the movies?
h) How MUCH money do you spend on books?
12 - (U. Mackenzie-SP) “Mary had _____ work to do: _____ dishes to i) There isn’t MUCH snow on the ground.
wash, _____ clothes to iron, _____ pairs of pie to cook, but just j) I don’t like to drink MUCH coffee.
_____ time to do it all.”

72
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 12 – QUANTIFIER ADVERBS

l) How MANY cups of tea do I drink everyday? ANOTAÇÕES


m) There aren’t MANY students absent today.
3. 1. FEW students knew how to do the exercise.
2. Some years ago all those patients had FEW chances
to survive.
3. The train leaves in 10 minutes! Hurry up! You have
LITTLE time!
4. I live in a LITTLE house not far from here.
5. They started getting rich LITTLE by LITTLE.
4. 1. The bottle of wine was almost empty. There was just
A LITTLE.
2. The airport was almost empty. Just A FEW people
were there.
3. I have A FEW good reasons to doubt him.
4. Please, have A LITTLE patience with her. Don’t you think
you are being A LITTLE rude?
5. After drinking A FEW glasses of beer he felt A LITTLE
dizzy.
5. B 6. C 7. A 8. B
9. D 10. C
11. a) There were a lot of coins on the table. MANY
b) They got lots of medals during the game. MANY
c) He gave me plenty of advice about marriage. MUCH
d) She showed us a great deal of her knowledge. MUCH
e) They know plenty of people. (MANY)
12. D 13. D 14. A 15. D
16. A 17. C 18. D

73
CAPÍTULO 13 – INDEFINITE PRONOUNS INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 13 Ex.: SOMEBODY shouted !! = Alguém gritou !! (observar


que depois de SOMEBODY foi colocado um verbo, NÃO
um substantivo !!)
PRONOMES INDEFINIDOS
F) SOME + QUANTIDADE = APROXIMADAMENTE
A) SOME + substantivo
Ex.: SOME 40 people are here = Aproximadamente 40
Algum(a), alguns, algumas,um pouco
pessoas estão aqui.
⇒⇒ Em orações afirmativas
⇒⇒ Em perguntas, quando se espera ou deseja resposta
afirmativa (ofertas e pedidos) EXERCÍCIOS
- SOMEBODY / SOMEONE= alguém
- SOMETHING = algo, alguma coisa 1 - Change the following sentences from affirmative to negative form:
- SOMEWHERE = algum lugar a) There are some extra chairs in the next room.
b) We see some good shows in New York.
B) ANY + substantivo c) She has some pretty dresses in that store.
Interrogativo = Algum (a), alguns, algumas d) The teacher teaches us some rules of grammar.
e) Isabel learns something in class everyday.
Negativo = Nenhum (a)
f) There is someone behind the door !
Afirmativo = Qualquer, quaisquer g) Give me some coffee.
⇒⇒ Em perguntas gerais h) She needs something or somebody everyday.
⇒⇒ Em orações negativas (verbo com NOT) ou com never,
without... 2 - Complete the following sentences with some or any:
⇒⇒ Em frases afirmativas. a) I don’t have __________ money with me.
- ANYBODY / ANYONE = alguém / ninguém / qualquer um b) I’m sorry, but there isn’t __________ more coffee !
- ANYTHING = algo / nada / qualquer coisa c) We have __________ fruits at the breakfast.
- ANYWHERE = algum lugar / nenhum lugar / qualquer d) She never gives the poor dog __________ water to drink.
lugar e) There are __________ famous museums in Washington.
f) I don’t have __________ stamps, so I have to go to the post
C) NO + substantivo = Nenhum (a) office now.
g) I never have __________ trouble with my car.
⇒⇒ Em orações de sentido negativo, mas com verbo SEM NOT. h) Please, put _________ water in the vase; the flowers are dying.
No vem sempre antes do substantivo. i) The teacher doesn’t find __________ mistakes in our tests.
- NOBODY / NO ONE = ninguém j) She wants a cigarette, but nobody has __________
- NOTHING = nada k) The doctor always gives me ________ medicine for my cough.
- NOWHERE = nenhum lugar
3 - Complete com a opção correta:
D) NONE (SEM SUBSTANTIVO) = Nenhum (a)
1. There’s __________ at the door. (someone / some)
⇒⇒ Em orações de sentido negativo, com verbo SEM NOT. 2. ________ people will arrive here tomorrow. (Some / Someone)
None vem em substituição a no + substantivo 3. Would you lilke to see __________ parts of my stamp collec-
- Antes de OF tion? (somewhere / some)
4. She looks hungry. She should eat _______. (some / something)
(NONE OF = nenhum de)
5. Could you please give me __________ information? (some
/ something)
E) EVERY + substantivo no singular = Cada / todo
⇒⇒ Todas as formas: afirmativa / negativa / interrogativa 4 - Go away now and come back _____ other day.
- EVERYBODY / EVERYONE = todos / todo o mundo a) some b) something
- EVERYTHING = tudo c) anything d) nothing
- EVERYWHERE = todo lugar / todos os lugares
5 - There were _____ thirty-five applicants to the job.
⇒⇒ OS DERIVADOS DE SOME, ANY ... FUNCIONAM COMO PRO-
NOMES, OU SEJA, NÃO SÃO SEGUIDOS DE SUBSTANTIVO. a) somebody b) anybody
PODEM SER SEGUIDOS DE QUALQUER OUTRA CLASSE c) some d) sometime
GRAMATICAL, MENOS SUBSTANTIVO !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

74
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 13 – INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

6 - _____ had followed Isabella’s steps. 18. “Percebi algo movendo-se no escuro, mas, quando acendi a luz, não
vi nada lá. Tudo estava no mesmo lugar.” Em inglês, o correto é:
a) Some b) Anything
c) Somewhere d) Nobody “I noticed ______ moving in the dark but when I turned on
the light I didn’t see ______ there. ______ was in its place.”
a) nothing / something / Anything
7 - His house is _____ across Park Avenue.
b) anything / nothing / Something
a) something b) No
c) something/ nothing/ Anything
c) Any d) somewhere
d) something / anything / Everything

8 - _____ had secretly copied his private files from the computer.
a) Everything b) somebody Gabarito:
c) anything d) someway 1. a) There are some extra chairs in the next room.
There AREN’T ANY extra ... OR
9 - _____ must be stamped on his mind: he is so odd today! There are NO extra ...
a) Something b) Some b) We see some good shows in New York.
c) Somebody d) Somewhere We DON’T see ANY good shows ... OU
we see NO good shows ...
10 - _____ wanted to ask me a question. c) She has some pretty dresses in that store.
a) Some b) Everybody She DOESN’T have ANY pretty dresses ... OU
c) Nowhere d) Any She has NO pretty dresses ...
d) The teacher teaches us some rules of grammar.
G) EVERY x ALL The teacher DOESN’T teach ANY rules ... OU
The teacher teaches NO rules ...
⇒⇒ Every / everybody / everyone / everything estão no
singular, então temos que usar um VERBO NA TERCEIRA e) Isabel learns something in class everyday.
PESSOA DO SINGULAR: Isabel DOESN’T learn ANYTHING ... OU
Isabel learns NOTHING ...
Every seat in the theater WAS taken.
f) There is someone behind the door !
Everybody STUDIES very much here.
There ISN’T ANYONE ... OU
⇒⇒ ALL (tudo) com signif icado de EVERYBODY /
There is NO ONE ...
EVERYTHING : Everybody enjoyed the party.
g) Give me some coffee.
Mas observe que nós dizemos: all of us (todos nós) all of
DON’T give me ANY coffee. OU
you (todos vocês) / all of them (todos eles) e não: “everybody
Give me NO coffee.
of us ...”.
h) She needs something or somebody everyday.
Ex: All of us enjoyed the party (não “everybody of us”)
She DOESN’T need ANYTHING or ANYBODY ... OU
She needs NOTHING or NOBODY ...
Marque a alternativa que completa corretamente os espaços em
2. a) I don’t have ANYmoney with me.
branco nas questões de 11 a 18:
b) I’m sorry, but there isn’t ANY more coffee !
11. ______ seems to be in order.
c) We have SOME fruits at the breakfast.
a) Every b) Everything c) Some d) All of them
d) She never gives the poor dog SOME water to drink.
12. Those organisms pose ______ danger human life.
e) There are SOME famous museums in Washington.
a) any b) none c) no d) nothing
f) I don’t have ANY stamps, so I have to go to the post
13. He wanted to verify ______ product separatedly.
office now.
a) everything b) all of it c) every d) anything
g) I never have ANY trouble with my car.
14. I never have ______ problem with my old car.
h) Please, put SOME water in the vase; the flowers are dying.
a) any b) some c) a lot d) many
i) The teacher doesn’t find ANY mistakes in our tests.
15. I’ve looked for your pen ______ but I couldn’t find it ______.
j) She wants a cigarette, but nobody has ANY.
a) somewhere / nowhere b) everything / nowhere
k) The doctor always gives me SOME medicine for my cough.
c) anywhere / somewhere d) everywhere / anywhere
3. 1. someone 2. some 3. some 4. something 5. some
16. Everybody ______ to be succeded.
a) want b) wants c) wantes d) to want
4. some 5. some 6. nobody 7. somewhere
17. The problem was often discussed but ______ solution was 8. somebody 9. something 10. everybody
ever found. 11. B 12. C 13. C 14. A 15. D
a) no b) none c) any d) some 16. B 17. A 18. D

75
CAPÍTULO 14 – RELATIVE PRONOUNS INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 14 d) The book _____ owner is my father I read last night.


e) She is the girl _____ / _____ I saw at the party last night.
f) This the kind of exercise _____ I like best.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS g) Both trips _____ we took to Mexico were interesting.
h) The girls _____ are in my English are all good students.
WHO i) The teacher _____ / _____ I like best is Miss Smith.
WHOM j) Our teacher, _____ is an American , naturally speaks English
} QUE, O QUAL, OS QUAIS, AS QUAIS
WHICH perfectly.
THAT
k) It was George _____ telephoned you.
WHOSE } CUJO (S), CUJA (S) l) The movie _____ we saw last night was not good.
Sintaxe para a Utilização dos Pronomes Relativos dentro de m) He is the salesman _____ sold me the merchandise.
uma oração do tipo ADJETIVA: n) Was it Helen _____ said that?
o) The horse _____ colors are brown and white is Gama’s.
USADO ANTES DE:
p) The classroom _____ students will be military people a day
Verbo / Pron. /
Pessoas } WHO } is the second one !
Substantivo
q) Is that lamp _____ you broke?
Pessoas } WHOM } Pron. / Nome
Verbo / Pron. / r) The teacher with _____ I studied English last year no longer
Animais / Coisas } WHICH } teaches in our school.
Substantivo
Pessoas / s) The car _____ John used belongs to his uncle.
} WHOSE } Substantivo (POSSE)
Animais / Coisas
2 - Complete the sentences below using a RELATIVE CLAUSE with
PROIBIDO THAT. When its use IS NOT NECESSARY, use (Ø) !!
THAT
Examples:
Pessoas / = which a) após preposições;
} } A man answered the phone.
Animais / = who b) após / entre vírgulas.
Coisas = whom The man that answered the phone is my father.
Ø I left some money on the table. It isn’t there anymore.
OMISSÃO Proibida: The money (Ø) I left on the table isn’t there anymore.
Pessoas / = which
a) após preposições;
Animais / } = who } a) A book was on my desk.
b) após / entre vírgulas.
Coisas = whom The book _______________ is John’s.
c) Ø + verbo
= that b) A girl was in the garden.
The man who/that came here is my brother. The girl _____________ is my daughter.
(Pessoa) (Verbo) c) A girl met me in the hall. She is Jane’s daughter.
The box which/that came by mail is broken. The girl _____________ is Jane’s daughter.
d) Meg bought a dress yesterday. It fits her very well.
(Coisa) (Verbo)
The dress _____________ fits her very well.
The man whom/who/that/Ø YOU brought is my brother.
e) Anne met a handsome man this morning. He is our teacher.
(Pessoa) (Pronome)
The handsome man _____________ is our History teacher.
Neste caso, whom é igual a who, that ou omissão (Ø) – isto f) A bus goes to the railway station. It runs every half hour.
sempre acontecerá quando a frase que vem após o pronome
The bus _____________ runs every half hour.
é iniciada por um sujeito (um pronome ou um nome) (1). Mas,
g) Some people live in that house.
SE HOUVER PREPOSIÇÃO, como no exemplo abaixo, só WHOM
poderá ser usado. I know the people _______________.
h) A cat was on the sofa.
The man to WHOM you gave the money is here.
The cat _______________ is Jenny’s.
The box WHICH you brought is broken. i) A waitress served us. She was very polite.
(Coisa) (Pronome) The waitress _______________ was very polite.
Neste caso, WHICH é igual a that ou omissão (Ø), conforme
explicado em (1). 3 - Repeat questions a to i above, but this time using only WHICH
or WHO.
1 - Fill in the blanks with WHO, WHOM, WHICH or WHOSE. Some blanks
may accept more than a correct answer !!!
4 - Choose the correct relative pronoun in parentheses and write it
a) The boy _____ is with him is his son. down to complete the sentences.
b) The chairs _____ arrived are not the right ones.
a) My sister, _____ you met yesterday, wants to speak to you.
c) Is this the book _____ you need? (which / whom / that)

76
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 14 – RELATIVE PRONOUNS

b) I had to travel first class, _____ was very expensive. (who / half hour.
whose / which) g) Some people live in that house.
c) This is Arthur, _____ house we stayed in for our holidays. I know the people that live in that house.
(whom / who / whose)
h) A cat was on the sofa.
d) I met Virginia’s mother, _____ works at the university. (whose
/ who / which) The cat that was on the sofa is Jenny’s.
e) George was late again, _____ displeased everybody. (who / i) A waitress served us. She was very polite.
which / whose) The waitress that served us was very polite.
f) Beethoven, _____ music I love, was a German composer. 3. RESOLUÇÃO: É SÓ USAR:
(whose/which/whom)
WHICH = ANTECEDENTE = ANIMAIS / OBJETOS
g) Shakespeare, _____ is a great dramatist, died in the 17th century.
WHO = ANTECEDENTE = PESSOAS
(which / whose / who)
h) This is my only brother, _____ is living in Canada now. (which 4. Choose the correct relative pronoun in parentheses and
/ whose / who) write it down to complete the sentences.
a) My sister, whom you met yesterday, wants to speak to
Gabarito: you. (which / whom / that)
b) I had to travel first class, which was very expensive.
1. a) The boy WHO is with him is his son.
(who / whose / which)
b) The chairs WHICH arrived are not the right ones. c) This is Arthur, whose house we stayed in for our holi-
c) Is this the book WHICH you need? days. (whom / who / whose)
d) The book WHOSE owner is my father I read last night. d) I met Virginia’s mother, who works at the university.
e) She is the girl WHO / WHOM I saw at the party last night. (whose / who / which)
f) This the kind of exercise WHICH I like best. e) George was late again, which displeased everybody.
g) Both trips WHICH we took to Mexico were interesting. (who / which / whose)
h) The girls WHO are in my English are all good students. f) Beethoven, whose music I love, was a German compo-
i) The teacher WHO / WHOM I like best is Miss Smith. ser. (whose / which / whom)
j) Our teacher, WHO is an American , naturally speaks g) Shakespeare, who is a great dramatist, died in the 17th
English perfectly. century. (which / whose / who)
k) It was George WHO telephoned you. h) This is my only brother, who is living in Canada now.
l) The movie WHICH we saw last night was not good. (which / whose / who)
m) He is the salesman WHO sold me the merchandise.
⇒⇒ Caro aluno, lembre-se de que QUALQUER ORAÇÃO
n) Was it Helen WHO said that?
ADJETIVA RESTRITIVA (sem vírgulas) OU ADJETIVA
o) The horse WHOSE colors are brown and white is Gama’s. EXPLICATIVA (com vírgula) É INTRODUZIDA POR UM
p) The classroom WHOSE students will be military people PRONOME RELATIVO
a day is the second one !
q) Is that lamp WHICH you broke?
r) The teacher with WHOM I studied English last year no ANOTAÇÕES
longer teaches in our school.
s) The car WHICH John used belongs to his uncle.
2.a) A book was on my desk.
The book that was on my desk is John’s.
b) A girl was in the garden.
The girl taht was in the garden is my daughter.
c) A girl met me in the hall. She is Jane’s daughter.
The girl that met me in the hall is Jane’s daughter.
d) Meg bought a dress yesterday. It fits her very well.
The dress (Ø) Meg bought yesterday fits her very well.
e) Anne met a handsome man this morning. He is our
teacher.
The handsome man (Ø) Anne met this morning is our
History teacher.
f) A bus goes to the railway station. It runs every half hour.
The bus that goes to the railway station runs every

77
CAPÍTULO 15 – COMPARATIVES OF SUPERIORITY INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 15 ⇒⇒ No SUPERLATIVO, para adjetivos e advérbios TIPO I, nós


acrescentamos -EST, nunca esquecendo de colocar THE
na frente. Sendo TIPO II, THE MOST + adj.:
COMPARISON OF SUPERIORITY FOR SHORT happy ó the happiest // early ó the earliest // funny ó
ADJECTIVES (TIPO 1) the funniest // friendly ó the friendliest // shallow ó the
shallowest // able ó the ablest // soon ó the soonest
Nós adicionamos –ER aos adjetivos com uma só sílaba:
// comfortable the MOST comfortable // expensive the
cold - colder / tall - taller / short - shorter / fast - faster / MOST comfortable // late the latest
long - longer / mild - milder
As regras referentes ao comparativo são as mesmas para
Quando temos adjetivos terminsdos em “y”, mudamos para o superlativo. Agora, vale à pena destacarmos os superlativos
"i" antes de acrescentarmos -ER : irregulares:
shy - shier / dry - drier good / well the best
Adjetivos terminados por uma consoante precedidos por bad / badly the worst
uma única vogal DOBRAM ESTA CONSOANTE: far the furthest / the farthest
fat - fatter / hot - hotter / thin - thinner many / much the most

Comparativos irregulares: 1. Adjectives: Comparison of Equality:


good - well = better bad - badly = worse AS ... AS = Tão / Tanto Quanto
far - further =farther many - much = more These insects are AS small AS ants.
Those animals are NOT SO big AS elephants.
THAN é usado quando duas ou mais coisas estão sendo
comparadas:
2. Comparativo de Inferioridade:
I am younger THAN you. / Mark is stronger THAN John.
LESS + qualquer adjetivo + THAN
Adjetivos de duas sílabas terminados em y, ly, ow, e, le e
er levam final -ER: Ex: She is LESS intelligent than her brother. (Ela é MENOS
inteligente que seu irmão.
happy - happier / friendly - friendlier / able - abler / funny
Paul’s car is LESS fast than mine. (O carro do Paul é MENOS
- funnier / shallow - shallower / gentle - gentler / early -
rápido que o meu.)
earlier / narrow - narrower / clever – cleverer / nice – nicer
/ late – later
Porém ADVÉRBIOS de duas sílabas terminados em -ly ANOTAÇÕES
levam MORE:
quickly - more quickly / slowly - more slowly / badly -
more badly
A maioria dos adjetivos de duas sílabas levam MORE:
careful: more careful / careless: more careless / boring:
more boring / awful: more awful / complex: more complex

COMPARISON OF SUPERIORITY FOR SHORT


ADJECTIVES (TIPO 2)
Advérbios e adjetivos que não pertencem à classe anterior
levam MORE no comparativo e THE MOST no superlativo:

ADJECTIVES
COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
& ADVERBS
interesting more interesting The most interesting

convenient more convenient The most convenient

beautiful more beautiful The most beautiful]

easily more easily The most easily

carefully more carefully The most carefully

78
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 16 – MODAL VERBS

Capítulo 16 Exemplo:
I must go now.
I can swim.
MODAIS Exceção: “ought to”
São também chamados “Anomalous” ou “Defective Verbs”. 04- na forma negativa acrescentamos o “not”;
São verbos auxiliares, que junto com outro verbo na BASE- Exemplo:
-FORM, dão ideia de: John should not (shouidn’t) have done that.
• habilidade, They can not (can’t) jump 18 feet high.
• possibilidade (forte ou fraca), 05- na forma interrogativa o verbo modal vem antes do
• sugestão, sujeito;
• permissão, Exemplo:
• pedido, May we smoke here?
• obrigação, Veja a seguir uma sequência de verbos modais, os diferen-
• necessidade, tes sentidos que possuem e os exemplos que ajudarão você a
• proibição, entendê-los melhor:
• expectativa,
• promessa, Particularidades:
• determinação ou 01- a) “Can” (presente)
• preferência.
b) “Could” (passado)
Os modais expressam, como você viu acima, diferentes Formas negativas de:
significados. Em alguns casos estas diferenças são fáceis de a) “Can” “can not”, “cannot” (can’t)
entender, em outros, as diferenças são muito sutis.
b) “Could” “could not” (couldn’t)
Quando você fala ou escreve, somente você sabe o que quer ex-
pressar e a jogo de palavras usado é baseado na situação específica
06- “Must”
que ocorre, seu conhecimento a seu sentimento em relação a ela.
a) passado:
Por isto, é importante saber os diferentes significados dos
“had to”, para expressar obrigação ou necessidade.
modais, pois assim, você será capaz de expressar o que pensa
e o que sente de uma maneira precisa e real. Ex.: They had to talk to me.
“must have” + particípio passado, para expressar de-
Os principais modais são:
dução. Ex.: The house is empty. They must have moved.
• can (= to be able to)
• could b) futuro:
• may (= to be allowed to) “will have to” ou “must” para expressar obrigação ou
necessidade. Ex.: I will have to get up early.
• might
“must” para expressar dedução. Ex.: The dog must be
• shall
dead until the evening.
• should
• must (= have to) c) “must not” (“mustn’t”) indica, quase sempre proibição.
• ought to Ex.: You mustn’t walk on the grass.
• need 07- “Ought to” / “Should” (deveria)
• dare a) são sinônimos mas “ought to” é mais formal que
Temos também as expressões “should”.
01- would rather (Preferiria / preferia) b) “ought to” é o único modal seguido de “to”.
02- had better (seria melhor se) c) o passado de “ought to” e “should” é:
“ought to”
Particularidades: ou + have + particípio passado
01- possuem uma única forma para todas as pessoas, não “should”
recebendo sequer o “S” característica das 3as pessoas do singular Ex.: You should (ought to) have paid your bill the day
(“he”, “she”, “it”) do presente; after the payday.
02- não são precedidas de “to” no infinitivo; d) Forma negativa
“shoud not” (“shouldn’t”)
03- são seguidos de outros verbos no infinitivo sern LO””
“ought not to”

79
CAPÍTULO 16 – MODAL VERBS INGLÊS – EEAr

08- “Need”(precisar) e “Dare”(ousar podem ser conside- 3 - We _____ survive without expensive clothes, but we _____
rados anômalos, seguirão as regras dos anômalos já citados. survive without water.
Veja os exemplos: a) can / can’t b) must / mustn’t
como anômalos c) should / shouldn’t d) shall / shall not
“He need study.”
“Need he study?” 4 - Childhood ______ be a very happy period in your life.
“He needn’t change his behavior.” a) could b) can
“Dare you tell him the news?” c) couldn’t d) can’t
“I dared not think how much it cost.”
como verbos comuns: 5 - I’m sorry, but I simply ________ remember your name.
“He needs study.”
a) should b) may
“Does he need to go?“ c) can’t d) could
“I didn’t dare to think how much it cost.”
09- “Would rather” (preferir) e “had better” (ser melhor) 6 - I didn’t promise to come. I just said that I _______ come.
são expressões consideradas como verbos anômalos pela
a) will b) had c) might d) may
maioria dos autores, pois exige BASE-FORM após as mesmas.
Exemplos
7 - You _____ go and see that film. It’s a good one.
a) forma afirmativa:
a) should b) ought c) may d) can
He had better go.
We would rather say.
b) forma interrogativa. 8 - Passengers ____ get to the airport one hour before takeoff.
Had he better go? a) can b) have c) has to d) must
Would we rather stay?
c) forma negativa. 9 - That old man ________ to show his documents. I know who he is.
“He had better not go.” a) mustn’t b) doesn’t have
“We would rather not stay.” c) will not d) would not
10- “Used to” (costumava) é considerada uma expressão
modal que indica uma ação habitual passada. 10 - A biographer _______ all about a person before he starts to write.
Exemplos a) have to know b) ought to have know
a) forma afirmativa: c) may know d) should know
I used to eat a lot of hot dogs when I was a child.
b) forma interrogativa: 11 - The children ______ not _______ their father when he is reading.
Did you used to eat a lot of candy when you were a child? a) should / disturb b) ought / disturb
c) forma negativa: c) must / to disturb d) can / disturbed
We didn’t use to play cards when we were children.
11- “Could”, “would”, “might” e “should” não indicam ape- 12 - She was a very good athlete. She ___ ski very well when he was 17.
nas o passado de “can”, “will”, “may” e “shall” respectivamente, a) may b) will be able to
mas também os tempos presente e futuro. Não é apenas o verbo c) could d) were able to
modal que expressa o tempo verbal, mas os outros elementos
na sentença nos indicam o tempo da ação.
13 - It ______ rain today. You ______ take an umbrella with you.
a) might / shouldn’t b) can / ought
EXERCÍCIOS PROPOSTOS
c) may / should d) could / mustn’t

1 - The child is feeling ill. You ________ take her to the doctor im-
mediately. 14 - Tell him he ______ bring the bicycle. I _____ that for him.
a) might b) shall c) should d) ought a) needn’t / be able to
b) doesn’t have to / can do
2 - Ghosts are invisible. You ______ seethem. c) mustn’t / should not do
d) don’t need / may do
a) must not b) might not
c) ought not d) can’t

80
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 16 – MODAL VERBS

15 - Secretary: “______ I help you, sir?” In these last cases, we have THE pseudo – SUBJUNCTIVE:
Mr. Kale: “______ I talk to the manager?”
Secretary: “Sorry, you ______ make an appointment first. EXPRESS + SUJEITO + Base-Form
a) Can / My / must
b) Could / Could / have 20 - Complete the sentences using the SUBJUNCTIVE + ONE OF THESE
c) May / Could / have VERBS:
d) Might / May / can ask be leave
speak drive listen
16 - It _________ been the coffee I drank that kept me awake the say worry
whole night.
a) It’s strange that she ________ late. She’s usually on time.
a) ought have b) should has b) It’s funny that you ________ that. I was going to say the
c) may had d) must have same thing.
c) It’s only natural that parents ________ about their children.
17 - You ________ to study harder if you don’t want to fail. d) Isn’t it typical of Ron that he ________ without saying goo-
a) must b) ought c) may d) should dbye to anybody?
e) I was surprised that he ________ me for advice. What advice
could him?
18 - Bill looks older than he really is because he has drunk and smoked
more than he __________. f) It’s very important that everybody ________ very carefully.
g) It’s necessary that I ________ English very fast if I want a
a) can b) did c) should d) must good job.
h) It’s vital that she ________ along that street; the other one was
19 - The nurse looks so sleepy and tired this morning! She _____ have completely destroyed by the storm and unaccessible to her car.
stayed up all night. (Não esqueça de botar os verbos na base-form !!)
a) ought b) may c) should d) must
MODAIS 3: PASSIVE.
MODAL VERBS 2: The Pseudosubjunctive.
CAN, ... + BE + PAST PARTICIPLE
OUGHT TO / SHOULD Examples:
You can use SHOULD to give ADVICE or to give an opinion:
You look tired. You should go to bed. ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOICE
The government should do more to help homeless Five letters MUST BE SENT
She MUST send five letters.
people. (by her).
Should we invite Susan to the party? A composition OUGHT TO
Mark OUGHT TO DO a com-
BE WRITTEN (by Mark). To
Até aí a gente já sabia. Agora, Segura essa !! position to practice his writing.
practice.

The Pseudo-Subjunctive.
You can use SHOULD after a number of verbs, especially: SOLVED QUESTIONS

suggest propose recommend insist demand


1 - Change the following sentences from active to PASSIVE VOICE,
They insisted that we should read that newspaper. according to the pattern:
I demanded that he should apologize. ⇒⇒ Não devemos nos esquecer de que, quando não temos prática
What do you suggest I should do? sufiente para lidarmos com voz passiva, às vezes é necessário
⇒⇒ In the same way, you can use SHOULD after the expres- nos valermos de algumas dicas gramaticais práticas, como, por
sions or words: SUGGESTION, PROPOSAL, RECOMMEN- exemplo, o ESQUEMA DE SETAS.
DATION, IT’S IMPORTANT, IT’S VITAL, IT’S NECESSARY,
a) We MUST FINISH those letters by five o’clock.
IT’S ESSENTIAL, etc.
BUT YOU CAN DETACH SHOULD from the examples or
explanations above: Those letters MUST BE FINISHED us
It’s essential that you be here on time. Depois, a gente sabe que a sintaxe de voz passiva com modais é:
I demanded that he apologize. MODAL + BE + PARTICÍPIO PASSADO
What do you suggest that I do? Logo: MUST FINISH = MUST BE FINISHED
They insisted that we read that newspaper. AFF.: Those letters MUST BE FINISHED by five o’clock (by us).

81
CAPÍTULO 16 – MODAL VERBS INGLÊS – EEAr

NEG.:Those letters MUSTN’T BE FINISHED by five o’clock d) Everyone has to work overtime.
(by us). e) He has to learn English very quickly.
INT.: MUST those letters BE FINISHED by five o’clock (by us)? f) Paul has to go to the post office.
g) He has to see the doctor a second time.
h) They have to leave to New York in some days.
2 - CHANGE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES FROM PASSIVE TO ACTIVE
VOICE: i) They have to talk in Japanese.

a) This book could be written by Sérgio Gama.


25 - They’re so good that they _____ do this without a laughter.
É só fazer o esquema de setas, mesmo para esse caso:
a) can’t b) can
a) This book could be written by Sérgio Gama. c) may d) should
e) to used to

Sérgio Gama This book 26 - I _____ be a lazy student, but now I’m a very responsible one.
COULD BE WRITTEN = COULD WRITE
a) used b) used to
Logo: c) to use d) using
Sérgio Gama COULD WRITE this book. e) to used to

EXERCÍCIOS 27 - Before Mara _____ arrangements to travel to Paris she received


an amazing letter from Dorival.
21 - Change each sentence below in order to introduce the verb may, a) may make b) must make
according to the pattern:
c) ought make d) could make
a) It is possible it rains. e) mays make
b) It is possible we arrive at home before 9:00 p.m.
c) Perhaps she is sick. 28 - My father is _____ a nap after meals.
d) Possibly he travels today to return tomorrow.
e) Perhaps I have to go to Jane’s to speak to her. a) used to taking b) used to take
f) I have the permission to watch TV. c) uses to take d) used taking
g) I have Sheila’s permission to kiss her. e) used taking to
h) Perhaps they are friends.
29 - Sorry, it was my only choice. I simply _____ what I did.
22 - Complete The Following Sentences With Ought To: a) did done b) had to do
a) He ________ (try) to come to class on time. c) must do d) ought do
b) They _______________ (negative - make) so much noise. e) should doing
c) I _______ (spend) more time on my English.
d) He __________ (negative - smoke) so much. 30 - It’s late now. You _____ home.
e) You _______________ (learn) as many new words as possible.
a) should be head b) should heading
f) You _______________ (ask) permission before doing it.
c) should be heading d) should to head
g) He ______________ (practice) more physical exercises.
e) should have heading
h) I _______________ (write) them a letter but I don’t have
anything to say.
i) You ___________ (negative - work) so hard. 31 - _____ you to come along with us!
a) Might we have asked b) Might have we asked
23 - Change must by have to in the sentences below: c) Might asked we have d) Have might we asked
a) He must leave to Norway. e) Have we might asked
b) They must stay there at least an hour.
c) You must send it by airmail. 32 - Marcela _____ us this favor.
d) He must have more practice in conversation. a) could have do b) could has done
e) They must help her with that work. c) could have did d) could has did
f) You must speak to him about it today. e) could have done

24 - Change the following sentences to simple past, present perfect


and past perfect : 33 -. I can’t find Ruth anywhere. She _____.

a) He has to get up early. a) must have leave b) have must left


b) She has to arrange more money. c) has must leave d) must have left
c) We have to do this at once. e) must to have left

82
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 16 – MODAL VERBS

34 - Change the following sentences from active to PASSIVE VOICE, 42 - (U.F.GO) The stars _____ often by the birds.
according to the pattern:
a) can to be followed b) can be followed
a) We must finish those tasks by five o’clock. c) can be follow d) ought be followed
b) They should send it to us tonight. e) can are followed
c) The mailman can deliver the mail now.
d) He must finish it today.
43 - (FATEC-SP) In his lectures, the professor should _____ about the
e) The police may catch Paul for questioning. new applications of solar energy. The students have difficulties in it.
f) They might organize an excursion for next week.
g) You ought to send this package by airmail. a) talked b) talk c) is talking d) talking e) talks
h) They can play piano and guitar very well.
i) You ought to water the plant once a week. 44 - (F.C.Chagas-BA) He _____ call you every day. You are very sick.
j) We should warn them of the danger. a) should b) ought
c) should to d) shoulds
35 - Change The Following Sentences From Passive To Active Voice: e) oughts
a) This book could be written by Sérgio Gama.
b) The whole city might be destroyed by the fire. 45 - (CESGRANRIO-RJ) Mark the question to which the following
c) Chemistry and Mathematics courses can be offered at that sentence could be the answer:
university. “He ___________ his car windshield. It is functioning now.”
d) My shoes must be shined by myself.
e) This subject must be being studied by those twelve students. a) must have fixed b) must to have fixed
f) My friend Carlos can have been pursued by the police. c) must have fixing d) must has fixed
g) Beautiful songs could be being sung by Sheila when I arrived e) musts have fixed
at home.
h) The telephone must have been found out by Graham Bell. 46 - (F.M. Taubaté-SP) I _____ time today, but I _____ it tomorrow.
i) A cake should be baked for the guests by Isabel.
a) can’t have – can have
j) That tall building could have been built in 1982.
b) not can have – can have
k) Those beautiful pictures should have been painted since last year.
c) cannot to have – can to have
d) can’t has – can have
36 - (ITA-SP) John is a good student, so he _____ have gotten good e) not can having – can having
marks.
a) must b) can c) could d) may e) might Gabarito
1 . C 2 . D 3 . A 4 . B 5.C
37 - (U.F.S Carlos-SP) How many advices _____ you have given him?
6 . C 7 . A 8 . D 9 . B 10 . D
a) should b) ought
c) should to d) do 11 . A 12 . C 13 . C 14 . B 15 . A
e) did 16 . D 17 . B 18 . C 19 . D
20 . a) b) c) d) e)
38 - (U.F.PA) _____ my breakfast be prepared today? I wish it weren’t f) g) h)
my obligation, at least today.
21. a) IT MAY rains.
a) can b) could c) may d) must e) could b) WE MAY arrive at home before 9:00 p.m.
c) SHE MAY sick.
39 - (ESAN-SP) Any type of book can _____ brought to me. I like any one. d) HE MAY travel today to return tomorrow.
a) is b) was c) be d) to be e) being e) I MAY have to go to Jane’s to speak to her.
f) I MAYwatch TV.
40 - How many days could you _____ for your studies? g) I MAY kiss her.
a) has aimed b) have aimed h) THEY MAY are friends.
c) have aim d) has aim 22. a) He OUGHT TO TRY (try) to come to class on time.
e) to have aimed b) They OUGHT NOT TO MAKE (negative - make) so
much noise.
41 - (CESGRANRIO-RJ) The synomim for CAN is: c) I OUGHT TO SPEND (spend) more time on my English.
a) to be able to b) to be allowed to d) He OUGHT NOT TO SMOKE (negative - smoke) so much.
c) to able d) to allow e) You OUGHT TO LEARN (learn) as many new words
e) to be to as possible.

83
CAPÍTULO 16 – MODAL VERBS INGLÊS – EEAr

f) You OUGHT TO ASK (ask) permission before doing it. 34. a) We must finish those tasks by five o’clock.
g) He OUGHT TO PRACTICE (practice) more physical Those tasks must be finished by five o’clock by us.
exercises. b) They should send it to us tonight.
h) I OUGHT TO WRITE (write) them a letter but I don’t It should be sent to us tonight by them.
have anything to say. c) The mailman can deliver the mail now.
i) You OUGHT NOT TO WORK (negative - work) so hard. The mail can be delivered now by the mailman.
23. a) He HAS TO leave to Norway. d) He must finish it today.
b) They HAVE TO stay there at least an hour. It must be finished today by him.
c) You HAVE TO send it by airmail. e) The police may catch Paul for questioning.
d) He HAS TO have more practice in conversation. Paul may be caught for questioning by the police.
e) They HAVE TO help her with that work. f) They might organize an excursion for next week.
f) You HAVE TO speak to him about it today. An excursion might be organized for next week
24. a) He has to get up early. by them.
He had to get up early. g) You ought to send this package by airmail.
He has had to get up early. This package ought to be sent by airmail by you.
He had had to get up early. h) They can play piano and guitar very well.
b) She has to arrange more money. Piano and guitar can be played very well by them
She had to arrange more money. i) You ought to water the plant once a week.
She has had to arrange more money. The plant must be watered once a week by you.
She had had to arrange more money. j) We should warn them of the danger.
c) We have to do this at once. They should be warned of the danger by us.
We had to do this at once. 35. a) This book could be written by Sérgio Gama.
We have had to do this at once. Sérgio Gama could write this book.
We had had to do this at once. b) The whole city might be destroyed by the fire.
d) Everyone has to work overtime. The fire might destroy the whole city.
Everyone had to work overtime. c) Chemistry and Mathematics courses can be offered
at that university.
Everyone has had to work overtime.
That university can offer Chemistry and Mathe-
Everyone had had to work overtime.
matics courses.
e) He has to learn English very quickly.
d) My shoes must be shined by myself.
He had to learn English very quickly.
I must shine my shoes.
He has had to learn English very quickly.
e) This subject must be being studied by those twelve
He had had to learn English very quickly. students.
f) Paul has to go to the post office. Those twelve students must be studying this
Paul had to go to the post office. subject.
Paul has had to go to the post office. f) My friend Carlos can have been pursued by the police.
Paul had had to go to the post office. The police can have pursued my friend Carlos.
g) He has to see the doctor a second time. g) Beautiful songs could be being sung by Sheila when
He had to see the doctor a second time. I arrived at home.
He has had to see the doctor a second time. Sheila could be singing beautiful songs when I
He had had to see the doctor a second time. arrived at home.
h) They have to leave to New York in some days. h) The telephone must have been found out by Graham Bell.
They have to leave to New York in some days. Graham Bell must have found the telephone.
They have to leave to New York in some days. i) A cake should be baked for the guests by Isabel.
They have to leave to New York in some days. Isabel should bake a cake for the guests.
i) They have to talk in Japanese. j) That tall building could have been built in 1982.
They had to talk in Japanese. They could have built that tall building in 1982.
They have had to talk in Japanese. k) Those beautiful pictures should have been painted
since last year.
They had had to talk in Japanese.
They should have painted those beautiful pictu-
25. a 26. b (USED TO = COSTUMAVA / IDIOMÁTICO)
res since last year.
27. D 28. B 29. B 30. C 31. A 36.A 37.A 38.B 39.C 40.B 41.A
32. E 33. D 42.B 43.B 44.A 45.A 46.A

84
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 17 – QUESTION TAGS

have i
Capítulo 17 8) I have read several books about chemistry, ________?
9) Martha hadn’t cooked our dinner when we arrived, ________? had she?
10) She doesn’t like to study Chinese, _______? does she
QUESTION TAGS 11) You won’t mention this to anyone, _______? will you
12) The traffic today isn’t very heavy, _______? is it
Usamos as "QUESTION TAGS" para fazermos uma pergunta
13) This box wasn’t heavy yesterday, _______? was it
confirmativa sobre algo que já sabemos ou que acabamos
14) They went there by plane, _______? do they
de saber:
15) She didn’t say anything to you, ________? did she
He can speak English, CAN’T HE? 16) He won’t be back before noon, ________? will he
She is an American, ISN’T SHE? 17) The bus doesn’t stop near here, ________? does it
You live in Washington, DON’T YOU? 18) He wasn’t driving fast at that time, ________? was he
They went home, DIDN’T THEY? 19) You wrote these letters, _________? did you
20) I haven’t paid you yet, _________? have i
We use an affirmative question tag after a negative sentence:
21) Helen isn’t going with you, _______? is she
He can't speak English, CAN HE? 22) Charles hadn’t won the game, ________? had he
She isn't an American, IS SHE? 23) He can’t speak Italian, _________? can he
You don't live in Washington, DO YOU? 24) George left class early today, ________? didnt she
They didn't go home, DID THEY? 25) She has never gotten to speak to you, _________? hasnt she
26) Today is Wednesday, ______? doesnt it
⇒⇒ Notar que, sem começamos afirmando, terminamos 27) You were absent yesterday, ________?
negando e vice-versa. weren't you
28) Donald lives in Brooklyn, _________? doesn't he
29) They will order a salad, _________? wont they
Idiomatic Question – Tags: 30) The telephone is ringing, _______? isnt it
a) Caso imperativo (WILL YOU): 31) There is someone at the door, ______? isnt there
Study more, WILL YOU? <= Don’t study more, WILL YOU? 32) He never comes to class on time, _______? did he
(“WILL YOU” não muda !!!) 33) She can speak French well, ______? cant she
b) Caso de sugestão, ideia (LET’S): 34) Joanna says that she is all right, ________? doesnt she
35) Helen spends a lot of money, ________? doesnt she
Let’s eat a pizza, SHALL WE? <= Let’s NOT eat a pizza,
36) She has hardly studied to succeed in the tests, ________? hasnt she
SHALL WE?
37) He sits in the front row, _________? doesnt he
(“SHALL WE” não muda !!!)
38) The mason is building the house, ________ isnt he
c) I AM ==== AREN’T I? 39) I have private dance classes twice a week, _______? havent i
I am studying now, AREN’T I? PORÉM, I am NOT studying 40) She is making good progress in German, ______?
isnt she
now, AM I?
Logo, sintaxe: AUXILIAR + PRONOME? Gabarito:
THERE IS, WAS ... = ISN’T ... THERE? ou
1. doesn’t she? 2. Hasn’t he? 3. Isn’t he?
THERE ISN’T, WASN’T ... = IS ... THERE? (a question-tag é
4. Doesn’t she? 5. Can’t she? 6. Didnt you?
feita com THERE nesse caso).
7. Won’t it? 8. Haven’t I? 9. Had she?
⇒⇒ Preste atenção: tudo o que leva o título de IDIOMATIC,
10. Does she? 11. Will you? 12. Is it?
é porque pertence a uma sintaxe total ou parcialmente
irracional, ou seja, o que está escrito não “bate” com a 13. Was it? 14. Didn’t they? 15. Did she?
tradução correta, “ao pé –da-letra”. 16. Will he? 17. Does it? 18. Was he?
19. Didn’t you? 20. Have I? 21. Is she?
EXERCÍCIOS 22. Had he? 23. Can he? 24. Didn’t he?
25. Hasn’t she? 26. Isn’t it? 27. Weren’t you?
1 - Add the correct question tag to the following sentences: 28. Doesn’t he? 29. Won’t they? 30. Isn’t it?
1) She goes shopping everyday, ________?
doesnt she 31. Isn’t there?
2) He has been studying English a long time, ________?
hasnt he 32. Does he? (observar que a 1ª oração está negativa - never !!)
isnt he
3) He is a good student, ______? 33. Can’t she? 34. Doesn’t she? 35. Doesn’t she?
4) She plays piano very well, ______? doesnt she 36. Has she? (hardly = quase não, ou seja, é negativo !!!!)
5) She can play the guitar very well, ________? cant she?
37. Doesn’t he? 38. Isn’t he? 39. Haven’t I?
6) You played tennis yesterday, ______? didnt you
7) The traffic will be heavy today, _______? 40 Isn’t she?
wont it

85
CAPÍTULO 18 – CONDITIONAL CASES INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 18 Present Unreal


In a present unreal conditional sentence, the if-clause
comes in the simple past tense and the main sentence in the
IF CLAUSES (CONDITIONAL CASES) conditional tense or with should, could or might; it indicates a
There are three forms for conditional sentences: present wish:
a) Future Possible; If you STUDIED, you WOULD GET a good grade.
b) Present Unreal; If I HAD enough money, I WOULD FLY to California.
c) Past Unreal. Logo, a sintaxe geral é:

IF – CLAUSE SUBSEQUENTE
Future Possible:
SIMPLE PAST WOULD / COULD / MIGHT + BASE - FORM
A conditional sentence has two clauses: a dependent clau-
se beginning with if (if - clause) and a main clause; in future In this conditional case, the verb TO BE is conjugated em-
possible conditional sentences, the dependent clause is in the ploying WERE for all persons:
present tense and the main clause is in the future tense. This
If she WERE millionaire, she would buy a very big house.
case indicates a future wish:
The students would know better, if the teacher WERE good.
If I STUDY harder, I WILL GET a good grade.
If I HAVE enough money, I WILL TRAVEL to California. SOLVED QUESTIONS
I’LL GO OUT, if it DOESN’T RAIN.
She WILL KISS him, if he SAYS that he loves her. 1 - Supply the form of the verb in parentheses to make present- unreal
SINTAXE: conditions:
If I knew her well, I _________ (speak) to her.
IF SUBSEQUENTE (esta oração pode seguir
CLAUSE ou anteceder a oração condicional)
R.: Observe que neste tipo de questão, sempre teremos
uma lacuna em função da outra, pois a sintaxe é dupla. Usando
SIMPLE a tabelinha acima da sintaxe, teremos:
WILL / CAN / MAY / MUST + BASE - FORM
PRESENT If I knew her well, I WOULD / COULD / MIGHT SPEAK to her.
⇒⇒ “SUBSEQUENTE” é um dos vários nomes para a 2 oração, a

aquela que está fora da oração condicional. É o caso das EXERCÍCIOS


4 orações sublinhadas acima.
3 - Supply the form of the verb in parentheses to make present- unreal
conditions:
EXERCÍCIOS
a) If I knew her well, I __________________ (speak) to her.
1 - Supply (Dê) the form of the verb in parentheses to make FUTURE b) If he attended classes regularly, he _____ (make) good progress.
- POSSIBLE conditions: c) If we had money, we __________________ (take) a trip to
South America.
a) If John studies hard, he ____________________ (get) a
d) If he went to bed earlier, he ______ not _______ (feel) so tired.
good grade.
e) If he drove more carefully, he _________________ (have)
b) If I finish my work in time, I ____________________ (go)
fewer accidents.
to the ball game.
f) If he paid his debts, people ____________ (respect) him more.
c) If I see Henry, I _________________ (give) him the message.
g) If I knew English better, I _______________ (read) some
d) If he works hard, he ___________ naturally __________
English books.
(succeed).
e) If you don’t hurry, we ____________________ (be) late
for class. 4 - If Isis ________________ here, she would buy five cars.
f) If he tries again, I am sure he ____________________ (find) a) would be b) be c) were d) been e) had been
a very good job.
Past-Unreal
2 - If he fails the test, he ____________________ (have) to repeat
the course. Conditional Sentences: In a past-unreal conditional sen-
tence, the if clause is in the past perfect tense and the main
a) would have b) have
clause uses would have, should have, could have or might have
c) haves d) will have + the past participle of the main verb; here, this case indicates
e) have to a past wish.

86
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 18 – CONDITIONAL CASES

If you had studied, you would have passed your exam. ANOTAÇÕES
If she had had enough money, she might have flown
to Spain.
If I had known you were in a hospital, I could have gone
to visit you.
If you had chosen that way, I should have advised you
about the danger. If I had been hungry, I would have
eaten something.
If the weather had been so bad, we might have gone
out earlier.
Logo, a sintaxe geral é:

IF – CLAUSE SUBSEQUENTE
PAST PERFECT
WOULD HAVE + PARTICÍPIO
(HAD + PARTICÍPIO)

SOLVED QUESTIONS

1 - Supply the form of the verb in parentheses to make present- unreal


conditions:
If I HAD KNEW her well, I ____________________ (speak)
to her.
R.: Observe que neste tipo de questão, sempre teremos
uma lacuna em função da outra, pois a sintaxe é dupla. Usando
a sintaxe acima, teremos:
If I had known her well, I WOULD HAVE SPOKEN to her.

Gabarito:
1. a) will get b) will go c) will give
d) will / succeed e) will be f) will find
2. d
3. a.) woukld speak b) would make c) would take
d) would / feel e) would have f) would respect
g) would read
4. were - letra c

87
CAPÍTULO 19 – DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH INGLÊS – EEAr

Capítulo 19 ‘I want to go away for a holi- She said that SHE WANTED to
day but I don’t know where go away for a holiday but (SHE)
to go.’ DIDN’T KNOW where to go.
DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH Sh e s aid that sh e WA S
‘I’m going away for a few
GOING away for a few days
days. I’ll call you and I get
(STATEMENTS) and WOULD CALL Me when
back.’
SHE GOT back.
In a direct speech, we give the words of the speaker exactly
as he has spoken them: JOHN SAID, "I AM GOING AWAY ON Também temos as mudanças adverbiais, às vezes, ou
WEDNESDAY." seja, não obedecem a uma dedução lógica:
When we wish to report someone's words indirectly, we a) THIS / THESE change to THAT / THOSE;
must change all pronouns to agree with the new sentence: b) Adverbs of time become less specific: tomorrow = the
JOHN SAID THAT HE WAS GOING AWAY ON WEDNESDAY. next / following day, yesterday = the day before, next
If TO SAY is in the past tense (SAID), we must change week = the week after or the following week, today = that
many things inside the speech; day, tonight = that night and here = there.

VERBAL AND PRONOMINAL CHANGES (itens Direct and Indirect Speech (Questions)
mais cobrados nas provas militares!!!) Pay attention about the examples below:

DISCURSO RELATADO JUDY JUDY ASKED ...


DISCURSO ORIGINAL ↔
(“FOFOCA”) (DISCURSO ORIGINAL) (“FOFOCA”)
O MAIS PRESENTE ↔ O MAIS PASSADO ‘Where is Linda?.’ Judy asked where Linda was.
WILL ↔ WOULD
Judy asked how I went to
CAN ↔ COULD ‘How do you go to school?’
school.
MAY ↔ MIGHT
Judy asked when she would
MUST ↔ HAD TO ‘When will she drive?’
arrive.
HAVE / HAS ↔ HAD
AM / IS / ARE ↔ WAS / WERE When in DIRECT SPEECH there are interrogative sentences
WANT / LIKE / KNOW ... ↔ WANTED / LIKED / KNEW ... begun by HOW, WHO, WHOM, WHOSE, WHAT, WHERE, WHEN,
SIMPLE PAST PAST PERFECT
WHICH or WHY, the sentence is transformed for the affirmative
He said: “I BROUGHT the ↔ He said HE HAD BROU- structure in the indirect speech. BUT, OBSERVE THE OTHER
money.” GHT the money EXAMPLES:
He said: “I WILL BRING the He said HE WOULD
↔ JUDY JUDY ASKED ...
money.” BRING the money.
(DISCURSO ORIGINAL) (“FOFOCA”)
I thought: ”I can come.” ↔ I thought I COULD come. Judy asked IF/ WHETHER I
‘Do you speak English?.’
spoke English.
Aqui, vamos poder fazer algumas aplicações de tudo isto
Judy asked IF/ WHETHER she
que foi falado acima, incluindo as mudanças pronominais. ‘Did she go to school?’
had gone to school.
Vamos lá:
Judy asked IF /WHETHER they
‘Will they help you?’
JUDY JUDY SAID THAT ... would help me.
(DISCURSO ORIGINAL) (“FOFOCA”)
When in DIRECT SPEECH there are interrogative sentences
Judy said that HER parents N O T begun by HOW, WHO, WHOM, WHOSE, WHAT, WHERE,
‘My parents are very well.’
WERE well. WHEN, WHICH or WHY, the sentence is transformed for the affir-
‘I’m going to learn how to She said that SHE WAS mative structure in the indirect speech and IT IS INTRODUCED
drive.’ GOING TO learn how to drive. IF or WHETHER.
She said that John HAD GI-
‘John has given up his job.’
VEN up his job. Direct and Indirect Speech (Imperatives)
She said that SHE HAD SEEN Pay attention about the examples below:
‘I saw Elizabeth watching TV.’
Elizabeth watching TV.
‘I can’t come to the party on She said that SHE COULDN’T
Friday.’ come to the party on Friday.

88
INGLÊS – EEAr CAPÍTULO 19 – DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH

JUDY JUDY ASKED ... 4 - Supply the correct form of the verbs:
(DISCURSO ORIGINAL) (“FOFOCA”) a) Mark said, “Have you finished your lunch?”
Judy ASKED / TOLD ME TO Mark asked if I ___________________ my lunch.
‘Close the window?’
CLOSE the window. R.: Observamos que se trata de uma pergunta SEM INTER-
Judy ASKED / TOLD Tom TO ROGATIVO, donde concluímos que a conjunção integrante no
‘Open the door, Tom.’
OPEN the door. discurso indireto (fofoca) será IF ou WHETHER. Também per-
Judy ASKED / TOLD ME NOT cebemos que o PRESENT PERFECT SE TRANSFORMARÁ EM
‘Don’t close the window.’ PAST PERFECT, que é o que vai preencher a lacuna.
TO CLOSE the window.
Judy ASKED / TOLD Tom NOT Logo, resposta:
‘Don’t open the door, Tom.’
TO OPEN the door. Mark asked if I HAD FINISHED my lunch.

When we have an imperative form, the verb TO SAY changes


5 - Put into the reported speech:
to ASK or TELL, but:
a) The affirmative imperative changes into INFINITIVE a) My sister said to me, “Do you want to go for a walk?”
(WITH TO); R.: Temos aqui uma pergunta que passará a uma frase
b) The negative imperative changes into INFINITIVE (WITH simples normal , ou seja, o sinal de interrogação e a SINTAXE
TO), preceded by NOT. INTERROGATIVA desaparecerão !!! Levando-se em consi-
deração as mudanças verbais, pronominais e / ou adverbiais
SOLVED QUESTIONS possíveis, teremos:
My sister TOLD me IF / WHETHER I WANTED to go for a walk.

1 - Change the following sentences to past tense:


a) She says she may be late for the meeting. ANOTAÇÕES
R.: Observamos que o verbo “to say” está no simple present,
junto do verbo may. Sabendo-se as formas do passado para
estes verbos, teremos:
= She SAID she MIGHT be late for the meeting.

2 - Change the following sentences from past to present tense:


a) She said she couldn’t understand what I meant.
R.: Aqui, já temos 3a pessoa do singular, cujo sintaxe é:
HE / SHE / IT / SUJEITO + BF + “S”
Disso temos que nos lembrar, uma vez que a sentença
passará ao Simple Present. Logo:
= She SAYS she CAN’T understand what I MEAN.
⇒⇒ Note que quando o verbo é irregular, a coisa fica mais
complicada, pois você precisa se lembrar qual é o nome
ou o infinitivo do verbo que está conjugado no passado
para poder trabalhar com ele nos outros tempos.

3 - Change the following statements to indirect speech:


a) Patty said to her mother, “I am going to leave for Europe next
week.”
R.: Levando-se em consideração o que foi apresentado na
parte teórica com as tabelas ao lado, teremos:
= Patty TOLD her mother THAT SHE WAS going to leave for
Europe next week.”

89
PROVAS DE CONCURSOS SIMILARES INGLÊS – EEAr

PROVAS DE CONCURSOS SIMILARES READ TEXT II AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 25 TO 30:


TEXT II
(Diversos)
WHERE WE GO FROM HERE
By Thomas Claburn
• ELETROBRAS 2002 – NCE / UFRJ Intellectual property doesn’t exist. Still, the business community
profits handsomely by pretending otherwise, with a little help
from the law. For companies that watched their profits wither in a
READ TEXT I AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 21 TO 24:
market torched by terrorism, the illusion is all the more compelling
TEXT I – intellectual property increasingly appears as an oasis of future
HERE IS A RESPONSE TO A DEBATE ON PATENTS AND MEDICIN liquidity on corporate balance sheets.
Mr. Przemek Kordasiewicz, Intangible though it may be, intellectual property is the foundation
I agree wholeheartedly with your recommendation of a ban on of modern industry. “If you take a look at intellectual property as
all patents on all life saving medical discoveries. Again, I would a whole – not just patents, but the concept – if we stripped out
take it a step further. I think that the virtues of a purely capitalist these sets of rights, what does it do to the world?” asks Kevin
system seem to have fallen apart at this point. In this literal life- Rivette, founder and CEO of Aurigin Systems.
-and-death issue, ethics take priority over everything else. Just He says that removing intellectual property rights would collapse
as Congress stepped forward to place a ban on the patenting of the movie, music, software, publishing, pharmaceutical, biotech,
surgical procedures, they need to step forward and place a similar and aerospace industries, to name just a few. He also contends
ban on these new medical patents (drugs, procedures and human that the patent system – much maligned for granting frivolous
genome work) which are having the identical effect. Additionally, patents to technologies like Amazon.com’s 1-Click – will continue
Congress need to heavily legislate in favor of patients worldwide to to spur innovation as it has for hundreds of years.
keep drug patents limited, short, and drug prices at an affordable And thanks to globalism and the World Trade Organization (WTO),
level. Something in the system is wrong when drug companies intellectual property should see greater protection from the inter-
are the most profitable of all publicly traded companies and huge national community. The foreshadowing of that future became
populations across the world are living in pain and dying because evident in 1993, when the United States Trademark Association vo-
they are unable to afford the sky-high drug prices, inflated by the ted to change its name to the International Trademark Association.
patent holders’ monopoly. The government needs to look into Nations with a long history of disrespect for intellectual property
the situation independently and take a stand for the well-being rights, like India and China, are finally starting to recognize the be-
of the taxpayers and citizens they suppose to be representing. nefits of complying with WTO intellectual property regulations as
Thank you, they look to protect homegrown innovations on the world market.
Benjamin (Mako) Hill. (http://www.smartbusinessmag.com/article, Dec. 1, 2001)
(Intellectual Property in Cyberspace 2000, http://yukidoke.org)

25 - According to the author, intellectual property is a(n):


21 - As regards capitalist policies for drug patents, the author: a) hazard; b) chimera;
a) supports them; b) criticizes them; c) adventure; d) possibility;
c) defines them; d) advertises them; e) nightmare.
e) modifies them.
26 - The elimination of intellectual property is viewed as a(n):
22 - The author thinks that patents on medical discoveries should be: a) advice; b) necessity;
a) guaranteed; b) adjusted; c) menace; d) solution;
c) increased; d) controlled; e) achievement.
e) forbidden.
27 - Still in “Still, the business community profits...” (l.1-2) can be re-
23 - “I agree wholeheartedly” (l. 1) means that Benjamin Hill agrees: placed by:
a) entirely; b) emotionally; a) Thus; b) So; c) Then; d) Or; e) Yet.
c) enticingly; d) enquiringly;
e) entertainingly. 28 - The underlined word in “by pretending otherwise” (l.2-3) means:
a) differently; b) clockwise;
24 - The underlined expression in “to look into the situation” (l.20) can c) similarly; d) likewise;
be replaced by: e) hypocritically.
a) alter; b) control;
c) clarify; d) investigate; 29 - that future in “The foreshadowing of that future...” (l.26) refers to:
e) resolve.
a) international community;
b) greater protection;

90
INGLÊS – EEAr PROVAS DE CONCURSOS SIMILARES

c) intellectual property; Mediterranean. Subsequent generations of archaeologists have


d) patent system; tended to regard men such as Giovanni Belzoni – a one-time
e) compelling illusion. circus strong-man who shipped Egyptian antiquities back to the
British Museum in London – as little better than tomb-robbers.
Belzoni was the first European to enter the temple at Abu Simbel.
30 - When India and China are said to be “complying with WTO intel-
He rediscovered the entrance to the Great Pyramid and found five
lectual property regulations” (l.32-33), they are:
tombs in the Valley of the Kings, including that of Seti I...
a) quarrelling with them; By the early 20th century, however, archaeologists had begun
b) competing with them; to adopt the methodology of science. Increasing emphasis was
c) supplementing them; placed on the accurate measurement and description of sites and
d) agreeing with them; publication of results in archaeological journals. Technological ad-
vances – such as the advent of radiocarbon dating – led to further
e) undermining them.
refinements, and the “new archaeology” movement of the 1960s
promoted quantitative methods such as statistical analysis. The
• ADMINSTRAÇÃO - 2002 / NOÇÕES DE LÍNGUA transformation of archaeology, from tomb-robbing by amateurs
INGLESA into a coherent scientific discipline, was complete.
(The Economist, March 30, 2002: 87-8)

READ TEXT I AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 15 AND 16:


17 - According to the text, archaeology:
TEXT I
Here is a report about an exhibition held at the Guggenheim a) has always employed scientific methods;
Museum in New York last year: b) was structured on detailed measurement;
Much of Brazil’s celebrated cultural vitality can be easily traced c) used statistics only in its initial studies;
to the influence of African traditions, and the Guggenheim show d) will never be much concerned with scientificity;
takes full cognizance of that fact. Baroque pieces representing e) has turned to scientific methods only recently.
black saints stand alongside African deities, and traditional forms
of African sculpture re-emerge in artwork that translates African
motives into a distinctively modern idiom. 18 - The title implies that archaeologists:
The dialogue among Brazil’s African indigenous and European a) kept bones in their cupboard;
cultural traditions was embraced enthusiastically in the modernist b) were afraid of mummies;
art of the 1920s. Though influenced by the European avant-garde c) died in their expeditions;
(which was, of course, also influenced by African sources), Brazi-
d) had an embarrassing past;
lian artists set out to undo their colonial legacy by subversively
e) hid treasures from scientists.
combining foreign and native cultural references.
TIME, Dec. 3, 2001:45)
19 - Before 1960, archaeologists were seen as little better than:
a) thieves; b) scientists;
15 - The text states that the Guggenheim show:
c) sailors; d) antiquarians;
a) acknowledges African influence; e) gentlemen.
b) displays all of African art;
c) presents a postmodern display; 20 - Archaeologists use methods that can:
d) conceals African statues;
a) stop the robbers; b) set the period of time;
e) disclaims African origins.
c) increase the measures; d) deter the advances;
e) eschew the facts.
16 - As regards the Brazilian colonial past, the Modernist movement
tried to:
21 - “a one-time circus strong-man” (l.8) means that Belzoni:
a) look up to it; b) turn back to it;
c) search for it; d) break away from it; a) used to work for a circus;
e) bring it back. b) went to the circus only once;
c) visited the circus on one occasion;
d) belonged to only one circus;
READ TEXT II AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 17 TO 24:
e) protected the circus from robbers.
TEXT II
SKELETONS IN THE CLOSET
22 - The opposite of “entrance” (l.12) is:
Ethics and archaeology began to collide relatively recently. The
modern discipline traces its roots back to the gentleman amateurs a) alley; b) edge;
of the early 19th century, who brought statues, columns, mum- c) exit; d) admittance;
mies and trinkets back as souvenirs from their travels around the e) arrival.

91
PROVAS DE CONCURSOS SIMILARES INGLÊS – EEAr

23 - The pronoun that in “that of Seti I” (l.14) is used instead of the word: READ TEXT II AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 15 TO 20:
a) entrance; b) valley;
c) temple; d) pyramid;
e) tomb.

24 - The word accurate in “accurate measurements” (l.17/18) can be


replaced by:
a) acute; b) precise;
c) precious; d) approximate;
e) careless. ON THE GROUND FOR CHILDREN IN POVERTY
That’s where World Vision is making a world of difference
• Centrais Elétricas Brasileiras – ELETROBRÁS World Vision is there on the spot in 90 countries, working with
- Administração - 2001 communities to find solutions to disaster and poverty.
Nearly 2 million sponsors are linked with children in the world’s
poorest countries through World Vision Child Sponsorship.
READ TEXT I AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 11 TO 14:
We work hand in hand with local communities and families to
The right to drive or the right to breathe? identify their needs and work together to bring about long term
Politicians have taken some steps to cut deaths from dirty air, but improvement.
more are needed. Being there makes the world of difference. In time. In human lives.
In 1554, a band of wandering Jesuits, after sweating through sou- In effectiveness. Whether it’s providing health care, education,
thern Brazil’s forested coastal hills, stopped by a river on the high clean water, food security through agricultural teachers or deve-
Piratininga plateau and, delighted at its fresh, cool air, founded the loping local leadership.
city of São Paulo. Were they to return now, for much of the year (Newsweek, July 30, 2001:51)
they would find a grey-brown smog shrouding a metropolis of
18m people and 6m vehicles. The foul air kills thousands of people
a year and inflicts chronic illness on countless others. 15 - The aim of the organisation is to:
Mexico city has long been notorious for its polluted air. Fuel burns a) encourage continuous development;
less efficiently at high altitudes, and thermal inversions mean that b) disregard human qualities;
the surrounding mountains trap a layer of cold air above the city,
c) emphasise local individualities;
preventing the dispersal of fumes. But the surge in car ownership
throughout Latin America since the 1970s means that São Paulo d) disrupt sanitary conditions;
and other Latin American capitals are no longer far behind. Thou- e) promote individual recognition.
gh at lower altitudes, both São Paulo and Santiago suffer from
thermal inversions, too.
16 - The organisation’s working strategy is to:
(http://www.cnn.com/2001/TECH/science/)
a) impose some conditions;
11 - According to the text, the air in São Paulo is: b) send food supplies;
c) hand out money;
a) pleasant; b) harmless; c) unclean; d) pure; e)unkind.
d) help the rich;
e) take joint decisions.
12 - The pollution in São Paulo has worsened because of:
a) an increase in car sales; 17 - The opposite of “poverty” in “find solutions to disaster and po-
b) the dispersal of polluting fumes; verty” (l.03) is:
c) too little fuel burning;
a) rich; b) wealth;
d) generalised global warming;
c) healthy; d) richest;
e) local government policies.
e) wealthier.

13 – In “more are needed” (l.02), the word that has been omitted is:
18 - The underlined word in “Nearly 2 million sponsors are linked with
a) deaths; b) steps; children” (l.04) has the same meaning as:
c) politicians; d) vehicles;
a) Nearby; b) Among;
e) Jesuits.
c) None; d) Almost;
14 – Preventing in “preventing the dispersal of fumes” (l.17) can be e) Nevertheless.
replaced by:
a) avoiding; b) stopping; 19 - The noun form which corresponds to long in “long term impro-
vement” (l.09) is:
c) forbidding; d) providing;
e) causing. a) longer; b) long-standing;

92
INGLÊS – EEAr PROVAS DE CONCURSOS SIMILARES

c) longish; d) longest; 30 - The underlined words in “a little hope” (l.16) can be replaced by:
e) length. a) more; b) few; c) less; d) much; e) some.

20 - The place that “being there” (l.11) refers to is: READ TEXT II AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 31 TO 40:
a) two million homes; b) leaders’ workplaces; The Modern History of Energy Conservation: an Overview for Infor-
c) needy areas; d) educated households; mation Professionals
e) large health centres. By Donald R. Wulfinghoff
Wulfinghoff Energy Services, Inc.
• LÍNGUA INGLESA Energy conservation is one of the critical issues facing society
today. Our civilization runs on energy. However, energy resour-
ces are finite. Increasing demand is being made for diminishing
READ TEXT I AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 26 TO 30: supplies. The cost of energy is enormous, and the cost is rising.
GIVE A KID A HAND Utility bills account for much of the cost of housing, and they are
The first five years of a child’s life are critical, the experts tell us. a major cause of business. A large hotel or hospital spends millions
That’s when their characters are formed. That’s when caring of dollars for energy each year. Some steel mills pay hundreds of
counts. Someone to show them how to do things. Someone just millions of dollars annually for energy. This consumption brings
to hold them. Unfortunately, for many of the world’s children, a host of environmental dangers. Fossil fuels dump carbon dio-
that’s just what they don’t get. And society suffers as a result – xide into the atmosphere, accelerating the greenhouse effect.
because a deprived child has a lot less chance of growing up an Air conditioning systems release gases that destroy the earth’s
adjusted adult. Some of us believe we can change things – or at ozone layer. Discarded lamps contribute to mercury pollution.
least try. And we need your help. No, don’t reach for your pocket. Energy consumption depletes not only the fuels themselves but
It’s not your money – it’s you we want. In your community there also a spectrum of other resources. A fundamental issue today is
are dozens of ways you can make personal contact with kids and providing information about energy conservation. It is a special
make a difference to their lives. Maybe you’ll help one to read, to challenge for information professionals because:
play a game, to learn to laugh. Maybe you’ll just be the hand that • Energy conservation relates to many areas of human activity,
holds out a little hope... so the original information about efficiency is scattered throu-
(Newsweek, March 25, 2002: 49) ghout the literature of many fields.
• By the same token, information about energy conservation is
often subsidiary to other topics.
26 - This campaign is directed to people who:
• Energy conservation is still evolving as a distinct field of know-
a) have a lot of money; b) wish to invest in shares; ledge. Therefore, even modern information about it is scattered.
c) want to help others; d) do not have any children; • The best information often comes from sources that are un-
e) are social misfits. conventional for librarians.
• Information about energy conservation varies widely in quality
27 - The abstract noun which corresponds to “experts” (l. 2) is: and credibility.
• Attempts to create directories of information about energy
a) experience; b) expertise; conservation have failed to keep up with the quantity and
c) experiment; d) expediency; variety of information.
e) expenditure. • The information client often has no clear idea of what he wants
to learn.
28 - Just in “that’s just what they don’t get” (l.5-6) is used in the same (Electronic Green Journal, 13, December 2000 in
way as it is in: http://egj.lib.uidaho.edu)

a) She has just arrived from Paris;


31 - The author considers energy conservation a(n):
b) She always tries to be just;
c) She is just the person we need; a) present gain; b) outstanding victory;
d) She has just one small limitation; c) diminishing concern; d) relevant subject;
e) She is just a very young child. e) outdated issue.

29 - The meaning of “make a difference to their lives” (l.13) is: 32 - One of the reasons why professionals have difficulty in providing
information is:
a) affect their lives in a positive way;
b) change their lives to make them wealthier; a) the information available is not totally reliable;
c) set predetermined limits to their lives; b) there is little information published on the subject;
d) contrast their lives to those of others; c) only librarians have access to data on energy conservation;
e) adjust their lives to upper class standards. d) energy conservation is the central subject of specialized texts;
e) information is only found in very specialized works.

93
PROVAS DE CONCURSOS SIMILARES INGLÊS – EEAr

33 - According to the writer, all the following facts contribute to exa- READ TEXT III AND ANSWER QUESTIONS 41 TO 50:
cerbate the problem presented in the text, EXCEPT:
A Gap in New Baggage Rules
a) the throwing away of lamps;
b) the dumping of carbon dioxide;
c) the conservation of energy;
d) the waste of energy;
e) the depletion of resources.

34 - The function of the text is to:


a) question a hypothesis;
b) state facts;
c) analyse results;
d) challenge readers; Last Friday should have been a huge headache for air travelers.
e) provoke criticism. The start of a three-day weekend was also the first day U.S. airlines
had to screen checked bags for explosives and match bags to
35 - The underlined word in “one of the critical issues facing society their owners on originating flights. But things went so smoothly
today” (l. 2) may be replaced by: that some security experts suspected not all the required checks
were being performed. Even if they are, a big gap in the new
a) soon; b) eventually; regulations could leave passengers vulnerable. Because of a last-
c) nowadays; d) actually; -minute change, the Department of Transportation decided to
e) really. “bag-match” only on originating flights, not on the second or third
leg of a continuing flight. The airline industry has resisted adopting
the policy widely, saying it would worsen delays. But proponents
36 - In “the cost is rising” (l.5) the verb is the same as it is in:
point to the bomb that brought down PanAm flight 103 in 1988:
a) She rose to her feet when the teacher came in; it was placed by a ramp worker in Malta and on two connecting
b) She raised the curtains so the room got brighter; flights was never matched to a passenger.
c) She raised the expensive pen from the floor; Congressman Jim Oberstar called the bag-match loophole “the
d) She has been raising flowers in her garden; Achilles’ heel in the security system”. A rule scheduled to take
effect in December would require screening of all bags. But fewer
e) She had her hopes raised by her generous boss.
than 10% of the U.S.-approved machines needed are available.
(TIME, Jan 28, 2002:6)
37 - The expression “a host of” (l.10-11) can be replaced by:
a) countless; b) imminent; 41 - The title refers to a(n):
c) hidden; d) unexpected; a) total lack of baggage checking;
e) imaginary. b) discontinuous watch over baggage;
c) faulty screening machine;
38 - When the author states that “Energy consumption depletes ... the d) insecure bomb-sniffing apparatus;
fuels” (l.15-16) he means that it: e) expertise in baggage follow-up.
a) runs into them; b) runs them off;
c) runs them down; d) runs them over; 42 - According to the text, passengers could have become vulnerable
e) runs across them. because:
a) baggage was too heavy for the aircraft;
39 - “By the same token” (l.25) can be replaced by: b) ongoing flights were being delayed;
c) overbooking was hindering the flights;
a) likely; b) likewise;
d) screening was skipped in some flights;
c) likelihood; d) alike;
e) check-ins at airports were too slow.
e) liken.

43 - The difficulty in implementing an effective screening system is that:


40 - The word Therefore in “Therefore, even modern information about
it is scattered” (l.28-29) introduces an idea of: a) there are few workers to run U.S.-approved machines;
b) only 10% of U.S.-approved machines have been fixed;
a) cause; b) contrast;
c) more than 10% of the instruments are imported;
c) comparison; d) conclusion;
d) U.S.-approved machines have too many loopholes;
e) concession.
e) there are not many officially accepted devices around.

94
INGLÊS – EEAr PROVAS DE CONCURSOS SIMILARES

44 - The expression “a huge headache” (l.1) refers to a(n): makeup? To Repliee’s creator, Hiroshi Ishiguro, Director of Osaka
University’s Intelligent Robotics Laboratory, the answer is simple:
a) silly preoccupation; b) enormous worry;
“Android science.”
c) constant nuisance; d) strong emphasis;
Besides the justification for making robots anthropomorphic and
e) intense desire.
bipedal so they can work in human environments with architec-
tural features such as stairs, Ishiguro believes that people respond
45 - The underlined word in “match bags to their owners” (l.4) intro- better to very humanlike automatons. Androids can thus elicit
duces an idea of: the most natural communication. “Appearance is very important
to have better interpersonal relationships with a robot,” says the
a) condition; b) simultaneity;
42-year-old Ishiguro. “Robots are information media, especially
c) correspondence; d) progression; humanoid robots. Their main role in our future is to interact
e) conclusion. naturally with people.” Mild colorblindness forced Ishiguro to
abandon his aspirations of a career as an oil painter. Drawn to
46 - In “originating flights” (l.5) the noun corresponds to the verb: computer and robot vision instead, he built a guide robot for the
blind as an undergraduate at the University of Yamanashi. A fan of
a) to flow; b) to fall; c) to fell; d) to fly; e) to flee. the android character Data from the Star Trek franchise, he sees
robots as the ideal vehicle to understand more about ourselves.
47 - So in “But things went so smoothly that some security experts....” To imitate human looks and behavior successfully, Ishiguro com-
(l.5-6) has the same function as the underlined word in: bines robotics with cognitive science. In turn, cognitive science
research can use the robot to study human perception, commu-
a) So hot a day was an exception;
nication and other faculties. This novel cross-fertilization is what
b) She decided to go, so he decided to go, too; Ishiguro describes as android science. In a 2005 paper, he and his
c) He was reading; as he was doing so, the phone rang; collaborators explained it thus: “To make the android humanlike,
d) He hopes to arrive on time; so does she; we must investigate human activity from the standpoint of
e) He was so embarrassed, he couldn’t say a word. cognitive science, behavioral science and neuroscience, and to
evaluate human activity, we need to implement processes that
support it in the android.”
48 - The underlined word in “But things went so smoothly” (l.5) con-
veys the idea of: One key strategy in Ishiguro’s approach is to model his artificial
creations on real people. He began research four years ago with
a) ease; b) speed; c) scope; d) care; e) trouble. his then four-year-old daughter, casting a rudimentary android
from her body, but its mechanisms resulted in strange, unnatural
49 - The verb form in “the required checks were being performed” motion. Humanlike robots run the risk of compromising people’s
(l.6-7) is in the same form as the verb in: comfort zones. Because the android’s appearance is very similar to
that of a human, any subtle differences in motion and responses
a) He was left out from the winning team; will make it seem strange. Repliee, though, is so lifelike that it has
b) He has been writing that letter since Tuesday; overcome the creepiness factor, partly because of the natural
c) He was going home when the accident happened; way it moves.
d) He has been immersed in his work for hours; Ishiguro wants his next android, a male, to be as authentic as pos-
e) He was being closely watched by the police. sible. The model? Himself. The scientist thinks having a robot clone
could ease his busy schedule: he could dispatch it to classes and
meetings and then teleconference through it. “My question has
50 - The word which they in “Even if they are” (l.7) refers to: always been, Why are we living, and what is human?” he says. An
a) experts; b) flights; c) bags; d) checks; e) passengers. Ishiguro made of circuitry and silicone might soon be answering
his own questions.
(adapted from www.scientificamerican.com - May 2006)
• ADMINISTRADOR - 7-12-2006 – TÉCNICO DE
DEFESA AÉREA E CONTROLE DE TRÁFEGO
AÉREO 11 - The text states that in a near future Japanese robots will be:
Repliee is more than a humanoid robot − it is an honest-to-good- a) developed by the Japanese architects.
ness android, so lifelike that it seems like a real person. It has moist b) in close cooperation with regular workforce.
lips, glossy hair and vivid eyes that blink slowly. Seated on a stool
c) built to help the aging population exclusively.
with hands folded primly on its lap at the 2005 World Exposition
d) only perfect copies of young attractive women.
in Japan’s Aichi prefecture, it wore a bright pink blazer and gray
slacks. For a mesmerizing few seconds from several meters away, e) helpful for the communication of blind people.
Repliee was virtually indistinguishable from an ordinary woman
in her 30s. In fact, it was a copy of one. 12 -The text informs that Repliee is:
Japan is proud of the most advanced humanoids in the world,
a) an android cast from a four-year-old girl.
which are expected to eventually be used as the workforce dimi-
nishes among the decreasing and aging population. But why build b) a humanoid robot built to display silicone makeup.
a robot with pigmented silicone skin, smooth gestures and even c) a robot modelled on an elegant and young real woman.

95
PROVAS DE CONCURSOS SIMILARES INGLÊS – EEAr

d) a male robot that compromises people’s comfort zones. c) “Androids can thus elicit the most natural communication.”
e) a robot clone designed to go to university conferences. (lines 23-24) (thus condition)
d) “Because the android’s appearance is very similar to that of a
13 - According to the text, Hiroshi Ishiguro believes that: human ...” (lines 53-54) (Because reason).
e) “Repliee, though, is so lifelike that it has overcome the creepi-
a) androids improve the quality of human perception. ness factor, ...” (lines 56-57) (though result)
b) robotic science interferes with architectural features.
c) people communicate comfortably with all sorts of robots.
20 - In “An Ishiguro made of circuitry and silicone might soon be
d) colorblind people need robots to interact with other people. answering his own questions.” (lines 64-66), “might” can be cor-
e) humanoids will be able to interact naturally with humans in rectly substituted by:
the future.
a) must. b) shall. c) could. d) had to. e) ought to.
14 - According to Hiroshi Ishiguro, the combination of robotics and
cognitive science: Gabarito
a) can be defined as android science. Eletrobrás 2002 – NCE / UFRJ
b) can help humans imitate android behavior.
21. B 22. E 23. A 24. D 25. B
c) may implement new human fertilization techniques.
d) will be disastrous to human relationships in the future. 26. C 27. E 28. A 29. B 30. D
e) will be used to evaluate the collaboration between sciences.
Adminstração - 2002 / Noções de Língua Inglesa
15 - Ishiguro abandoned an artistic career due to his: 15. A 16. D 17. E 18. D 19. A
a) interest in computer sciences. 20. B 21. A 22. C 23. E 24. B
b) deficiency of color perception.
c) talent to invent humanoid robots. Centrais Elétricas Brasileiras – Eletrobrás - Administra-
d) involvement with the Star Trek franchise. ção - 2001
e) concerns about his four-year-old daughter. 11. C 12. A 13. B 14. B 15. A
16. E 17. B 18. D 19. E 20. C
16 - Check the only correct statement concerning reference.
a) “It” (line 3) – “person”. Língua Inglesa
b) “one” (line 10) – “robot”. 26. C 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. E
c) “he” (line 34) – “character”. 31. D 32. A 33. C 34. B 35. C
d) “it (line 46) – “activity”. 36. A 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. D
e) “it” (line 62) – “schedule”.
41. B 42. D 43. E 44. B 45. C
46. D 47. E 48. A 49. E 50. D
17 - Check the only correct statement.
a) “decreasing” (line 13) is the opposite of diminishing. Administrador - 7-12-2006 / Técnico de Defesa Aérea e
b) “ideal” (line 34) could be substituted by appropriate. Controle de Tráfego Aéreo
c) “collaborators” (line 42) and assistants are antonyms.
d) “rudimentary” (line 50) means sophisticated. Língua Inglesa I
e) “authentic” (line 60) and real are synonyms. 11. B 12. C 13. E 14. A 15. B
16. D 17. E 18. A 19. D 20. C
18 - In the text, the writer refers to “robots” using all the synonyms
below, EXCEPT:
a) mechanical men. b) artificial creations.
c) humanoids. d) automatons.
e) androids.

19 - Check the item in which there is a correct correspondence


between the idea expressed by the word in bold type and the
idea in italics.
a) “But why build a robot with pigmented silicone skin, …
makeup?” (lines 14-15) (But addition).
b) “Besides the justification for making robots anthropomorphic
and bipedal…”. (lines 19-20) (Besides contrast)

96

You might also like